Intel DPDK Api Reference PDF

Intel® Data Plane Development Kit
(Intel® DPDK)
API Reference
January 2014
Reference Number: 326004-006

Intel® DPDK -
INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH INTEL PRODUCTS. NO LICENSE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BY
ESTOPPEL OR OTHERWISE, TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS IS GRANTED BY THIS DOCUMENT. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN
INTEL’S TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE FOR SUCH PRODUCTS, INTEL ASSUMES NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER AND INTEL DISCLAIMS
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, RELATING TO SALE AND/OR USE OF INTEL PRODUCTS INCLUDING LIABILITY OR WARRANTIES
RELATING TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, MERCHANTABILITY, OR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT OR OTHER
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT.
A "Mission Critical Application" is any application in which failure of the Intel Product could result, directly or indirectly, in personal injury or death.
SHOULD YOU PURCHASE OR USE INTEL’S PRODUCTS FOR ANY SUCH MISSION CRITICAL APPLICATION, YOU SHALL INDEMNIFY AND
HOLD INTEL AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES, SUBCONTRACTORS AND AFFILIATES, AND THE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, AND EMPLOYEES OF EACH,
HARMLESS AGAINST ALL CLAIMS COSTS, DAMAGES, AND EXPENSES AND REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ FEES ARISING OUT OF, DIRECTLY
OR INDIRECTLY, ANY CLAIM OF PRODUCT LIABILITY, PERSONAL INJURY, OR DEATH ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF SUCH MISSION CRITICAL
APPLICATION, WHETHER OR NOT INTEL OR ITS SUBCONTRACTOR WAS NEGLIGENT IN THE DESIGN, MANUFACTURE, OR WARNING OF THE
INTEL PRODUCT OR ANY OF ITS PARTS.
Intel may make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time, without notice. Designers must not rely on the absence or characteristics
of any features or instructions marked "reserved" or "undefined". Intel reserves these for future definition and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for
conflicts or incompatibilities arising from future changes to them. The information here is subject to change without notice. Do not finalize a design with
this information.
The products described in this document may contain design defects or errors known as errata which may cause the product to deviate from published
specifications. Current characterized errata are available on request.
Contact your local Intel sales office or your distributor to obtain the latest specifications and before placing your product order.
Copies of documents which have an order number and are referenced in this document, or other Intel literature, may be obtained by calling 1-800-548-
4725, or go to: http://www.intel.com/design/literature.htm
Any software source code reprinted in this document is furnished under a software license and may only be used or copied in accordance with the terms
of that license.
Any software source code reprinted in this document is furnished for informational purposes only and may only be used or copied and no license, express
or implied, by estoppel or otherwise, to any of the reprinted source code is granted by this document.
Code Names are only for use by Intel to identify products, platforms, programs, services, etc. (.products.) in development by Intel that have not been
made commercially available to the public, i.e., announced, launched or shipped. They are never to be used as "commercial" names for products. Also,
they are not intended to function as trademarks.
Intel and the Intel logo are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
*Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others.
Copyright © 2014, Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
Intel® Data Plane Development Kit (Intel® DPDK)

API Reference January 2014
2 Reference Number: 326004-006
CONTENTS- Intel® DPDK
Contents
1 Deprecated List 8
2 Data Structure Documentation 9

2.1 rte_ring::cons Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.2 eth_dev_ops Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.3 eth_driver Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.4 ether_addr Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.5 ether_hdr Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.6 ipv4_hdr Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.7 ipv6_hdr Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.8 malloc_heap Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.9 rte_ring::prod Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.10 rte_atomic16_t Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.13 rte_config Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.14 rte_ctrlmbuf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.15 rte_dummy Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.16 rte_eth_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.17 rte_eth_dcb_rx_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.18 rte_eth_dcb_tx_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.19 rte_eth_dev Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.20 rte_eth_dev_data Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.21 rte_eth_dev_info Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.22 rte_eth_dev_sriov Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

January 2014 API Reference
Reference Number: 326004-006 3
Intel® DPDK - CONTENTS
2.23 rte_eth_fc_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

2.24 rte_eth_fdir Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.25 rte_eth_link Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.26 rte_eth_pfc_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.27 rte_eth_rss_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2.28 rte_eth_rss_reta Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2.29 rte_eth_rxconf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.30 rte_eth_rxmode Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2.31 rte_eth_stats Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.32 rte_eth_thresh Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
2.33 rte_eth_txconf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
2.34 rte_eth_txmode Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
2.35 rte_eth_vlan_mirror Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.36 rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.37 rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_tx_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
2.38 rte_eth_vmdq_mirror_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
2.39 rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
2.40 rte_eth_vmdq_tx_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
2.41 rte_fbk_hash_entry Union Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
2.42 rte_fbk_hash_params Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2.43 rte_fbk_hash_table Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
2.44 rte_fdir_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
2.45 rte_fdir_filter Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
2.46 rte_fdir_masks Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
2.47 rte_hash Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
2.48 rte_hash_parameters Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
2.49 rte_intr_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
2.50 rte_ivshmem_metadata Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
2.51 rte_ivshmem_metadata_entry Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.52 rte_kni_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.53 rte_kni_ops Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.54 rte_logs Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.55 rte_lpm Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
2.56 rte_lpm6_config Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

CONTENTS - Intel® DPDK
2.57 rte_lpm_rule Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

2.58 rte_lpm_rule_info Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
2.59 rte_lpm_tbl24_entry Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
2.60 rte_lpm_tbl8_entry Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
2.61 rte_malloc_socket_stats Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
2.62 rte_mbuf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
2.63 rte_mem_config Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
2.64 rte_mempool Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
2.65 rte_mempool_cache Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
2.66 rte_mempool_objsz Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
2.67 rte_memseg Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
2.68 rte_memzone Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
2.69 rte_meter_srtcm Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
2.70 rte_meter_srtcm_params Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
2.71 rte_meter_trtcm Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
2.72 rte_meter_trtcm_params Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
2.73 rte_pci_addr Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
2.74 rte_pci_device Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
2.75 rte_pci_driver Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
2.76 rte_pci_id Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.77 rte_pci_resource Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.78 rte_pktmbuf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
2.79 rte_pktmbuf_pool_private Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
2.80 rte_red Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
2.81 rte_red_config Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
2.82 rte_red_params Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2.83 rte_ring Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
2.84 rte_rwlock_t Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
2.85 rte_sched_pipe_params Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
2.86 rte_sched_port_hierarchy Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2.87 rte_sched_port_params Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
2.88 rte_sched_queue_stats Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2.89 rte_sched_subport_params Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
2.90 rte_sched_subport_stats Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Intel® DPDK - CONTENTS
2.91 rte_spinlock_recursive_t Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

2.92 rte_spinlock_t Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
2.93 rte_tailq_head Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.94 rte_timer Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.95 rte_timer_status Union Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
2.96 rte_vlan_macip Union Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
2.97 sctp_hdr Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
2.98 tcp_hdr Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
2.99 udp_hdr Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
2.100vlan_hdr Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
3 File Documentation 104

3.1 rte_alarm.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
3.2 rte_atomic.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
3.3 rte_branch_prediction.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
3.4 rte_byteorder.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
3.5 rte_common.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
3.6 rte_cpuflags.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
3.7 rte_cycles.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
3.8 rte_debug.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
3.9 rte_eal.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.10 rte_errno.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
3.11 rte_ethdev.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
3.12 rte_ether.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
3.13 rte_fbk_hash.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
3.14 rte_hash.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
3.15 rte_hash_crc.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
3.16 rte_hexdump.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
3.17 rte_interrupts.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
3.18 rte_ip.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
3.19 rte_ivshmem.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
3.20 rte_jhash.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
3.21 rte_kni.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
3.22 rte_launch.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

CONTENTS - Intel® DPDK
3.23 rte_lcore.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

3.24 rte_log.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
3.25 rte_lpm.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
3.26 rte_lpm6.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
3.27 rte_malloc.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
3.28 rte_mbuf.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
3.29 rte_memcpy.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
3.30 rte_memory.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
3.31 rte_mempool.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
3.32 rte_memzone.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
3.33 rte_meter.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
3.34 rte_pci.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
3.35 rte_pci_dev_ids.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
3.36 rte_per_lcore.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
3.37 rte_power.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
3.38 rte_prefetch.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
3.39 rte_random.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
3.40 rte_red.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
3.41 rte_ring.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
3.42 rte_rwlock.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
3.43 rte_sched.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
3.44 rte_sctp.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
3.45 rte_spinlock.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
3.46 rte_string_fns.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
3.47 rte_tailq.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
3.48 rte_tailq_elem.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
3.49 rte_tcp.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
3.50 rte_timer.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
3.51 rte_udp.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
3.52 rte_version.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
3.53 rte_warnings.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Intel® DPDK- Deprecated List
Chapter 1
Deprecated List
Global rte_lpm::mem_location
Global RTE_LPM_HEAP
Possible location to allocate memory. This was for last parameter of rte_lpm_create(), but is now redun-
dant. The LPM table is always allocated in memory using librte_malloc which uses a memzone.
Global RTE_LPM_MEMZONE
Possible location to allocate memory. This was for last parameter of rte_lpm_create(), but is now redun-
dant. The LPM table is always allocated in memory using librte_malloc which uses a memzone.

Data Structure Documentation- Intel® DPDK
Chapter 2
Data Structure Documentation
2.1 rte ring::cons Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t sc_dequeue
• uint32_t size
• uint32_t mask
• volatile uint32_t head
• volatile uint32_t tail
2.1.1 Detailed Description
Ring consumer status.
2.1.2 Field Documentation
2.1.2.1 uint32 t rte_ring::cons::sc_dequeue
True, if single consumer.
2.1.2.2 uint32 t rte_ring::cons::size
Size of the ring.
2.1.2.3 uint32 t rte_ring::cons::mask
Mask (size-1) of ring.

Intel® DPDK - eth_dev_ops Struct Reference
2.1.2.4 volatile uint32 t rte_ring::cons::head
Consumer head.
2.1.2.5 volatile uint32 t rte_ring::cons::tail
Consumer tail.
2.2 eth dev ops Struct Reference
Data Fields
• eth_dev_configure_t dev_configure
• eth_dev_start_t dev_start
• eth_dev_stop_t dev_stop
• eth_dev_close_t dev_close
• eth_promiscuous_enable_t promiscuous_enable
• eth_promiscuous_disable_t promiscuous_disable
• eth_allmulticast_enable_t allmulticast_enable
• eth_allmulticast_disable_t allmulticast_disable
• eth_link_update_t link_update
• eth_stats_get_t stats_get
• eth_stats_reset_t stats_reset
• eth_queue_stats_mapping_set_t queue_stats_mapping_set
• eth_dev_infos_get_t dev_infos_get
• vlan_filter_set_t vlan_filter_set
• vlan_tpid_set_t vlan_tpid_set
• vlan_strip_queue_set_t vlan_strip_queue_set
• vlan_offload_set_t vlan_offload_set
• eth_rx_queue_setup_t rx_queue_setup
• eth_queue_release_t rx_queue_release
• eth_rx_queue_count_t rx_queue_count
• eth_rx_descriptor_done_t rx_descriptor_done
• eth_tx_queue_setup_t tx_queue_setup
• eth_queue_release_t tx_queue_release
• eth_dev_led_on_t dev_led_on
• eth_dev_led_off_t dev_led_off
• flow_ctrl_set_t flow_ctrl_set
• priority_flow_ctrl_set_t priority_flow_ctrl_set
• eth_mac_addr_remove_t mac_addr_remove
• eth_mac_addr_add_t mac_addr_add
• eth_uc_hash_table_set_t uc_hash_table_set
• eth_uc_all_hash_table_set_t uc_all_hash_table_set
• eth_mirror_rule_set_t mirror_rule_set

eth_dev_ops Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
• eth_mirror_rule_reset_t mirror_rule_reset
• eth_set_vf_rx_mode_t set_vf_rx_mode
• eth_set_vf_rx_t set_vf_rx
• eth_set_vf_tx_t set_vf_tx
• eth_set_vf_vlan_filter_t set_vf_vlan_filter
• fdir_add_signature_filter_t fdir_add_signature_filter
• fdir_update_signature_filter_t fdir_update_signature_filter
• fdir_remove_signature_filter_t fdir_remove_signature_filter
• fdir_infos_get_t fdir_infos_get
• fdir_add_perfect_filter_t fdir_add_perfect_filter
• fdir_update_perfect_filter_t fdir_update_perfect_filter
• fdir_remove_perfect_filter_t fdir_remove_perfect_filter
• fdir_set_masks_t fdir_set_masks
• reta_update_t reta_update
• reta_query_t reta_query
2.2.1.1 eth dev configure t eth_dev_ops::dev_configure
Configure device.
2.2.1.2 eth dev start t eth_dev_ops::dev_start
Start device.
2.2.1.3 eth dev stop t eth_dev_ops::dev_stop
Stop device.
2.2.1.4 eth dev close t eth_dev_ops::dev_close
Close device.
2.2.1.5 eth promiscuous enable t eth_dev_ops::promiscuous_enable
Promiscuous ON.
2.2.1.6 eth promiscuous disable t eth_dev_ops::promiscuous_disable
Promiscuous OFF.

2.2.1.7 eth allmulticast enable t eth_dev_ops::allmulticast_enable
RX multicast ON.
2.2.1.8 eth allmulticast disable t eth_dev_ops::allmulticast_disable
RX multicast OF.
2.2.1.9 eth link update t eth_dev_ops::link_update
Get device link state.
2.2.1.10 eth stats get t eth_dev_ops::stats_get
Get device statistics.
2.2.1.11 eth stats reset t eth_dev_ops::stats_reset
Reset device statistics.
2.2.1.12 eth queue stats mapping set t eth_dev_ops::queue_stats_mapping_set
Configure per queue stat counter mapping.
2.2.1.13 eth dev infos get t eth_dev_ops::dev_infos_get
Get device info.
2.2.1.14 vlan filter set t eth_dev_ops::vlan_filter_set
Filter VLAN Setup.
2.2.1.15 vlan tpid set t eth_dev_ops::vlan_tpid_set
Outer VLAN TPID Setup.
2.2.1.16 vlan strip queue set t eth_dev_ops::vlan_strip_queue_set
VLAN Stripping on queue.

2.2.1.17 vlan offload set t eth_dev_ops::vlan_offload_set
Set VLAN Offload.
2.2.1.18 eth rx queue setup t eth_dev_ops::rx_queue_setup
Set up device RX queue.
2.2.1.19 eth queue release t eth_dev_ops::rx_queue_release
Release RX queue.
2.2.1.20 eth_rx_queue_count_t eth_dev_ops::rx_queue_count
Get Rx queue count.
2.2.1.21 eth_rx_descriptor_done_t eth_dev_ops::rx_descriptor_done
Check rxd DD bit
2.2.1.22 eth tx queue setup t eth_dev_ops::tx_queue_setup
Set up device TX queue.
2.2.1.23 eth queue release t eth_dev_ops::tx_queue_release
Release TX queue.
2.2.1.24 eth dev led on t eth_dev_ops::dev_led_on
Turn on LED.
2.2.1.25 eth dev led off t eth_dev_ops::dev_led_off
Turn off LED.
2.2.1.26 flow ctrl set t eth_dev_ops::flow_ctrl_set
Setup flow control.

2.2.1.27 priority flow ctrl set t eth_dev_ops::priority_flow_ctrl_set
Setup priority flow control.
2.2.1.28 eth mac addr remove t eth_dev_ops::mac_addr_remove
Remove MAC address
2.2.1.29 eth mac addr add t eth_dev_ops::mac_addr_add
Add a MAC address
2.2.1.30 eth uc hash table set t eth_dev_ops::uc_hash_table_set
Set Unicast Table Array
2.2.1.31 eth uc all hash table set t eth_dev_ops::uc_all_hash_table_set
Set Unicast hash bitmap
2.2.1.32 eth mirror rule set t eth_dev_ops::mirror_rule_set
Add a traffic mirror rule.
2.2.1.33 eth mirror rule reset t eth_dev_ops::mirror_rule_reset
reset a traffic mirror rule.
2.2.1.34 eth set vf rx mode t eth_dev_ops::set_vf_rx_mode
Set VF RX mode
2.2.1.35 eth set vf rx t eth_dev_ops::set_vf_rx
enable/disable a VF receive
2.2.1.36 eth set vf tx t eth_dev_ops::set_vf_tx
enable/disable a VF transmit

2.2.1.37 eth set vf vlan filter t eth_dev_ops::set_vf_vlan_filter
Set VF VLAN filter
2.2.1.38 fdir add signature filter t eth_dev_ops::fdir_add_signature_filter
Add a signature filter.
2.2.1.39 fdir update signature filter t eth_dev_ops::fdir_update_signature_filter
Update a signature filter.
2.2.1.40 fdir remove signature filter t eth_dev_ops::fdir_remove_signature_filter
Remove a signature filter.
2.2.1.41 fdir infos get t eth_dev_ops::fdir_infos_get
Get information about FDIR status.
2.2.1.42 fdir add perfect filter t eth_dev_ops::fdir_add_perfect_filter
Add a perfect filter.
2.2.1.43 fdir update perfect filter t eth_dev_ops::fdir_update_perfect_filter
Update a perfect filter.
2.2.1.44 fdir remove perfect filter t eth_dev_ops::fdir_remove_perfect_filter
Remove a perfect filter.
2.2.1.45 fdir set masks t eth_dev_ops::fdir_set_masks
Setup masks for FDIR filtering.
2.2.1.46 reta update t eth_dev_ops::reta_update
Update redirection table.

Intel® DPDK - eth_driver Struct Reference
2.2.1.47 reta query t eth_dev_ops::reta_query
Query redirection table.
2.3 eth driver Struct Reference
Data Fields
• struct rte_pci_driver pci_drv

• eth_dev_init_t eth_dev_init
• unsigned int dev_private_size
2.3.1.1 struct rte_pci_driver eth_driver::pci_drv
The PMD is also a PCI driver.
2.3.1.2 eth dev init t eth_driver::eth_dev_init
Device init function.
2.3.1.3 unsigned int eth_driver::dev_private_size
Size of device private data.
2.4 ether addr Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint8_t addr_bytes [ETHER_ADDR_LEN]
Ethernet address: A universally administered address is uniquely assigned to a device by its manufacturer.
The first three octets (in transmission order) contain the Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI). The
following three (MAC-48 and EUI-48) octets are assigned by that organization with the only constraint of
uniqueness. A locally administered address is assigned to a device by a network administrator and does
not contain OUIs. See http://standards.ieee.org/regauth/groupmac/tutorial.html

ether_hdr Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.4.2.1 uint8 t ether_addr::addr_bytes[ETHER ADDR LEN]
Address bytes in transmission order
2.5 ether hdr Struct Reference
Data Fields
• struct ether_addr d_addr
• struct ether_addr s_addr
• uint16_t ether_type
Ethernet header: Contains the destination address, source address and frame type.
2.5.2.1 struct ether_addr ether_hdr::d_addr
Destination address.
2.5.2.2 struct ether_addr ether_hdr::s_addr
Source address.
2.5.2.3 uint16 t ether_hdr::ether_type
Frame type.
2.6 ipv4 hdr Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint8_t version_ihl
• uint8_t type_of_service
• uint16_t total_length
• uint16_t packet_id

Intel® DPDK - ipv4_hdr Struct Reference
• uint16_t fragment_offset
• uint8_t time_to_live
• uint8_t next_proto_id
• uint16_t hdr_checksum
• uint32_t src_addr
• uint32_t dst_addr
IPv4 Header
2.6.2.1 uint8 t ipv4_hdr::version_ihl
version and header length
2.6.2.2 uint8 t ipv4_hdr::type_of_service
type of service
2.6.2.3 uint16 t ipv4_hdr::total_length
length of packet
2.6.2.4 uint16 t ipv4_hdr::packet_id
packet ID
2.6.2.5 uint16 t ipv4_hdr::fragment_offset
fragmentation offset
2.6.2.6 uint8 t ipv4_hdr::time_to_live
time to live
2.6.2.7 uint8 t ipv4_hdr::next_proto_id
protocol ID

ipv6_hdr Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.6.2.8 uint16 t ipv4_hdr::hdr_checksum
header checksum
2.6.2.9 uint32 t ipv4_hdr::src_addr
source address
2.6.2.10 uint32 t ipv4_hdr::dst_addr
destination address
2.7 ipv6 hdr Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t vtc_flow
• uint16_t payload_len
• uint8_t proto
• uint8_t hop_limits
• uint8_t src_addr [16]
• uint8_t dst_addr [16]
IPv6 Header
2.7.2.1 uint32 t ipv6_hdr::vtc_flow
IP version, traffic class & flow label.
2.7.2.2 uint16 t ipv6_hdr::payload_len
IP packet length - includes sizeof(ip_header).
2.7.2.3 uint8 t ipv6_hdr::proto
Protocol, next header.

Intel® DPDK - malloc_heap Struct Reference
2.7.2.4 uint8 t ipv6_hdr::hop_limits
Hop limits.
2.7.2.5 uint8 t ipv6_hdr::src_addr[16]
IP address of source host.
2.7.2.6 uint8 t ipv6_hdr::dst_addr[16]
IP address of destination host(s).
2.8 malloc heap Struct Reference
Structure to hold malloc heap
2.9 rte ring::prod Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t watermark
• uint32_t sp_enqueue
• uint32_t size
• uint32_t mask
• volatile uint32_t head
• volatile uint32_t tail
Ring producer status.
2.9.2.1 uint32 t rte_ring::prod::watermark
Maximum items before EDQUOT.

rte_atomic16_t Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.9.2.2 uint32 t rte_ring::prod::sp_enqueue
True, if single producer.
2.9.2.3 uint32 t rte_ring::prod::size
Size of ring.
2.9.2.4 uint32 t rte_ring::prod::mask
Mask (size-1) of ring.
2.9.2.5 volatile uint32 t rte_ring::prod::head
Producer head.
2.9.2.6 volatile uint32 t rte_ring::prod::tail
Producer tail.
2.10 rte atomic16 t Struct Reference
Data Fields
• volatile int16_t cnt
The atomic counter structure.
2.10.2.1 volatile int16 t rte_atomic16_t::cnt
An internal counter value.

Intel® DPDK - rte_atomic32_t Struct Reference
Data Fields
An internal counter value.
Data Fields
Internal counter value.
2.13 rte config Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t version
• uint32_t magic
• uint32_t master_lcore

rte_config Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
• uint32_t lcore_count
• enum rte_lcore_role_t lcore_role [32,]
• enum rte_proc_type_t process_type
• unsigned flags
• struct rte_mem_config ∗ mem_config
The global RTE configuration structure.
2.13.2.1 uint32 t rte_config::version
Configuration [structure] version.
2.13.2.2 uint32 t rte_config::magic
Magic number - Sanity check.
2.13.2.3 uint32 t rte_config::master_lcore
Id of the master lcore
2.13.2.4 uint32 t rte_config::lcore_count
Number of available logical cores.
2.13.2.5 enum rte_lcore_role_t rte_config::lcore_role[32,]
State of cores.
2.13.2.6 enum rte_proc_type_t rte_config::process_type
Primary or secondary configuration
2.13.2.7 unsigned rte_config::flags
A set of general status flags

Intel® DPDK - rte_ctrlmbuf Struct Reference
2.13.2.8 struct rte_mem_config∗ rte_config::mem_config
Pointer to memory configuration, which may be shared across multiple Intel DPDK instances
2.14 rte ctrlmbuf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• void ∗ data
• uint32_t data_len
A control message buffer.
2.14.2.1 void∗ rte_ctrlmbuf::data
Pointer to data.
2.14.2.2 uint32 t rte_ctrlmbuf::data_len
Length of data.
2.15 rte dummy Struct Reference
Data Fields
• TAILQ_ENTRY next
dummy structure type used by the rte_tailq APIs
2.15.2.1 TAILQ ENTRY rte_dummy::next
Pointer entries for a tailq list

rte_eth_conf Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.16 rte eth conf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint16_t link_speed
• uint16_t link_duplex
• struct rte_eth_rxmode rxmode
• struct rte_eth_txmode txmode
• uint32_t lpbk_mode
• union {
struct rte_eth_rss_conf rss_conf
struct rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf vmdq_dcb_conf
struct rte_eth_dcb_rx_conf dcb_rx_conf
struct rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf vmdq_rx_conf
} rx_adv_conf
• union {
struct rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_tx_conf vmdq_dcb_tx_conf
struct rte_eth_dcb_tx_conf dcb_tx_conf
struct rte_eth_vmdq_tx_conf vmdq_tx_conf
} tx_adv_conf
• uint32_t dcb_capability_en
• struct rte_fdir_conf fdir_conf
• struct rte_intr_conf intr_conf
A structure used to configure an Ethernet port. Depending upon the RX multi-queue mode, extra advanced
configuration settings may be needed.
2.16.2.1 uint16 t rte_eth_conf::link_speed
ETH_LINK_SPEED_10[0|00|000], or 0 for autonegotation
2.16.2.2 uint16 t rte_eth_conf::link_duplex
ETH_LINK_[HALF_DUPLEX|FULL_DUPLEX], or 0 for autonegotation
2.16.2.3 struct rte_eth_rxmode rte_eth_conf::rxmode
Port RX configuration.

Intel® DPDK - rte_eth_conf Struct Reference
2.16.2.4 struct rte_eth_txmode rte_eth_conf::txmode
Port TX configuration.
2.16.2.5 uint32 t rte_eth_conf::lpbk_mode
Loopback operation mode. By default the value is 0, meaning the loopback mode is disabled. Read
the datasheet of given ethernet controller for details. The possible values of this field are defined in
implementation of each driver.
2.16.2.6 struct rte_eth_rss_conf rte_eth_conf::rss_conf
Port RSS configuration
2.16.2.7 struct rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf rte_eth_conf::vmdq_dcb_conf
Port vmdq+dcb configuration.
2.16.2.8 struct rte_eth_dcb_rx_conf rte_eth_conf::dcb_rx_conf
Port dcb RX configuration.
2.16.2.9 struct rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf rte_eth_conf::vmdq_rx_conf
Port vmdq RX configuration.
2.16.2.10 union { ... } rte_eth_conf::rx_adv_conf
Port RX filtering configuration (union).
2.16.2.11 struct rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_tx_conf rte_eth_conf::vmdq_dcb_tx_conf
Port vmdq+dcb TX configuration.
2.16.2.12 struct rte_eth_dcb_tx_conf rte_eth_conf::dcb_tx_conf
Port dcb TX configuration.
2.16.2.13 struct rte_eth_vmdq_tx_conf rte_eth_conf::vmdq_tx_conf
Port vmdq TX configuration.

rte_eth_dcb_rx_conf Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.16.2.14 union { ... } rte_eth_conf::tx_adv_conf
Port TX DCB configuration (union).
2.16.2.15 uint32 t rte_eth_conf::dcb_capability_en
Currently,Priority Flow Control(PFC) are supported,if DCB with PFC is needed,and the variable must be set
ETH_DCB_PFC_SUPPORT.
2.16.2.16 struct rte_fdir_conf rte_eth_conf::fdir_conf
FDIR configuration.
2.16.2.17 struct rte_intr_conf rte_eth_conf::intr_conf
Interrupt mode configuration.
2.17 rte eth dcb rx conf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• enum rte_eth_nb_tcs nb_tcs
• uint8_t dcb_queue [ETH_DCB_NUM_USER_PRIORITIES]
2.17.1.1 enum rte_eth_nb_tcs rte_eth_dcb_rx_conf::nb_tcs
Possible DCB TCs, 4 or 8 TCs
2.17.1.2 uint8 t rte_eth_dcb_rx_conf::dcb_queue[ETH DCB NUM USER PRIORITIES]
Possible DCB queue,4 or 8.
2.18 rte eth dcb tx conf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• enum rte_eth_nb_tcs nb_tcs

Intel® DPDK - rte_eth_dev Struct Reference
2.18.1.1 enum rte_eth_nb_tcs rte_eth_dcb_tx_conf::nb_tcs
Possible DCB TCs, 4 or 8 TCs.
2.18.1.2 uint8 t rte_eth_dcb_tx_conf::dcb_queue[ETH DCB NUM USER PRIORITIES]
2.19 rte eth dev Struct Reference
Data Fields
• eth_rx_burst_t rx_pkt_burst
• eth_tx_burst_t tx_pkt_burst
• struct rte_eth_dev_data ∗ data
• struct eth_driver ∗ driver
• struct eth_dev_ops ∗ dev_ops
• struct rte_pci_device ∗ pci_dev
• struct rte_eth_dev_cb_list callbacks
2.19.1.1 eth rx burst t rte_eth_dev::rx_pkt_burst
Pointer to PMD receive function.
2.19.1.2 eth tx burst t rte_eth_dev::tx_pkt_burst
Pointer to PMD transmit function.
2.19.1.3 struct rte_eth_dev_data∗ rte_eth_dev::data
Pointer to device data
2.19.1.4 struct eth_driver∗ rte_eth_dev::driver
Driver for this device

rte_eth_dev_data Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.19.1.5 struct eth_dev_ops∗ rte_eth_dev::dev_ops
Functions exported by PMD
2.19.1.6 struct rte_pci_device∗ rte_eth_dev::pci_dev
PCI info. supplied by probing
2.19.1.7 struct rte eth dev cb list rte_eth_dev::callbacks
User application callbacks
2.20 rte eth dev data Struct Reference
Data Fields
• void ∗∗ rx_queues
• void ∗∗ tx_queues
• uint16_t nb_rx_queues
• uint16_t nb_tx_queues
• struct rte_eth_dev_sriov sriov
• void ∗ dev_private
• struct rte_eth_link dev_link
• struct rte_eth_conf dev_conf
• uint16_t max_frame_size
• uint64_t rx_mbuf_alloc_failed
• struct ether_addr ∗ mac_addrs
• struct ether_addr ∗ hash_mac_addrs
• uint8_t port_id
• uint8_t promiscuous: 1
• uint8_t scattered_rx: 1
• uint8_t all_multicast: 1
• uint8_t dev_started: 1
2.20.1.1 void∗∗ rte_eth_dev_data::rx_queues
Array of pointers to RX queues.
2.20.1.2 void∗∗ rte_eth_dev_data::tx_queues
Array of pointers to TX queues.

Intel® DPDK - rte_eth_dev_data Struct Reference
2.20.1.3 uint16 t rte_eth_dev_data::nb_rx_queues
Number of RX queues.
2.20.1.4 uint16 t rte_eth_dev_data::nb_tx_queues
Number of TX queues.
2.20.1.5 struct rte_eth_dev_sriov rte_eth_dev_data::sriov
SRIOV data
2.20.1.6 void∗ rte_eth_dev_data::dev_private
PMD-specific private data
2.20.1.7 struct rte_eth_link rte_eth_dev_data::dev_link
Link-level information & status
2.20.1.8 struct rte_eth_conf rte_eth_dev_data::dev_conf
Configuration applied to device.
2.20.1.9 uint16 t rte_eth_dev_data::max_frame_size
Default is ETHER_MAX_LEN (1518).
2.20.1.10 uint64 t rte_eth_dev_data::rx_mbuf_alloc_failed
RX ring mbuf allocation failures.
2.20.1.11 struct ether_addr∗ rte_eth_dev_data::mac_addrs
Device Ethernet Link address.
2.20.1.12 struct ether_addr∗ rte_eth_dev_data::hash_mac_addrs
bitmap array of associating Ethernet MAC addresses to pools

rte_eth_dev_info Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.20.1.13 uint8 t rte_eth_dev_data::port_id
Device Ethernet MAC addresses of hash filtering. Device [external] port identifier.
2.20.1.14 uint8 t rte_eth_dev_data::promiscuous
RX promiscuous mode ON(1) / OFF(0).
2.20.1.15 uint8 t rte_eth_dev_data::scattered_rx
RX of scattered packets is ON(1) / OFF(0)
2.20.1.16 uint8 t rte_eth_dev_data::all_multicast
RX all multicast mode ON(1) / OFF(0).
2.20.1.17 uint8 t rte_eth_dev_data::dev_started
Device state: STARTED(1) / STOPPED(0).
2.21 rte eth dev info Struct Reference
Data Fields
• struct rte_pci_device ∗ pci_dev

• const char ∗ driver_name
• uint32_t min_rx_bufsize
• uint32_t max_rx_pktlen
• uint16_t max_rx_queues
• uint16_t max_tx_queues
• uint32_t max_mac_addrs
• uint16_t max_vfs
• uint16_t max_vmdq_pools
A structure used to retrieve the contextual information of an Ethernet device, such as the controlling driver
of the device, its PCI context, etc...

Intel® DPDK - rte_eth_dev_info Struct Reference
2.21.2.1 struct rte_pci_device∗ rte_eth_dev_info::pci_dev
Device PCI information.
2.21.2.2 const char∗ rte_eth_dev_info::driver_name
Device Driver name.
2.21.2.3 uint32 t rte_eth_dev_info::min_rx_bufsize
Minimum size of RX buffer.
2.21.2.4 uint32 t rte_eth_dev_info::max_rx_pktlen
Maximum configurable length of RX pkt.
2.21.2.5 uint16 t rte_eth_dev_info::max_rx_queues
Maximum number of RX queues.
2.21.2.6 uint16 t rte_eth_dev_info::max_tx_queues
Maximum number of TX queues.
2.21.2.7 uint32 t rte_eth_dev_info::max_mac_addrs
Maximum number of MAC addresses.
2.21.2.8 uint16 t rte_eth_dev_info::max_vfs
Maximum number of hash MAC addresses for MTA and UTA. Maximum number of VFs.
2.21.2.9 uint16 t rte_eth_dev_info::max_vmdq_pools
Maximum number of VMDq pools.

rte_eth_dev_sriov Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.22 rte eth dev sriov Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint8_t active
• uint8_t nb_q_per_pool
• uint16_t def_vmdq_idx
• uint16_t def_pool_q_idx
2.22.1.1 uint8 t rte_eth_dev_sriov::active
SRIOV is active with 16, 32 or 64 pools
2.22.1.2 uint8 t rte_eth_dev_sriov::nb_q_per_pool
rx queue number per pool
2.22.1.3 uint16 t rte_eth_dev_sriov::def_vmdq_idx
Default pool num used for PF
2.22.1.4 uint16 t rte_eth_dev_sriov::def_pool_q_idx
Default pool queue start reg index
2.23 rte eth fc conf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t high_water
• uint32_t low_water
• uint16_t pause_time
• uint16_t send_xon
• enum rte_eth_fc_mode mode
• uint8_t mac_ctrl_frame_fwd
A structure used to configure Ethernet flow control parameter. These parameters will be configured into the
register of the NIC. Please refer to the corresponding data sheet for proper value.

Intel® DPDK - rte_eth_fdir Struct Reference
2.23.2.1 uint32 t rte_eth_fc_conf::high_water
High threshold value to trigger XOFF
2.23.2.2 uint32 t rte_eth_fc_conf::low_water
Low threshold value to trigger XON
2.23.2.3 uint16 t rte_eth_fc_conf::pause_time
Pause quota in the Pause frame
2.23.2.4 uint16 t rte_eth_fc_conf::send_xon
Is XON frame need be sent
2.23.2.5 enum rte_eth_fc_mode rte_eth_fc_conf::mode
Link flow control mode
2.23.2.6 uint8 t rte_eth_fc_conf::mac_ctrl_frame_fwd
Forward MAC control frames
2.24 rte eth fdir Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint16_t collision
• uint16_t free
• uint16_t maxhash
• uint8_t maxlen
• uint64_t add
• uint64_t remove
• uint64_t f_add
• uint64_t f_remove

rte_eth_fdir Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
A structure used to report the status of the flow director filters in use.
2.24.2.1 uint16 t rte_eth_fdir::collision
Number of filters with collision indication.
2.24.2.2 uint16 t rte_eth_fdir::free
Number of free (non programmed) filters.
2.24.2.3 uint16 t rte_eth_fdir::maxhash
The Lookup hash value of the added filter that updated the value of the MAXLEN field
2.24.2.4 uint8 t rte_eth_fdir::maxlen
Longest linked list of filters in the table.
2.24.2.5 uint64 t rte_eth_fdir::add
Number of added filters.
2.24.2.6 uint64 t rte_eth_fdir::remove
Number of removed filters.
2.24.2.7 uint64 t rte_eth_fdir::f_add
Number of failed added filters (no more space in device).
2.24.2.8 uint64 t rte_eth_fdir::f_remove
Number of failed removed filters.

Intel® DPDK - rte_eth_link Struct Reference
2.25 rte eth link Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint16_t link_speed
• uint16_t link_duplex
• uint8_t link_status: 1
A structure used to retrieve link-level information of an Ethernet port. aligned for atomic64 read/write
2.25.2.1 uint16 t rte_eth_link::link_speed
ETH_LINK_SPEED_[10, 100, 1000, 10000]
2.25.2.2 uint16 t rte_eth_link::link_duplex
ETH_LINK_[HALF_DUPLEX, FULL_DUPLEX]
2.25.2.3 uint8 t rte_eth_link::link_status
1 -> link up, 0 -> link down
2.26 rte eth pfc conf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• struct rte_eth_fc_conf fc
• uint8_t priority
A structure used to configure Ethernet priority flow control parameter. These parameters will be configured
into the register of the NIC. Please refer to the corresponding data sheet for proper value.

rte_eth_rss_conf Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.26.2.1 struct rte_eth_fc_conf rte_eth_pfc_conf::fc
General flow control parameter.
2.26.2.2 uint8 t rte_eth_pfc_conf::priority
VLAN User Priority.
2.27 rte eth rss conf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint8_t ∗ rss_key
• uint16_t rss_hf
A structure used to configure the Receive Side Scaling (RSS) feature of an Ethernet port. If not NULL, the
∗rss_key∗ pointer of the ∗rss_conf∗ structure points to an array of 40 bytes holding the RSS key to use for
hashing specific header fields of received packets. Otherwise, a default random hash key is used by the
device driver.
The ∗rss_hf∗ field of the ∗rss_conf∗ structure indicates the different types of IPv4/IPv6 packets to which the
RSS hashing must be applied. Supplying an ∗rss_hf∗ equal to zero disables the RSS feature.
2.27.2.1 uint8 t∗ rte_eth_rss_conf::rss_key
If not NULL, 40-byte hash key.
2.27.2.2 uint16 t rte_eth_rss_conf::rss_hf
Hash functions to apply - see below.
2.28 rte eth rss reta Struct Reference

Intel® DPDK - rte_eth_rxconf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint64_t mask_lo
• uint64_t mask_hi
• uint8_t reta [ETH_RSS_RETA_NUM_ENTRIES]
A structure used to configure Redirection Table of the Receive Side Scaling (RSS) feature of an Ethernet
port.
2.28.2.1 uint64 t rte_eth_rss_reta::mask_lo
First 64 mask bits indicate which entry(s) need to updated/queried.
2.28.2.2 uint64 t rte_eth_rss_reta::mask_hi
Second 64 mask bits indicate which entry(s) need to updated/queried.
2.28.2.3 uint8 t rte_eth_rss_reta::reta[ETH RSS RETA NUM ENTRIES]
128 RETA entries
2.29 rte eth rxconf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• struct rte_eth_thresh rx_thresh

• uint16_t rx_free_thresh
• uint8_t rx_drop_en
A structure used to configure an RX ring of an Ethernet port.

rte_eth_rxmode Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.29.2.1 struct rte_eth_thresh rte_eth_rxconf::rx_thresh
RX ring threshold registers.
2.29.2.2 uint16 t rte_eth_rxconf::rx_free_thresh
Drives the freeing of RX descriptors.
2.29.2.3 uint8 t rte_eth_rxconf::rx_drop_en
Drop packets if no descriptors are available.
2.30 rte eth rxmode Struct Reference
Data Fields
• enum rte_eth_rx_mq_mode mq_mode
• uint32_t max_rx_pkt_len
• uint16_t split_hdr_size
• uint8_t header_split: 1
• uint8_t hw_ip_checksum: 1
• uint8_t hw_vlan_filter: 1
• uint8_t hw_vlan_strip: 1
• uint8_t hw_vlan_extend: 1
• uint8_t jumbo_frame: 1
• uint8_t hw_strip_crc: 1
A structure used to configure the RX features of an Ethernet port.
2.30.2.1 enum rte_eth_rx_mq_mode rte_eth_rxmode::mq_mode
The multi-queue packet distribution mode to be used, e.g. RSS.
2.30.2.2 uint32 t rte_eth_rxmode::max_rx_pkt_len
Only used if jumbo_frame enabled.

Intel® DPDK - rte_eth_stats Struct Reference
2.30.2.3 uint16 t rte_eth_rxmode::split_hdr_size
hdr buf size (header_split enabled).
2.30.2.4 uint8 t rte_eth_rxmode::header_split
Header Split enable.
2.30.2.5 uint8 t rte_eth_rxmode::hw_ip_checksum
IP/UDP/TCP checksum offload enable.
2.30.2.6 uint8 t rte_eth_rxmode::hw_vlan_filter
VLAN filter enable.
2.30.2.7 uint8 t rte_eth_rxmode::hw_vlan_strip
VLAN strip enable.
2.30.2.8 uint8 t rte_eth_rxmode::hw_vlan_extend
Extended VLAN enable.
2.30.2.9 uint8 t rte_eth_rxmode::jumbo_frame
Jumbo Frame Receipt enable.
2.30.2.10 uint8 t rte_eth_rxmode::hw_strip_crc
Enable CRC stripping by hardware.
2.31 rte eth stats Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint64_t ipackets
• uint64_t opackets
• uint64_t ibytes
• uint64_t obytes

rte_eth_stats Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
• uint64_t ierrors
• uint64_t oerrors
• uint64_t imcasts
• uint64_t rx_nombuf
• uint64_t fdirmatch
• uint64_t fdirmiss
• uint64_t q_ipackets [RTE_ETHDEV_QUEUE_STAT_CNTRS]
• uint64_t q_opackets [RTE_ETHDEV_QUEUE_STAT_CNTRS]
• uint64_t q_ibytes [RTE_ETHDEV_QUEUE_STAT_CNTRS]
• uint64_t q_obytes [RTE_ETHDEV_QUEUE_STAT_CNTRS]
• uint64_t q_errors [RTE_ETHDEV_QUEUE_STAT_CNTRS]
• uint64_t ilbpackets
• uint64_t olbpackets
• uint64_t ilbbytes
• uint64_t olbbytes
A structure used to retrieve statistics for an Ethernet port.
2.31.2.1 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::ipackets
Total number of successfully received packets.
2.31.2.2 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::opackets
Total number of successfully transmitted packets.
2.31.2.3 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::ibytes
Total number of successfully received bytes.
2.31.2.4 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::obytes
Total number of successfully transmitted bytes.
2.31.2.5 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::ierrors
Total number of erroneous received packets.

Intel® DPDK - rte_eth_stats Struct Reference
2.31.2.6 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::oerrors
Total number of failed transmitted packets.
2.31.2.7 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::imcasts
Total number of multicast received packets.
2.31.2.8 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::rx_nombuf
Total number of RX mbuf allocation failures.
2.31.2.9 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::fdirmatch
Total number of RX packets matching a filter.
2.31.2.10 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::fdirmiss
Total number of RX packets not matching any filter.
2.31.2.11 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::q_ipackets[RTE ETHDEV QUEUE STAT CNTRS]
Total number of queue RX packets.
2.31.2.12 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::q_opackets[RTE ETHDEV QUEUE STAT CNTRS]
Total number of queue TX packets.
2.31.2.13 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::q_ibytes[RTE ETHDEV QUEUE STAT CNTRS]
Total number of successfully received queue bytes.
2.31.2.14 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::q_obytes[RTE ETHDEV QUEUE STAT CNTRS]
Total number of successfully transmitted queue bytes.
2.31.2.15 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::q_errors[RTE ETHDEV QUEUE STAT CNTRS]
Total number of queue packets received that are dropped.

rte_eth_thresh Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.31.2.16 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::ilbpackets
Total number of good packets received from loopback,VF Only
2.31.2.17 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::olbpackets
Total number of good packets transmitted to loopback,VF Only
2.31.2.18 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::ilbbytes
Total number of good bytes received from loopback,VF Only
2.31.2.19 uint64 t rte_eth_stats::olbbytes
Total number of good bytes transmitted to loopback,VF Only
2.32 rte eth thresh Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint8_t pthresh
• uint8_t hthresh
• uint8_t wthresh
A structure used to configure the ring threshold registers of an RX/TX queue for an Ethernet port.
2.32.2.1 uint8 t rte_eth_thresh::pthresh
Ring prefetch threshold.
2.32.2.2 uint8 t rte_eth_thresh::hthresh
Ring host threshold.

Intel® DPDK - rte_eth_txconf Struct Reference
2.32.2.3 uint8 t rte_eth_thresh::wthresh
Ring writeback threshold.
2.33 rte eth txconf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• struct rte_eth_thresh tx_thresh
• uint16_t tx_rs_thresh
• uint16_t tx_free_thresh
• uint32_t txq_flags
A structure used to configure a TX ring of an Ethernet port.
2.33.2.1 struct rte_eth_thresh rte_eth_txconf::tx_thresh
TX ring threshold registers.
2.33.2.2 uint16 t rte_eth_txconf::tx_rs_thresh
Drives the setting of RS bit on TXDs.
2.33.2.3 uint16 t rte_eth_txconf::tx_free_thresh
Drives the freeing of TX buffers.
2.33.2.4 uint32 t rte_eth_txconf::txq_flags
Set flags for the Tx queue
2.34 rte eth txmode Struct Reference
Data Fields
• enum rte_eth_tx_mq_mode mq_mode

rte_eth_vlan_mirror Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
A structure used to configure the TX features of an Ethernet port.
2.34.2.1 enum rte_eth_tx_mq_mode rte_eth_txmode::mq_mode
TX multi-queues mode.
2.35 rte eth vlan mirror Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint64_t vlan_mask
A structure used to configure VLAN traffic mirror of an Ethernet port.
2.35.2.1 uint64 t rte_eth_vlan_mirror::vlan_mask
mask for valid VLAN ID.
2.36 rte eth vmdq dcb conf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• enum rte_eth_nb_pools nb_queue_pools

• uint8_t enable_default_pool
• uint8_t default_pool
• uint8_t nb_pool_maps
• struct {
uint16_t vlan_id
uint64_t pools
} pool_map [ETH_VMDQ_MAX_VLAN_FILTERS]

Intel® DPDK - rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf Struct Reference
A structure used to configure the VMDQ+DCB feature of an Ethernet port.

Using this feature, packets are routed to a pool of queues, based on the vlan id in the vlan tag, and then to
a specific queue within that pool, using the user priority vlan tag field.
A default pool may be used, if desired, to route all traffic which does not match the vlan filter rules.
2.36.2.1 enum rte_eth_nb_pools rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf::nb_queue_pools
With DCB, 16 or 32 pools
2.36.2.2 uint8 t rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf::enable_default_pool
If non-zero, use a default pool
2.36.2.3 uint8 t rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf::default_pool
The default pool, if applicable
2.36.2.4 uint8 t rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf::nb_pool_maps
We can have up to 64 filters/mappings
2.36.2.5 uint16 t rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf::vlan_id
The vlan id of the received frame
2.36.2.6 uint64 t rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf::pools
Bitmask of pools for packet rx
2.36.2.7 struct { ... } rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf::pool_map[ETH VMDQ MAX VLAN FILTERS]
VMDq vlan pool maps.
2.36.2.8 uint8 t rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf::dcb_queue[ETH DCB NUM USER PRIORITIES]
Selects a queue in a pool

rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_tx_conf Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.37 rte eth vmdq dcb tx conf Struct Reference
Data Fields

2.37.1.1 enum rte_eth_nb_pools rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_tx_conf::nb_queue_pools
With DCB, 16 or 32 pools.
2.37.1.2 uint8 t rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_tx_conf::dcb_queue[ETH DCB NUM USER PRIORITIES]
2.38 rte eth vmdq mirror conf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint8_t rule_type_mask
• uint8_t dst_pool
• uint64_t pool_mask
• struct rte_eth_vlan_mirror vlan
A structure used to configure traffic mirror of an Ethernet port.
2.38.2.1 uint8 t rte_eth_vmdq_mirror_conf::rule_type_mask
Mirroring rule type mask we want to set
2.38.2.2 uint8 t rte_eth_vmdq_mirror_conf::dst_pool
Destination pool for this mirror rule.

Intel® DPDK - rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf Struct Reference
2.38.2.3 uint64 t rte_eth_vmdq_mirror_conf::pool_mask
Bitmap of pool for pool mirroring
2.38.2.4 struct rte_eth_vlan_mirror rte_eth_vmdq_mirror_conf::vlan
VLAN ID setting for VLAN mirroring
2.39 rte eth vmdq rx conf Struct Reference
Data Fields

• uint8_t enable_default_pool
• uint8_t default_pool
• uint8_t nb_pool_maps
• struct {
uint16_t vlan_id
uint64_t pools
} pool_map [ETH_VMDQ_MAX_VLAN_FILTERS]
2.39.1.1 enum rte_eth_nb_pools rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf::nb_queue_pools
VMDq only mode, 8 or 64 pools
2.39.1.2 uint8 t rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf::enable_default_pool
If non-zero, use a default pool
2.39.1.3 uint8 t rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf::default_pool
The default pool, if applicable
2.39.1.4 uint8 t rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf::nb_pool_maps
We can have up to 64 filters/mappings

rte_eth_vmdq_tx_conf Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.39.1.5 uint16 t rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf::vlan_id
The vlan id of the received frame
2.39.1.6 uint64 t rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf::pools
Bitmask of pools for packet rx
2.39.1.7 struct { ... } rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf::pool_map[ETH VMDQ MAX VLAN FILTERS]
VMDq vlan pool maps.
2.40 rte eth vmdq tx conf Struct Reference
Data Fields
2.40.1.1 enum rte_eth_nb_pools rte_eth_vmdq_tx_conf::nb_queue_pools
VMDq mode, 64 pools.
2.41 rte fbk hash entry Union Reference
Data Fields
• uint64_t whole_entry
• struct {
uint16_t is_entry
uint16_t value
uint32_t key
} entry
Individual entry in the four-byte key hash table.

Intel® DPDK - rte_fbk_hash_params Struct Reference
2.41.2.1 uint64 t rte_fbk_hash_entry::whole_entry
For accessing entire entry.
2.41.2.2 uint16 t rte_fbk_hash_entry::is_entry
Non-zero if entry is active.
2.41.2.3 uint16 t rte_fbk_hash_entry::value
Value returned by lookup.
2.41.2.4 uint32 t rte_fbk_hash_entry::key
Key used to find value.
2.41.2.5 struct { ... } rte_fbk_hash_entry::entry
For accessing each entry part.
2.42 rte fbk hash params Struct Reference
Data Fields
• const char ∗ name

• uint32_t entries
• uint32_t entries_per_bucket
• int socket_id
• rte_fbk_hash_fn hash_func
• uint32_t init_val
Parameters used when creating four-byte key hash table.

rte_fbk_hash_table Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.42.2.1 const char∗ rte_fbk_hash_params::name
Name of the hash table.
2.42.2.2 uint32 t rte_fbk_hash_params::entries
Total number of entries.
2.42.2.3 uint32 t rte_fbk_hash_params::entries_per_bucket
Number of entries in a bucket.
2.42.2.4 int rte_fbk_hash_params::socket_id
Socket to allocate memory on.
2.42.2.5 rte_fbk_hash_fn rte_fbk_hash_params::hash_func
The hash function.
2.42.2.6 uint32 t rte_fbk_hash_params::init_val
For initialising hash function.
2.43 rte fbk hash table Struct Reference
Data Fields
• char name [RTE_FBK_HASH_NAMESIZE]
• uint32_t entries_per_bucket
• uint32_t used_entries
• uint32_t bucket_mask
• uint32_t bucket_shift
• rte_fbk_hash_fn hash_func
• uint32_t init_val
• union rte_fbk_hash_entry t [0]

Intel® DPDK - rte_fbk_hash_table Struct Reference
The four-byte key hash table structure.
2.43.2.1 TAILQ ENTRY rte_fbk_hash_table::next
Linked list.
2.43.2.2 char rte_fbk_hash_table::name[RTE FBK HASH NAMESIZE]
Name of the hash.
2.43.2.3 uint32 t rte_fbk_hash_table::entries
Total number of entries.
2.43.2.4 uint32 t rte_fbk_hash_table::entries_per_bucket
Number of entries in a bucket.
2.43.2.5 uint32 t rte_fbk_hash_table::used_entries
How many entries are used.
2.43.2.6 uint32 t rte_fbk_hash_table::bucket_mask
To find which bucket the key is in.
2.43.2.7 uint32 t rte_fbk_hash_table::bucket_shift
Convert bucket to table offset.
2.43.2.8 rte_fbk_hash_fn rte_fbk_hash_table::hash_func
The hash function.

rte_fdir_conf Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.43.2.9 uint32 t rte_fbk_hash_table::init_val
For initialising hash function.
2.43.2.10 union rte_fbk_hash_entry rte_fbk_hash_table::t[0]
A flat table of all buckets.
2.44 rte fdir conf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• enum rte_fdir_mode mode
• enum rte_fdir_pballoc_type pballoc
• enum rte_fdir_status_mode status
• uint8_t flexbytes_offset
• uint8_t drop_queue
A structure used to configure the Flow Director (FDIR) feature of an Ethernet port.
If mode is RTE_FDIR_DISABLE, the pballoc value is ignored.
2.44.2.1 enum rte_fdir_mode rte_fdir_conf::mode
Flow Director mode.
2.44.2.2 enum rte_fdir_pballoc_type rte_fdir_conf::pballoc
Space for FDIR filters.
2.44.2.3 enum rte_fdir_status_mode rte_fdir_conf::status
How to report FDIR hash.
2.44.2.4 uint8 t rte_fdir_conf::flexbytes_offset
Offset of flexbytes field in RX packets (in 16-bit word units).

Intel® DPDK - rte_fdir_filter Struct Reference
2.44.2.5 uint8 t rte_fdir_conf::drop_queue
RX queue of packets matching a "drop" filter in perfect mode.
2.45 rte fdir filter Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint16_t flex_bytes
• uint16_t vlan_id
• uint16_t port_src
• uint16_t port_dst
• union {
uint32_t ipv4_addr
uint32_t ipv6_addr [4]
} ip_src
• union {
uint32_t ipv4_addr
uint32_t ipv6_addr [4]
} ip_dst
• enum rte_l4type l4type

• enum rte_iptype iptype
A structure used to define a FDIR packet filter.
2.45.2.1 uint16 t rte_fdir_filter::flex_bytes
Flex bytes value to match.
2.45.2.2 uint16 t rte_fdir_filter::vlan_id
VLAN ID value to match, 0 otherwise.
2.45.2.3 uint16 t rte_fdir_filter::port_src
Source port to match, 0 otherwise.

rte_fdir_masks Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.45.2.4 uint16 t rte_fdir_filter::port_dst
Destination port to match, 0 otherwise.
2.45.2.5 uint32 t rte_fdir_filter::ipv4_addr
IPv4 source address to match.

IPv4 destination address to match.
2.45.2.6 uint32 t rte_fdir_filter::ipv6_addr[4]
IPv6 source address to match.

IPv6 destination address to match
2.45.2.7 union { ... } rte_fdir_filter::ip_src
IPv4/IPv6 source address to match (union of above).
2.45.2.8 union { ... } rte_fdir_filter::ip_dst
IPv4/IPv6 destination address to match (union of above).
2.45.2.9 enum rte_l4type rte_fdir_filter::l4type
l4type to match: NONE/UDP/TCP/SCTP.
2.45.2.10 enum rte_iptype rte_fdir_filter::iptype
IP packet type to match: IPv4 or IPv6.
2.46 rte fdir masks Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint8_t only_ip_flow
• uint8_t vlan_id
• uint8_t vlan_prio
• uint8_t flexbytes
• uint8_t set_ipv6_mask
• uint8_t comp_ipv6_dst

Intel® DPDK - rte_fdir_masks Struct Reference
• uint32_t dst_ipv4_mask
• uint32_t src_ipv4_mask
• uint16_t dst_ipv6_mask
• uint16_t src_ipv6_mask
• uint16_t src_port_mask
• uint16_t dst_port_mask
A structure used to configure FDIR masks that are used by the device to match the various fields of RX
packet headers.
Note
The only_ip_flow field has the opposite meaning compared to other masks!
2.46.2.1 uint8 t rte_fdir_masks::only_ip_flow
When set to 1, packet l4type is NOT relevant in filters, and source and destination port masks must be set
to zero.
2.46.2.2 uint8 t rte_fdir_masks::vlan_id
If set to 1, vlan_id is relevant in filters.
2.46.2.3 uint8 t rte_fdir_masks::vlan_prio
If set to 1, vlan_prio is relevant in filters.
2.46.2.4 uint8 t rte_fdir_masks::flexbytes
If set to 1, flexbytes is relevant in filters.
2.46.2.5 uint8 t rte_fdir_masks::set_ipv6_mask
If set to 1, set the IPv6 masks. Otherwise set the IPv4 masks.
2.46.2.6 uint8 t rte_fdir_masks::comp_ipv6_dst
When set to 1, comparison of destination IPv6 address with IP6AT registers is meaningful.

rte_hash Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.46.2.7 uint32 t rte_fdir_masks::dst_ipv4_mask
Mask of Destination IPv4 Address. All bits set to 1 define the relevant bits to use in the destination address
of an IPv4 packet when matching it against FDIR filters.
2.46.2.8 uint32 t rte_fdir_masks::src_ipv4_mask
Mask of Source IPv4 Address. All bits set to 1 define the relevant bits to use in the source address of an
IPv4 packet when matching it against FDIR filters.
2.46.2.9 uint16 t rte_fdir_masks::dst_ipv6_mask
Mask of Source IPv6 Address. All bits set to 1 define the relevant BYTES to use in the source address of
an IPv6 packet when matching it against FDIR filters.
2.46.2.10 uint16 t rte_fdir_masks::src_ipv6_mask
Mask of Destination IPv6 Address. All bits set to 1 define the relevant BYTES to use in the destination
address of an IPv6 packet when matching it against FDIR filters.
2.46.2.11 uint16 t rte_fdir_masks::src_port_mask
Mask of Source Port. All bits set to 1 define the relevant bits to use in the source port of an IP packets when
matching it against FDIR filters.
2.46.2.12 uint16 t rte_fdir_masks::dst_port_mask
Mask of Destination Port. All bits set to 1 define the relevant bits to use in the destination port of an IP
packet when matching it against FDIR filters.
2.47 rte hash Struct Reference
Data Fields
• char name [RTE_HASH_NAMESIZE]
• uint32_t bucket_entries
• uint32_t key_len
• rte_hash_function hash_func
• uint32_t hash_func_init_val
• uint32_t num_buckets

Intel® DPDK - rte_hash Struct Reference
• uint32_t bucket_bitmask
• hash_sig_t sig_msb
• uint8_t ∗ sig_tbl
• uint32_t sig_tbl_bucket_size
• uint8_t ∗ key_tbl
• uint32_t key_tbl_key_size
A hash table structure.
2.47.2.1 TAILQ ENTRY rte_hash::next
Next in list.
2.47.2.2 char rte_hash::name[RTE HASH NAMESIZE]
Name of the hash.
2.47.2.3 uint32 t rte_hash::entries
Total table entries.
2.47.2.4 uint32 t rte_hash::bucket_entries
Bucket entries.
2.47.2.5 uint32 t rte_hash::key_len
Length of hash key.
2.47.2.6 rte_hash_function rte_hash::hash_func
Function used to calculate hash.
2.47.2.7 uint32 t rte_hash::hash_func_init_val
Init value used by hash_func.

rte_hash_parameters Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.47.2.8 uint32 t rte_hash::num_buckets
Number of buckets in table.
2.47.2.9 uint32 t rte_hash::bucket_bitmask
Bitmask for getting bucket index from hash signature.
2.47.2.10 hash_sig_t rte_hash::sig_msb
MSB is always set in valid signatures.
2.47.2.11 uint8 t∗ rte_hash::sig_tbl
Flat array of hash signature buckets.
2.47.2.12 uint32 t rte_hash::sig_tbl_bucket_size
Signature buckets may be padded for alignment reasons, and this is the bucket size used by sig_tbl.
2.47.2.13 uint8 t∗ rte_hash::key_tbl
Flat array of key value buckets.
2.47.2.14 uint32 t rte_hash::key_tbl_key_size
Keys may be padded for alignment reasons, and this is the key size used by key_tbl.
2.48 rte hash parameters Struct Reference
Data Fields

• uint32_t bucket_entries
• uint32_t key_len
• rte_hash_function hash_func
• uint32_t hash_func_init_val
• int socket_id

Intel® DPDK - rte_intr_conf Struct Reference
Parameters used when creating the hash table. The total table entries and bucket entries must be a power
of 2.
2.48.2.1 const char∗ rte_hash_parameters::name
Name of the hash.
2.48.2.2 uint32 t rte_hash_parameters::entries
Total hash table entries.
2.48.2.3 uint32 t rte_hash_parameters::bucket_entries
Bucket entries.
2.48.2.4 uint32 t rte_hash_parameters::key_len
Length of hash key.
2.48.2.5 rte_hash_function rte_hash_parameters::hash_func
Function used to calculate hash.
2.48.2.6 uint32 t rte_hash_parameters::hash_func_init_val
Init value used by hash_func.
2.48.2.7 int rte_hash_parameters::socket_id
NUMA Socket ID for memory.
2.49 rte intr conf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint16_t lsc

rte_ivshmem_metadata Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
A structure used to enable/disable specific device interrupts.
2.49.2.1 uint16 t rte_intr_conf::lsc
enable/disable lsc interrupt. 0 (default) - disable, 1 enable
2.50 rte ivshmem metadata Struct Reference
Data Fields
• int magic_number
• char name [IVSHMEM_NAME_LEN]
• struct rte_ivshmem_metadata_entry entry [RTE_LIBRTE_IVSHMEM_MAX_ENTRIES]
Structure that holds IVSHMEM metadata.
2.50.2.1 int rte_ivshmem_metadata::magic_number
magic number
2.50.2.2 char rte_ivshmem_metadata::name[IVSHMEM NAME LEN]
name of the metadata file
2.50.2.3 struct rte_ivshmem_metadata_entry rte_ivshmem_metadata::entry[RTE LIBRTE IVSHMEM MAX-

ENTRIES]
metadata entries

Intel® DPDK - rte_ivshmem_metadata_entry Struct Reference
2.51 rte ivshmem metadata entry Struct Reference
Data Fields
• struct rte_memzone mz
• uint64_t offset
Structure that holds IVSHMEM shared metadata entry.
2.51.2.1 struct rte_memzone rte_ivshmem_metadata_entry::mz
shared memzone
2.51.2.2 uint64 t rte_ivshmem_metadata_entry::offset
offset of memzone within IVSHMEM device
2.52 rte kni conf Struct Reference
Structure for configuring KNI device.
2.53 rte kni ops Struct Reference
Structure which has the function pointers for KNI interface.
2.54 rte logs Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t type

rte_lpm Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
• uint32_t level
• FILE ∗ file
The rte_log structure.
2.54.2.1 uint32 t rte_logs::type
Bitfield with enabled logs.
2.54.2.2 uint32 t rte_logs::level
Log level.
2.54.2.3 FILE∗ rte_logs::file
Pointer to current FILE∗ for logs.
2.55 rte lpm Struct Reference
Data Fields
• char name [RTE_LPM_NAMESIZE]
• int mem_location
• uint32_t max_rules
• struct rte_lpm_rule_info rule_info [RTE_LPM_MAX_DEPTH]
• struct rte_lpm_tbl24_entry struct rte_lpm_tbl8_entry tbl8 [RTE_LPM_TBL8_NUM_ENTRIES]
• struct rte_lpm_tbl24_entry struct rte_lpm_tbl8_entry struct rte_lpm_rule rules_tbl [0]
2.55.1.1 TAILQ ENTRY rte_lpm::next
Next in list.

Intel® DPDK - rte_lpm6_config Struct Reference
2.55.1.2 char rte_lpm::name[RTE LPM NAMESIZE]
Name of the lpm.
2.55.1.3 int rte_lpm::mem_location
Deprecated
See also
RTE_LPM_HEAP and RTE_LPM_MEMZONE.
2.55.1.4 uint32 t rte_lpm::max_rules
Max. balanced rules per lpm.
2.55.1.5 struct rte_lpm_rule_info rte_lpm::rule_info[RTE LPM MAX DEPTH]
Rule info table.
2.55.1.6 struct rte_lpm_tbl24_entry struct rte_lpm_tbl8_entry rte_lpm::tbl8[RTE LPM TBL8 NUM ENTRIES]
LPM tbl24 table.
2.55.1.7 struct rte_lpm_tbl24_entry struct rte_lpm_tbl8_entry struct rte_lpm_rule rte_lpm::rules_tbl[0]
LPM tbl8 table.
2.56 rte lpm6 config Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t max_rules
• uint32_t number_tbl8s
• int flags
LPM configuration structure.

rte_lpm_rule Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.56.2.1 uint32 t rte_lpm6_config::max_rules
Max number of rules.
2.56.2.2 uint32 t rte_lpm6_config::number_tbl8s
Number of tbl8s to allocate.
2.56.2.3 int rte_lpm6_config::flags
This field is currently unused.
2.57 rte lpm rule Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t ip
• uint8_t next_hop
2.57.1.1 uint32 t rte_lpm_rule::ip
Rule IP address.
2.57.1.2 uint8 t rte_lpm_rule::next_hop
Rule next hop.
2.58 rte lpm rule info Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t used_rules
• uint32_t first_rule

Intel® DPDK - rte_lpm_tbl24_entry Struct Reference
2.58.1.1 uint32 t rte_lpm_rule_info::used_rules
Used rules so far.
2.58.1.2 uint32 t rte_lpm_rule_info::first_rule
Indexes the first rule of a given depth.
2.59 rte lpm tbl24 entry Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint8_t valid:1
• uint8_t ext_entry:1
• uint8_t depth:6
2.59.1.1 uint8 t rte_lpm_tbl24_entry::valid
Validation flag.
2.59.1.2 uint8 t rte_lpm_tbl24_entry::ext_entry
External entry.
2.59.1.3 uint8 t rte_lpm_tbl24_entry::depth
Rule depth.
2.60 rte lpm tbl8 entry Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint8_t next_hop
• uint8_t valid:1
• uint8_t valid_group:1
• uint8_t depth:6

rte_malloc_socket_stats Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.60.1.1 uint8 t rte_lpm_tbl8_entry::next_hop
next hop.
2.60.1.2 uint8 t rte_lpm_tbl8_entry::valid
Validation flag.
2.60.1.3 uint8 t rte_lpm_tbl8_entry::valid_group
Group validation flag.
2.60.1.4 uint8 t rte_lpm_tbl8_entry::depth
Rule depth.
2.61 rte malloc socket stats Struct Reference
Data Fields
• size_t heap_totalsz_bytes
• size_t heap_freesz_bytes
• size_t greatest_free_size
• unsigned free_count
• unsigned alloc_count
• size_t heap_allocsz_bytes
Structure to hold heap statistics obtained from rte_malloc_get_socket_stats function.
2.61.2.1 size t rte_malloc_socket_stats::heap_totalsz_bytes
Total bytes on heap

Intel® DPDK - rte_mbuf Struct Reference
2.61.2.2 size t rte_malloc_socket_stats::heap_freesz_bytes
Total free bytes on heap
2.61.2.3 size t rte_malloc_socket_stats::greatest_free_size
Size in bytes of largest free block
2.61.2.4 unsigned rte_malloc_socket_stats::free_count
Number of free elements on heap
2.61.2.5 unsigned rte_malloc_socket_stats::alloc_count
Number of allocated elements on heap
2.61.2.6 size t rte_malloc_socket_stats::heap_allocsz_bytes
Total allocated bytes on heap
2.62 rte mbuf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• struct rte_mempool ∗ pool

• void ∗ buf_addr
• phys_addr_t buf_physaddr
• uint16_t buf_len
• union {
rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic
uint16_t refcnt
};
• uint8_t type
• uint8_t reserved
• uint16_t ol_flags
The generic rte_mbuf, containing a packet mbuf or a control mbuf.

rte_mbuf Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.62.2.1 struct rte_mempool∗ rte_mbuf::pool
Pool from which mbuf was allocated.
2.62.2.2 void∗ rte_mbuf::buf_addr
Virtual address of segment buffer.
2.62.2.3 phys_addr_t rte_mbuf::buf_physaddr
Physical address of segment buffer.
2.62.2.4 uint16 t rte_mbuf::buf_len
Length of segment buffer.
2.62.2.5 rte_atomic16_t rte_mbuf::refcnt_atomic
Atomically accessed refcnt
2.62.2.6 uint16 t rte_mbuf::refcnt
Non-atomically accessed refcnt
2.62.2.7 union { ... }
16-bit Reference counter. It should only be accessed using the following functions: rte_mbuf_refcnt_-
update(), rte_mbuf_refcnt_read(), and rte_mbuf_refcnt_set(). The functionality of these functions (atomic,
or non-atomic) is controlled by the CONFIG_RTE_MBUF_REFCNT_ATOMIC config option.
2.62.2.8 uint8 t rte_mbuf::type
Type of mbuf.
2.62.2.9 uint8 t rte_mbuf::reserved
Unused field. Required for padding.

Intel® DPDK - rte_mem_config Struct Reference
2.62.2.10 uint16 t rte_mbuf::ol_flags
Offload features.
2.63 rte mem config Struct Reference
Data Fields
• volatile uint32_t magic

• uint32_t nchannel
• uint32_t nrank
• rte_rwlock_t mlock
• rte_rwlock_t qlock
• rte_rwlock_t mplock
• uint32_t memzone_idx
• struct rte_memseg memseg [32,]
• struct rte_memzone memzone [512,]
• struct rte_tailq_head tailq_head [32,]
the structure for the memory configuration for the RTE. Used by the rte_config structure. It is separated out,
as for multi-process support, the memory details should be shared across instances
2.63.2.1 volatile uint32 t rte_mem_config::magic
Magic number - Sanity check.
2.63.2.2 uint32 t rte_mem_config::nchannel
Number of channels (0 if unknown).
2.63.2.3 uint32 t rte_mem_config::nrank
Number of ranks (0 if unknown).

rte_mempool Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.63.2.4 rte_rwlock_t rte_mem_config::mlock
current lock nest order
• qlock->mlock (ring/hash/lpm)
• mplock->qlock->mlock (mempool) Notice: ∗ALWAYS∗ obtain qlock first if having to obtain both qlock
and mlock only used by memzone LIB for thread-safe.
2.63.2.5 rte_rwlock_t rte_mem_config::qlock
used for tailq operation for thread safe.
2.63.2.6 rte_rwlock_t rte_mem_config::mplock
only used by mempool LIB for thread-safe.
2.63.2.7 uint32 t rte_mem_config::memzone_idx
Index of memzone
2.63.2.8 struct rte_memseg rte_mem_config::memseg[32,]
Physmem descriptors.
2.63.2.9 struct rte_memzone rte_mem_config::memzone[512,]
Memzone descriptors.
2.63.2.10 struct rte_tailq_head rte_mem_config::tailq_head[32,]
Tailqs for objects
2.64 rte mempool Struct Reference
Data Fields
• char name [RTE_MEMPOOL_NAMESIZE]
• struct rte_ring ∗ ring

Intel® DPDK - rte_mempool Struct Reference
• phys_addr_t phys_addr
• int flags
• uint32_t size
• uint32_t cache_size
• uint32_t cache_flushthresh
• uint32_t elt_size
• uint32_t header_size
• uint32_t trailer_size
• unsigned private_data_size
• struct rte_mempool_cache local_cache [32,]
• uint32_t pg_num
• uint32_t uint32_t pg_shift
• uintptr_t pg_mask
• uintptr_t elt_va_start
• uintptr_t elt_va_end
• phys_addr_t elt_pa [MEMPOOL_PG_NUM_DEFAULT]
The RTE mempool structure.
2.64.2.1 TAILQ ENTRY rte_mempool::next
Next in list.
2.64.2.2 char rte_mempool::name[RTE MEMPOOL NAMESIZE]
Name of mempool.
2.64.2.3 struct rte_ring∗ rte_mempool::ring
Ring to store objects.
2.64.2.4 phys_addr_t rte_mempool::phys_addr
Phys. addr. of mempool struct.
2.64.2.5 int rte_mempool::flags
Flags of the mempool.

rte_mempool Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.64.2.6 uint32 t rte_mempool::size
Size of the mempool.
2.64.2.7 uint32 t rte_mempool::cache_size
Size of per-lcore local cache.
2.64.2.8 uint32 t rte_mempool::cache_flushthresh
Threshold before we flush excess elements.
2.64.2.9 uint32 t rte_mempool::elt_size
Size of an element.
2.64.2.10 uint32 t rte_mempool::header_size
Size of header (before elt).
2.64.2.11 uint32 t rte_mempool::trailer_size
Size of trailer (after elt).
2.64.2.12 unsigned rte_mempool::private_data_size
Size of private data.
2.64.2.13 struct rte_mempool_cache rte_mempool::local_cache[32,]
Per-lcore local cache.
2.64.2.14 uint32 t rte_mempool::pg_num
Number of elements in the elt_pa array.
2.64.2.15 uint32 t uint32 t rte_mempool::pg_shift
LOG2 of the physical pages.

Intel® DPDK - rte_mempool_cache Struct Reference
2.64.2.16 uintptr t rte_mempool::pg_mask
physical page mask value.
2.64.2.17 uintptr t rte_mempool::elt_va_start
Virtual address of the first mempool object.
2.64.2.18 uintptr t rte_mempool::elt_va_end
Virtual address of the <size + 1> mempool object.
2.64.2.19 phys_addr_t rte_mempool::elt_pa[MEMPOOL PG NUM DEFAULT]
Array of physical pages addresses for the mempool objects buffer.
2.65 rte mempool cache Struct Reference
Data Fields
• unsigned len
• void ∗ objs [512,∗3]
A structure that stores a per-core object cache.
2.65.2.1 unsigned rte_mempool_cache::len
Cache len
2.65.2.2 void∗ rte_mempool_cache::objs[512,∗3]
Cache objects

rte_mempool_objsz Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.66 rte mempool objsz Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t elt_size
• uint32_t header_size
• uint32_t trailer_size
• uint32_t total_size
2.66.1.1 uint32 t rte_mempool_objsz::elt_size
Size of an element.
2.66.1.2 uint32 t rte_mempool_objsz::header_size
Size of header (before elt).
2.66.1.3 uint32 t rte_mempool_objsz::trailer_size
Size of trailer (after elt).
2.66.1.4 uint32 t rte_mempool_objsz::total_size
Total size of an object (header + elt + trailer).
2.67 rte memseg Struct Reference
Data Fields
• size_t len
• size_t hugepage_sz
• int32_t socket_id
• uint32_t nchannel
• uint32_t nrank
• void ∗ addr
• uint64_t addr_64

Intel® DPDK - rte_memseg Struct Reference
Physical memory segment descriptor.
2.67.2.1 phys_addr_t rte_memseg::phys_addr
Start physical address.
2.67.2.2 void∗ rte_memseg::addr
Start virtual address.
2.67.2.3 uint64 t rte_memseg::addr_64
Makes sure addr is always 64 bits
2.67.2.4 size t rte_memseg::len
Length of the segment.
2.67.2.5 size t rte_memseg::hugepage_sz
The pagesize of underlying memory
2.67.2.6 int32 t rte_memseg::socket_id
NUMA socket ID.
2.67.2.7 uint32 t rte_memseg::nchannel
Number of channels.
2.67.2.8 uint32 t rte_memseg::nrank
Number of ranks.

rte_memzone Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.68 rte memzone Struct Reference
Data Fields
• char name [RTE_MEMZONE_NAMESIZE]

• size_t len
• size_t hugepage_sz
• int32_t socket_id
• uint32_t flags
• void ∗ addr
• uint64_t addr_64
A structure describing a memzone, which is a contiguous portion of physical memory identified by a name.
2.68.2.1 char rte_memzone::name[RTE MEMZONE NAMESIZE]
Name of the memory zone.
2.68.2.2 phys_addr_t rte_memzone::phys_addr
Start physical address.
2.68.2.3 void∗ rte_memzone::addr
Start virtual address.
2.68.2.4 uint64 t rte_memzone::addr_64
Makes sure addr is always 64-bits
2.68.2.5 size t rte_memzone::len
Length of the memzone.

Intel® DPDK - rte_meter_srtcm Struct Reference
2.68.2.6 size t rte_memzone::hugepage_sz
The page size of underlying memory
2.68.2.7 int32 t rte_memzone::socket_id
NUMA socket ID.
2.68.2.8 uint32 t rte_memzone::flags
Characteristics of this memzone.
2.69 rte meter srtcm Struct Reference
2.70 rte meter srtcm params Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint64_t cir
• uint64_t cbs
• uint64_t ebs
srTCM parameters per metered traffic flow. The CIR, CBS and EBS parameters only count bytes of IP
packets and do not include link specific headers. At least one of the CBS or EBS parameters has to be
greater than zero.
2.70.2.1 uint64 t rte_meter_srtcm_params::cir
Committed Information Rate (CIR). Measured in bytes per second.
2.70.2.2 uint64 t rte_meter_srtcm_params::cbs
Committed Burst Size (CBS). Measured in bytes.

rte_meter_trtcm Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.70.2.3 uint64 t rte_meter_srtcm_params::ebs
Excess Burst Size (EBS). Measured in bytes.
2.71 rte meter trtcm Struct Reference
2.72 rte meter trtcm params Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint64_t cir
• uint64_t pir
• uint64_t cbs
• uint64_t pbs
trTCM parameters per metered traffic flow. The CIR, PIR, CBS and PBS parameters only count bytes of IP
packets and do not include link specific headers. PIR has to be greater than or equal to CIR. Both CBS or
EBS have to be greater than zero.
2.72.2.1 uint64 t rte_meter_trtcm_params::cir
Committed Information Rate (CIR). Measured in bytes per second.
2.72.2.2 uint64 t rte_meter_trtcm_params::pir
Peak Information Rate (PIR). Measured in bytes per second.
2.72.2.3 uint64 t rte_meter_trtcm_params::cbs
Committed Burst Size (CBS). Measured in byes.
2.72.2.4 uint64 t rte_meter_trtcm_params::pbs
Peak Burst Size (PBS). Measured in bytes.

Intel® DPDK - rte_pci_addr Struct Reference
2.73 rte pci addr Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint16_t domain
• uint8_t bus
• uint8_t devid
• uint8_t function
A structure describing the location of a PCI device.
2.73.2.1 uint16 t rte_pci_addr::domain
Device domain
2.73.2.2 uint8 t rte_pci_addr::bus
Device bus
2.73.2.3 uint8 t rte_pci_addr::devid
Device ID
2.73.2.4 uint8 t rte_pci_addr::function
Device function.
2.74 rte pci device Struct Reference
Data Fields
• struct rte_pci_addr addr
• struct rte_pci_id id
• struct rte_pci_resource mem_resource [PCI_MAX_RESOURCE]
• struct rte_intr_handle intr_handle

rte_pci_device Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
• struct rte_pci_driver ∗ driver

• uint16_t max_vfs
• int numa_node
• unsigned int blacklisted:1
A structure describing a PCI device.
2.74.2.1 TAILQ ENTRY rte_pci_device::next
Next probed PCI device.
2.74.2.2 struct rte_pci_addr rte_pci_device::addr
PCI location.
2.74.2.3 struct rte_pci_id rte_pci_device::id
PCI ID.
2.74.2.4 struct rte_pci_resource rte_pci_device::mem_resource[PCI MAX RESOURCE]
PCI Memory Resource
2.74.2.5 struct rte intr handle rte_pci_device::intr_handle
Interrupt handle
2.74.2.6 struct rte_pci_driver∗ rte_pci_device::driver
Associated driver
2.74.2.7 uint16 t rte_pci_device::max_vfs
sriov enable if not zero

Intel® DPDK - rte_pci_driver Struct Reference
2.74.2.8 int rte_pci_device::numa_node
NUMA node connection
2.74.2.9 unsigned int rte_pci_device::blacklisted
Device is blacklisted
2.75 rte pci driver Struct Reference
Data Fields
• pci_devinit_t ∗ devinit
• struct rte_pci_id ∗ id_table
• uint32_t drv_flags
A structure describing a PCI driver.
2.75.2.1 TAILQ ENTRY rte_pci_driver::next
Next in list.
2.75.2.2 const char∗ rte_pci_driver::name
Driver name.
2.75.2.3 pci_devinit_t∗ rte_pci_driver::devinit
Device init. function.
2.75.2.4 struct rte_pci_id∗ rte_pci_driver::id_table
ID table, NULL terminated.

rte_pci_id Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.75.2.5 uint32 t rte_pci_driver::drv_flags
Flags contolling handling of device.
2.76 rte pci id Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint16_t vendor_id
• uint16_t device_id
• uint16_t subsystem_vendor_id
• uint16_t subsystem_device_id
A structure describing an ID for a PCI driver. Each driver provides a table of these IDs for each device that
it supports.
2.76.2.1 uint16 t rte_pci_id::vendor_id
Vendor ID or PCI_ANY_ID.
2.76.2.2 uint16 t rte_pci_id::device_id
Device ID or PCI_ANY_ID.
2.76.2.3 uint16 t rte_pci_id::subsystem_vendor_id
Subsystem vendor ID or PCI_ANY_ID.
2.76.2.4 uint16 t rte_pci_id::subsystem_device_id
Subsystem device ID or PCI_ANY_ID.
2.77 rte pci resource Struct Reference

Intel® DPDK - rte_pktmbuf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint64_t phys_addr
• uint64_t len
• void ∗ addr
A structure describing a PCI resource.
2.77.2.1 uint64 t rte_pci_resource::phys_addr
Physical address, 0 if no resource.
2.77.2.2 uint64 t rte_pci_resource::len
Length of the resource.
2.77.2.3 void∗ rte_pci_resource::addr
Virtual address, NULL when not mapped.
2.78 rte pktmbuf Struct Reference
Data Fields
• struct rte_mbuf ∗ next

• void ∗ data
• uint16_t data_len
• uint8_t nb_segs
• uint8_t in_port
• uint32_t pkt_len
• union {
uint32_t rss
struct {
} fdir
uint32_t sched
} hash

rte_pktmbuf Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
A packet message buffer.
2.78.2.1 struct rte_mbuf∗ rte_pktmbuf::next
Next segment of scattered packet.
2.78.2.2 void∗ rte_pktmbuf::data
Start address of data in segment buffer.
2.78.2.3 uint16 t rte_pktmbuf::data_len
Amount of data in segment buffer.
2.78.2.4 uint8 t rte_pktmbuf::nb_segs
Number of segments.
2.78.2.5 uint8 t rte_pktmbuf::in_port
Input port.
2.78.2.6 uint32 t rte_pktmbuf::pkt_len
Total pkt len: sum of all segment data_len.
2.78.2.7 uint32 t rte_pktmbuf::rss
RSS hash result if RSS enabled
2.78.2.8 struct { ... } rte_pktmbuf::fdir
Filter identifier if FDIR enabled

Intel® DPDK - rte_pktmbuf_pool_private Struct Reference
2.78.2.9 uint32 t rte_pktmbuf::sched
Hierarchical scheduler
2.78.2.10 union { ... } rte pktmbuf::hash
hash information
2.79 rte pktmbuf pool private Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint16_t mbuf_data_room_size
Private data in case of pktmbuf pool.

A structure that contains some pktmbuf_pool-specific data that are appended after the mempool structure
(in private data).
2.79.2.1 uint16 t rte_pktmbuf_pool_private::mbuf_data_room_size
Size of data space in each mbuf.
2.80 rte red Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t avg
• uint32_t count
• uint64_t q_time
RED run-time data

rte_red_config Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.80.2.1 uint32 t rte_red::avg
Average queue size (avg), scaled in fixed-point format
2.80.2.2 uint32 t rte_red::count
Number of packets since last marked packet (count)
2.80.2.3 uint64 t rte_red::q_time
Start of the queue idle time (q_time)
2.81 rte red config Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t min_th
• uint32_t max_th
• uint32_t pa_const
• uint8_t maxp_inv
• uint8_t wq_log2
RED configuration parameters
2.81.2.1 uint32 t rte_red_config::min_th
min_th scaled in fixed-point format
2.81.2.2 uint32 t rte_red_config::max_th
max_th scaled in fixed-point format
2.81.2.3 uint32 t rte_red_config::pa_const
Precomputed constant value used for pa calculation (scaled in fixed-point format)

Intel® DPDK - rte_red_params Struct Reference
2.81.2.4 uint8 t rte_red_config::maxp_inv
maxp_inv
2.81.2.5 uint8 t rte_red_config::wq_log2
wq_log2
2.82 rte red params Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint16_t min_th
• uint16_t max_th
• uint16_t maxp_inv
• uint16_t wq_log2
RED configuration parameters passed by user
2.82.2.1 uint16 t rte_red_params::min_th
Minimum threshold for queue (max_th)
2.82.2.2 uint16 t rte_red_params::max_th
Maximum threshold for queue (max_th)
2.82.2.3 uint16 t rte_red_params::maxp_inv
Inverse of packet marking probability maximum value (maxp = 1 / maxp_inv)
2.82.2.4 uint16 t rte_red_params::wq_log2
Negated log2 of queue weight (wq = 1 / (2 ∧ wq_log2))

rte_ring Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.83 rte ring Struct Reference
Data Structures
• struct cons
• struct prod
Data Fields
• char name [RTE_RING_NAMESIZE]
• int flags
An RTE ring structure.

The producer and the consumer have a head and a tail index. The particularity of these index is that they
are not between 0 and size(ring). These indexes are between 0 and 2∧ 32, and we mask their value when
we access the ring[] field. Thanks to this assumption, we can do subtractions between 2 index values in a
modulo-32bit base: that’s why the overflow of the indexes is not a problem.
2.83.2.1 TAILQ ENTRY rte_ring::next
Next in list.
2.83.2.2 char rte_ring::name[RTE RING NAMESIZE]
Name of the ring.
2.83.2.3 int rte_ring::flags
Flags supplied at creation.
2.84 rte rwlock t Struct Reference
Data Fields

Intel® DPDK - rte_sched_pipe_params Struct Reference
The rte_rwlock_t type.

cnt is -1 when write lock is held, and > 0 when read locks are held.
2.84.2.1 volatile int32 t rte_rwlock_t::cnt
-1 when W lock held, > 0 when R locks held.
2.85 rte sched pipe params Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t tb_rate
• uint32_t tb_size
• uint32_t tc_rate [RTE_SCHED_TRAFFIC_CLASSES_PER_PIPE]
• uint32_t tc_period
• uint8_t wrr_weights [RTE_SCHED_QUEUES_PER_PIPE]
Pipe configuration parameters. The period and credits_per_period parameters are measured in bytes, with
one byte meaning the time duration associated with the transmission of one byte on the physical medium of
the output port, with pipe or pipe traffic class rate (measured as percentage of output port rate) determined
as credits_per_period divided by period. One credit represents one byte.
2.85.2.1 uint32 t rte_sched_pipe_params::tb_rate
Pipe token bucket rate (measured in bytes per second)
2.85.2.2 uint32 t rte_sched_pipe_params::tb_size
Pipe token bucket size (measured in credits)
2.85.2.3 uint32 t rte_sched_pipe_params::tc_rate[RTE SCHED TRAFFIC CLASSES PER PIPE]
Pipe traffic class rates (measured in bytes per second)

rte_sched_port_hierarchy Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.85.2.4 uint32 t rte_sched_pipe_params::tc_period
Enforcement period for pipe traffic class rates (measured in milliseconds)
2.85.2.5 uint8 t rte_sched_pipe_params::wrr_weights[RTE SCHED QUEUES PER PIPE]
WRR weights for the queues of the current pipe
2.86 rte sched port hierarchy Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t queue:2
• uint32_t traffic_class:2
• uint32_t pipe:20
• uint32_t subport:6
• uint32_t color:2
Path through the scheduler hierarchy used by the scheduler enqueue operation to identify the destination
queue for the current packet. Stored in the field pkt.hash.sched of struct rte_mbuf of each packet, typically
written by the classification stage and read by scheduler enqueue.
2.86.2.1 uint32 t rte_sched_port_hierarchy::queue
Queue ID (0 .. 3)
2.86.2.2 uint32 t rte_sched_port_hierarchy::traffic_class
Traffic class ID (0 .. 3)
2.86.2.3 uint32 t rte_sched_port_hierarchy::pipe
Pipe ID
2.86.2.4 uint32 t rte_sched_port_hierarchy::subport
Subport ID

Intel® DPDK - rte_sched_port_params Struct Reference
2.86.2.5 uint32 t rte_sched_port_hierarchy::color
Color
2.87 rte sched port params Struct Reference
Data Fields

• int socket
• uint32_t rate
• uint32_t mtu
• uint32_t frame_overhead
• uint32_t n_subports_per_port
• uint32_t n_pipes_per_subport
• uint16_t qsize [RTE_SCHED_TRAFFIC_CLASSES_PER_PIPE]
• struct rte_sched_pipe_params ∗ pipe_profiles
• uint32_t n_pipe_profiles
Port configuration parameters.
2.87.2.1 const char∗ rte_sched_port_params::name
Literal string to be associated to the current port scheduler instance
2.87.2.2 int rte_sched_port_params::socket
CPU socket ID where the memory for port scheduler should be allocated
2.87.2.3 uint32 t rte_sched_port_params::rate
Output port rate (measured in bytes per second)
2.87.2.4 uint32 t rte_sched_port_params::mtu
Maximum Ethernet frame size (measured in bytes). Should not include the framing overhead.

rte_sched_queue_stats Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.87.2.5 uint32 t rte_sched_port_params::frame_overhead
Framing overhead per packet (measured in bytes)
2.87.2.6 uint32 t rte_sched_port_params::n_subports_per_port
Number of subports for the current port scheduler instance
2.87.2.7 uint32 t rte_sched_port_params::n_pipes_per_subport
Number of pipes for each port scheduler subport
2.87.2.8 uint16 t rte_sched_port_params::qsize[RTE SCHED TRAFFIC CLASSES PER PIPE]
Packet queue size for each traffic class. All queues within the same pipe traffic class have the same size.
Queues from different pipes serving the same traffic class have the same size.
2.87.2.9 struct rte_sched_pipe_params∗ rte_sched_port_params::pipe_profiles
Pipe profile table defined for current port scheduler instance. Every pipe of the current port scheduler is
configured using one of the profiles from this table.
2.87.2.10 uint32 t rte_sched_port_params::n_pipe_profiles
Number of profiles in the pipe profile table
2.88 rte sched queue stats Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t n_pkts
• uint32_t n_pkts_dropped
• uint32_t n_bytes
• uint32_t n_bytes_dropped
Queue statistics

Intel® DPDK - rte_sched_subport_params Struct Reference
2.88.2.1 uint32 t rte_sched_queue_stats::n_pkts
Number of packets successfully written to current queue
2.88.2.2 uint32 t rte_sched_queue_stats::n_pkts_dropped
Number of packets dropped due to current queue being full or congested
2.88.2.3 uint32 t rte_sched_queue_stats::n_bytes
Number of bytes successfully written to current queue
2.88.2.4 uint32 t rte_sched_queue_stats::n_bytes_dropped
Number of bytes dropped due to current queue being full or congested
2.89 rte sched subport params Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t tb_rate
• uint32_t tb_size
• uint32_t tc_rate [RTE_SCHED_TRAFFIC_CLASSES_PER_PIPE]
• uint32_t tc_period
Subport configuration parameters. The period and credits_per_period parameters are measured in bytes,
with one byte meaning the time duration associated with the transmission of one byte on the physical medium
of the output port, with pipe or pipe traffic class rate (measured as percentage of output port rate) determined
as credits_per_period divided by period. One credit represents one byte.
2.89.2.1 uint32 t rte_sched_subport_params::tb_rate
Subport token bucket rate (measured in bytes per second)

rte_sched_subport_stats Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.89.2.2 uint32 t rte_sched_subport_params::tb_size
Subport token bucket size (measured in credits)
2.89.2.3 uint32 t rte_sched_subport_params::tc_rate[RTE SCHED TRAFFIC CLASSES PER PIPE]
Subport traffic class rates (measured in bytes per second)
2.89.2.4 uint32 t rte_sched_subport_params::tc_period
Enforcement period for traffic class rates (measured in milliseconds)
2.90 rte sched subport stats Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t n_pkts_tc [RTE_SCHED_TRAFFIC_CLASSES_PER_PIPE]

• uint32_t n_pkts_tc_dropped [RTE_SCHED_TRAFFIC_CLASSES_PER_PIPE]
• uint32_t n_bytes_tc [RTE_SCHED_TRAFFIC_CLASSES_PER_PIPE]
• uint32_t n_bytes_tc_dropped [RTE_SCHED_TRAFFIC_CLASSES_PER_PIPE]
Subport statistics
2.90.2.1 uint32 t rte_sched_subport_stats::n_pkts_tc[RTE SCHED TRAFFIC CLASSES PER PIPE]
Number of packets successfully written to current subport for each traffic class
2.90.2.2 uint32 t rte_sched_subport_stats::n_pkts_tc_dropped[RTE SCHED TRAFFIC CLASSES PER PIPE]
Number of packets dropped by the current subport for each traffic class due to subport queues being full or
congested
2.90.2.3 uint32 t rte_sched_subport_stats::n_bytes_tc[RTE SCHED TRAFFIC CLASSES PER PIPE]
Number of bytes successfully written to current subport for each traffic class

Intel® DPDK - rte_spinlock_recursive_t Struct Reference
2.90.2.4 uint32 t rte_sched_subport_stats::n_bytes_tc_dropped[RTE SCHED TRAFFIC CLASSES PER PIP-

E]
Number of bytes dropped by the current subport for each traffic class due to subport queues being full or
congested
2.91 rte spinlock recursive t Struct Reference
Data Fields
• rte_spinlock_t sl
• volatile int user
• volatile int count
The rte_spinlock_recursive_t type.
2.91.2.1 rte_spinlock_t rte_spinlock_recursive_t::sl
the actual spinlock
2.91.2.2 volatile int rte_spinlock_recursive_t::user
core id using lock, -1 for unused
2.91.2.3 volatile int rte_spinlock_recursive_t::count
count of time this lock has been called
2.92 rte spinlock t Struct Reference
Data Fields
• volatile int locked

rte_tailq_head Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
The rte_spinlock_t type.
2.92.2.1 volatile int rte_spinlock_t::locked
lock status 0 = unlocked, 1 = locked
2.93 rte tailq head Struct Reference
Data Fields
• struct rte_dummy_head tailq_head
The structure defining a tailq header entry for storing in the rte_config structure in shared memory. Each tailq
is identified by name. Any library storing a set of objects e.g. rings, mempools, hash-tables, is recommended
to use an entry here, so as to make it easy for a multi-process app to find already-created elements in shared
memory.
2.93.2.1 struct rte dummy head rte_tailq_head::tailq_head
NOTE: must be first element
2.94 rte timer Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint64_t expire
• union rte_timer_status status
• uint64_t period
• rte_timer_cb_t ∗ f
• void ∗ arg

Intel® DPDK - rte_timer_status Union Reference
A structure describing a timer in RTE.
2.94.2.1 uint64 t rte_timer::expire
Time when timer expire.
2.94.2.2 union rte_timer_status rte_timer::status
Status of timer.
2.94.2.3 uint64 t rte_timer::period
Period of timer (0 if not periodic).
2.94.2.4 rte_timer_cb_t∗ rte_timer::f
Callback function.
2.94.2.5 void∗ rte_timer::arg
Argument to callback function.
2.95 rte timer status Union Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t u32
• uint16_t state
• int16_t owner
Timer status: A union of the state (stopped, pending, running, config) and an owner (the id of the lcore that
owns the timer).

rte_vlan_macip Union Reference - Intel® DPDK
2.95.2.1 uint16 t rte_timer_status::state
Stop, pending, running, config.
2.95.2.2 int16 t rte_timer_status::owner
The lcore that owns the timer.
2.95.2.3 uint32 t rte_timer_status::u32
To atomic-set status + owner.
2.96 rte vlan macip Union Reference
Offload features
2.96.2.1 uint16 t rte_vlan_macip::l3_len
L3 (IP) Header Length.
2.96.2.2 uint16 t rte_vlan_macip::l2_len
L2 (MAC) Header Length.
2.96.2.3 uint16 t rte_vlan_macip::vlan_tci
VLAN Tag Control Identifier (CPU order).
2.97 sctp hdr Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint16_t src_port

Intel® DPDK - tcp_hdr Struct Reference
• uint16_t dst_port
• uint32_t tag
• uint32_t cksum
SCTP Header
2.97.2.1 uint16 t sctp_hdr::src_port
Source port.
2.97.2.2 uint16 t sctp_hdr::dst_port
Destin port.
2.97.2.3 uint32 t sctp_hdr::tag
Validation tag.
2.97.2.4 uint32 t sctp_hdr::cksum
Checksum.
2.98 tcp hdr Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint32_t sent_seq
• uint32_t recv_ack
• uint8_t data_off
• uint8_t tcp_flags
• uint16_t rx_win
• uint16_t cksum
• uint16_t tcp_urp

tcp_hdr Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
TCP Header
2.98.2.1 uint16 t tcp_hdr::src_port
TCP source port.
2.98.2.2 uint16 t tcp_hdr::dst_port
TCP destination port.
2.98.2.3 uint32 t tcp_hdr::sent_seq
TX data sequence number.
2.98.2.4 uint32 t tcp_hdr::recv_ack
RX data acknowledgement sequence number.
2.98.2.5 uint8 t tcp_hdr::data_off
Data offset.
2.98.2.6 uint8 t tcp_hdr::tcp_flags
TCP flags
2.98.2.7 uint16 t tcp_hdr::rx_win
RX flow control window.
2.98.2.8 uint16 t tcp_hdr::cksum
TCP checksum.

Intel® DPDK - udp_hdr Struct Reference
2.98.2.9 uint16 t tcp_hdr::tcp_urp
TCP urgent pointer, if any.
2.99 udp hdr Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint16_t dgram_len
• uint16_t dgram_cksum
UDP Header
2.99.2.1 uint16 t udp_hdr::src_port
UDP source port.
2.99.2.2 uint16 t udp_hdr::dst_port
UDP destination port.
2.99.2.3 uint16 t udp_hdr::dgram_len
UDP datagram length
2.99.2.4 uint16 t udp_hdr::dgram_cksum
UDP datagram checksum
2.100 vlan hdr Struct Reference
Data Fields
• uint16_t vlan_tci

vlan_hdr Struct Reference - Intel® DPDK
• uint16_t eth_proto
Ethernet VLAN Header. Contains the 16-bit VLAN Tag Control Identifier and the Ethernet type of the
encapsulated frame.
2.100.2.1 uint16 t vlan_hdr::vlan_tci
Priority (3) + CFI (1) + Identifier Code (12)
2.100.2.2 uint16 t vlan_hdr::eth_proto
Ethernet type of encapsulated frame.

Intel® DPDK- File Documentation
Chapter 3
File Documentation
3.1 rte alarm.h File Reference
Typedefs
• typedef void(∗ rte_eal_alarm_callback )(void ∗arg)
Functions
• int rte_eal_alarm_set (uint64_t us, rte_eal_alarm_callback cb, void ∗cb_arg)

• int rte_eal_alarm_cancel (rte_eal_alarm_callback cb_fn, void ∗cb_arg)
Alarm functions
Simple alarm-clock functionality supplied by eal. Does not require hpet support.
3.1.2 Typedef Documentation
3.1.2.1 typedef void(∗ rte_eal_alarm_callback)(void ∗arg)
Signature of callback back function called when an alarm goes off.
3.1.3 Function Documentation

rte_atomic.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.1.3.1 int rte eal alarm set ( uint64 t us, rte_eal_alarm_callback cb, void ∗ cb arg )
Function to set a callback to be triggered when us microseconds have expired. Accuracy of timing to the
microsecond is not guaranteed. The alarm function will not be called ∗before∗ the requested time, but may
be called a short period of time afterwards. The alarm handler will be called only once. There is no need to
call "rte_eal_alarm_cancel" from within the callback function.
Parameters
us The time in microseconds before the callback is called
cb The function to be called when the alarm expires
cb_arg Pointer parameter to be passed to the callback function
Returns
On success, zero. On failure, a negative error number
3.1.3.2 int rte eal alarm cancel ( rte_eal_alarm_callback cb fn, void ∗ cb arg )
Function to cancel an alarm callback which has been registered before.
Parameters
cb_fn alarm callback
cb_arg Pointer parameter to be passed to the callback function. To remove all copies of a given
callback function, irrespective of parameter, (void ∗)-1 can be used here.
Returns
• The number of callbacks removed
3.2 rte atomic.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_atomic16_t
Defines
• #define MPLOCKED
• #define rte_mb()
• #define rte_wmb()

Intel® DPDK - rte_atomic.h File Reference
• #define rte_rmb()
• #define rte_compiler_barrier()
• #define RTE_ATOMIC16_INIT(val)
Functions
• static int rte_atomic16_cmpset (volatile uint16_t ∗dst, uint16_t exp, uint16_t src)
• static void rte_atomic16_init (rte_atomic16_t ∗v)
• static int16_t rte_atomic16_read (const rte_atomic16_t ∗v)
• static void rte_atomic16_set (rte_atomic16_t ∗v, int16_t new_value)
• static void rte_atomic16_add (rte_atomic16_t ∗v, int16_t inc)
• static void rte_atomic16_sub (rte_atomic16_t ∗v, int16_t dec)
• static void rte_atomic16_inc (rte_atomic16_t ∗v)
• static void rte_atomic16_dec (rte_atomic16_t ∗v)
• static int16_t rte_atomic16_add_return (rte_atomic16_t ∗v, int16_t inc)
• static int16_t rte_atomic16_sub_return (rte_atomic16_t ∗v, int16_t dec)
• static int rte_atomic16_inc_and_test (rte_atomic16_t ∗v)
• static int rte_atomic16_dec_and_test (rte_atomic16_t ∗v)
• static int rte_atomic16_test_and_set (rte_atomic16_t ∗v)
• static void rte_atomic16_clear (rte_atomic16_t ∗v)
• static int32_t rte_atomic32_read (const rte_atomic32_t ∗v)
• static int64_t rte_atomic64_read (rte_atomic64_t ∗v)


Atomic Operations
This file defines a generic API for atomic operations. The implementation is architecture-specific.
See lib/librte_eal/common/include/i686/arch/rte_atomic.h See lib/librte_eal/common/include/x86_64/arch/rte-
_atomic.h
Atomic Operations on x86_64
3.2.2 Define Documentation
3.2.2.1 #define MPLOCKED
Insert MP lock prefix.
3.2.2.2 #define rte mb( )
General memory barrier.

Guarantees that the LOAD and STORE operations generated before the barrier occur before the LOAD and
STORE operations generated after.
3.2.2.3 #define rte wmb( )
Write memory barrier.

Guarantees that the STORE operations generated before the barrier occur before the STORE operations
generated after.
3.2.2.4 #define rte rmb( )
Read memory barrier.

Guarantees that the LOAD operations generated before the barrier occur before the LOAD operations
generated after.

3.2.2.5 #define rte compiler barrier( )
Compiler barrier.
Guarantees that operation reordering does not occur at compile time for operations directly before and after
the barrier.
3.2.2.6 #define RTE ATOMIC16 INIT( val )
Static initializer for an atomic counter.
3.2.3.1 static int rte atomic16 cmpset ( volatile uint16 t ∗ dst, uint16 t exp, uint16 t src ) [static]
Atomic compare and set.

(atomic) equivalent to: if (∗dst == exp) ∗dst = src (all 16-bit words)
Parameters
dst The destination location into which the value will be written.
exp The expected value.
src The new value.
Returns
Non-zero on success; 0 on failure.
3.2.3.2 static void rte atomic16 init ( rte_atomic16_t ∗ v ) [static]
Initialize an atomic counter.
Parameters
v A pointer to the atomic counter.

3.2.3.3 static int16 t rte atomic16 read ( const rte_atomic16_t ∗ v ) [static]
Atomically read a 16-bit value from a counter.
Parameters
Returns
The value of the counter.
3.2.3.4 static void rte atomic16 set ( rte_atomic16_t ∗ v, int16 t new value ) [static]
Atomically set a counter to a 16-bit value.
Parameters
new_value The new value for the counter.
3.2.3.5 static void rte atomic16 add ( rte_atomic16_t ∗ v, int16 t inc ) [static]
Atomically add a 16-bit value to an atomic counter.
Parameters
inc The value to be added to the counter.
3.2.3.6 static void rte atomic16 sub ( rte_atomic16_t ∗ v, int16 t dec ) [static]
Atomically subtract a 16-bit value from an atomic counter.
Parameters
dec The value to be subtracted from the counter.
3.2.3.7 static void rte atomic16 inc ( rte_atomic16_t ∗ v ) [static]
Atomically increment a counter by one.

Parameters
3.2.3.8 static void rte atomic16 dec ( rte_atomic16_t ∗ v ) [static]
Atomically decrement a counter by one.
Parameters
3.2.3.9 static int16 t rte atomic16 add return ( rte_atomic16_t ∗ v, int16 t inc ) [static]
Atomically add a 16-bit value to a counter and return the result.

Atomically adds the 16-bits value (inc) to the atomic counter (v) and returns the value of v after addition.
Parameters
Returns
The value of v after the addition.
3.2.3.10 static int16 t rte atomic16 sub return ( rte_atomic16_t ∗ v, int16 t dec ) [static]
Atomically subtract a 16-bit value from a counter and return the result.
Atomically subtracts the 16-bit value (inc) from the atomic counter (v) and returns the value of v after the
subtraction.
Parameters

Returns
The value of v after the subtraction.
3.2.3.11 static int rte atomic16 inc and test ( rte_atomic16_t ∗ v ) [static]
Atomically increment a 16-bit counter by one and test.

Atomically increments the atomic counter (v) by one and returns true if the result is 0, or false in all other
cases.
Parameters
Returns
True if the result after the increment operation is 0; false otherwise.
3.2.3.12 static int rte atomic16 dec and test ( rte_atomic16_t ∗ v ) [static]
Atomically decrement a 16-bit counter by one and test.

Atomically decrements the atomic counter (v) by one and returns true if the result is 0, or false in all other
cases.
Parameters
Returns
True if the result after the decrement operation is 0; false otherwise.
3.2.3.13 static int rte atomic16 test and set ( rte_atomic16_t ∗ v ) [static]
Atomically test and set a 16-bit atomic counter.

If the counter value is already set, return 0 (failed). Otherwise, set the counter value to 1 and return 1
(success).
Parameters

Returns
0 if failed; else 1, success.
3.2.3.14 static void rte atomic16 clear ( rte_atomic16_t ∗ v ) [static]
Atomically set a 16-bit counter to 0.
Parameters
Atomic compare and set.

(atomic) equivalent to: if (∗dst == exp) ∗dst = src (all 32-bit words)
Parameters
dst The destination location into which the value will be written.
src The new value.
Returns
Initialize an atomic counter.
Parameters
3.2.3.17 static int32 t rte atomic32 read ( const rte_atomic32_t ∗ v ) [static]
Atomically read a 32-bit value from a counter.
Parameters

Returns
Atomically set a counter to a 32-bit value.
Parameters
new_value The new value for the counter.
Atomically add a 32-bit value to an atomic counter.
Parameters
Atomically subtract a 32-bit value from an atomic counter.
Parameters
Atomically increment a counter by one.
Parameters
Atomically decrement a counter by one.

Parameters
Atomically add a 32-bit value to a counter and return the result.

Atomically adds the 32-bits value (inc) to the atomic counter (v) and returns the value of v after addition.
Parameters
Returns
Atomically subtract a 32-bit value from a counter and return the result.
Atomically subtracts the 32-bit value (inc) from the atomic counter (v) and returns the value of v after the
subtraction.
Parameters
Returns

cases.
Parameters

Returns
True if the result after the increment operation is 0; false otherwise.

cases.
Parameters
Returns
True if the result after the decrement operation is 0; false otherwise.

(success).
Parameters
Returns
Parameters

An atomic compare and set function used by the mutex functions. (atomic) equivalent to: if (∗dst == exp)
∗dst = src (all 64-bit words)
Parameters
dst The destination into which the value will be written.
src The new value.
Returns
Initialize the atomic counter.
Parameters
3.2.3.31 static int64 t rte atomic64 read ( rte_atomic64_t ∗ v ) [static]
Atomically read a 64-bit counter.
Parameters
Returns
Atomically set a 64-bit counter.
Parameters
new_value The new value of the counter.

Atomically add a 64-bit value to a counter.
Parameters
Atomically subtract a 64-bit value from a counter.
Parameters
Parameters
Parameters
Add a 64-bit value to an atomic counter and return the result.

Atomically adds the 64-bit value (inc) to the atomic counter (v) and returns the value of v after the addition.
Parameters

Returns
Subtract a 64-bit value from an atomic counter and return the result.
Atomically subtracts the 64-bit value (dec) from the atomic counter (v) and returns the value of v after the
subtraction.
Parameters
Returns

cases.
Parameters
Returns
True if the result after the addition is 0; false otherwise.

cases.
Parameters

rte_branch_prediction.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Returns
True if the result after subtraction is 0; false otherwise.

(success).
Parameters
Returns
Parameters
3.3 rte branch prediction.h File Reference
Defines
• #define likely(x)
• #define unlikely(x)
Branch Prediction Helpers in RTE
3.3.2.1 #define likely( x )
Check if a branch is likely to be taken.

Intel® DPDK - rte_byteorder.h File Reference
This compiler builtin allows the developer to indicate if a branch is likely to be taken. Example:
if (likely(x > 1)) do_stuff();
3.3.2.2 #define unlikely( x )
Check if a branch is unlikely to be taken.

This compiler builtin allows the developer to indicate if a branch is unlikely to be taken. Example:
if (unlikely(x < 1)) do_stuff();
3.4 rte byteorder.h File Reference
Defines
• #define rte_bswap16(x)
• #define rte_cpu_to_le_16(x)
• #define rte_cpu_to_be_16(x)
• #define rte_le_to_cpu_16(x)
• #define rte_be_to_cpu_16(x)
Byte Swap Operations

This file defines a generic API for byte swap operations. Part of the implementation is architecture-specific.
3.4.2.1 #define rte bswap16( x )
Swap bytes in a 16-bit value.

rte_byteorder.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.4.2.4 #define rte cpu to le 16( x )
Convert a 16-bit value from CPU order to little endian.
3.4.2.7 #define rte cpu to be 16( x )
Convert a 16-bit value from CPU order to big endian.
3.4.2.10 #define rte le to cpu 16( x )
Convert a 16-bit value from little endian to CPU order.

Intel® DPDK - rte_common.h File Reference
3.4.2.13 #define rte be to cpu 16( x )
Convert a 16-bit value from big endian to CPU order.
3.5 rte common.h File Reference
Defines
• #define __rte_unused
• #define RTE_SET_USED(x)
• #define RTE_PTR_ADD(ptr, x)
• #define RTE_PTR_SUB(ptr, x)
• #define RTE_PTR_DIFF(ptr1, ptr2)
• #define RTE_PTR_ALIGN_FLOOR(ptr, align)
• #define RTE_ALIGN_FLOOR(val, align)
• #define RTE_PTR_ALIGN_CEIL(ptr, align)
• #define RTE_ALIGN_CEIL(val, align)
• #define RTE_PTR_ALIGN(ptr, align)
• #define RTE_ALIGN(val, align)
• #define RTE_BUILD_BUG_ON(condition)
• #define RTE_MIN(a, b)
• #define RTE_MAX(a, b)
• #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER)
• #define RTE_STR(x)
• #define RTE_LEN2MASK(ln, tp)
• #define RTE_DIM(a)

rte_common.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Functions
• static uintptr_t rte_align_floor_int (uintptr_t ptr, uintptr_t align)

• static int rte_is_aligned (void ∗ptr, unsigned align)
• static int rte_is_power_of_2 (uint32_t n)
• static uint32_t rte_align32pow2 (uint32_t x)
• static uint64_t rte_align64pow2 (uint64_t v)
• static uint32_t rte_bsf32 (uint32_t v)
• static uint64_t rte_str_to_size (const char ∗str)
• void rte_exit (int exit_code, const char ∗format,...)
Generic, commonly-used macro and inline function definitions for Intel DPDK.
3.5.2.1 #define rte unused
short definition to mark a function parameter unused
3.5.2.2 #define RTE SET USED( x )
definition to mark a variable or function parameter as used so as to avoid a compiler warning
3.5.2.3 #define RTE PTR ADD( ptr, x )
add a byte-value offset from a pointer
3.5.2.4 #define RTE PTR SUB( ptr, x )
subtract a byte-value offset from a pointer
3.5.2.5 #define RTE PTR DIFF( ptr1, ptr2 )
get the difference between two pointer values, i.e. how far apart in bytes are the locations they point two. It
is assumed that ptr1 is greater than ptr2.

3.5.2.6 #define RTE PTR ALIGN FLOOR( ptr, align )
Macro to align a pointer to a given power-of-two. The resultant pointer will be a pointer of the same type as
the first parameter, and point to an address no higher than the first parameter. Second parameter must be
a power-of-two value.
3.5.2.7 #define RTE ALIGN FLOOR( val, align )
Macro to align a value to a given power-of-two. The resultant value will be of the same type as the first
parameter, and will be no bigger than the first parameter. Second parameter must be a power-of-two value.
3.5.2.8 #define RTE PTR ALIGN CEIL( ptr, align )
the first parameter, and point to an address no lower than the first parameter. Second parameter must be a
power-of-two value.
3.5.2.9 #define RTE ALIGN CEIL( val, align )
parameter, and will be no lower than the first parameter. Second parameter must be a power-of-two value.
3.5.2.10 #define RTE PTR ALIGN( ptr, align )
the first parameter, and point to an address no lower than the first parameter. Second parameter must be a
power-of-two value. This function is the same as RTE_PTR_ALIGN_CEIL
3.5.2.11 #define RTE ALIGN( val, align )
parameter, and will be no lower than the first parameter. Second parameter must be a power-of-two value.
This function is the same as RTE_ALIGN_CEIL
3.5.2.12 #define RTE BUILD BUG ON( condition )
Triggers an error at compilation time if the condition is true.
3.5.2.13 #define RTE MIN( a, b )
Macro to return the minimum of two numbers

rte_common.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.5.2.14 #define RTE MAX( a, b )
Macro to return the maximum of two numbers
3.5.2.15 #define offsetof( TYPE, MEMBER )
Return the offset of a field in a structure.
3.5.2.16 #define RTE STR( x )
Take a macro value and get a string version of it
3.5.2.17 #define RTE LEN2MASK( ln, tp )
Mask value of type <tp> for the first <ln> bit set.
3.5.2.18 #define RTE DIM( a )
Number of elements in the array.
3.5.3.1 static uintptr t rte align floor int ( uintptr t ptr, uintptr t align ) [static]
Function which rounds an unsigned int down to a given power-of-two value. Takes uintptr_t types as
parameters, as this type of operation is most commonly done for pointer alignment. (See also RTE_AL-
IGN_FLOOR, RTE_ALIGN_CEIL, RTE_ALIGN, RTE_PTR_ALIGN_FLOOR, RTE_PTR_ALIGN_CEL, RT-
E_PTR_ALIGN macros)
Parameters
ptr The value to be rounded down
align The power-of-two of which the result must be a multiple.
Returns
Function returns a properly aligned value where align is a power-of-two. If align is not a power-of-two,
result will be incorrect.
3.5.3.2 static int rte is aligned ( void ∗ ptr, unsigned align ) [static]
Checks if a pointer is aligned to a given power-of-two value

Parameters
ptr The pointer whose alignment is to be checked
align The power-of-two value to which the ptr should be aligned
Returns
True(1) where the pointer is correctly aligned, false(0) otherwise
3.5.3.3 static int rte is power of 2 ( uint32 t n ) [static]
Returns true if n is a power of 2
Parameters
n Number to check
Returns
1 if true, 0 otherwise
3.5.3.4 static uint32 t rte align32pow2 ( uint32 t x ) [static]
Aligns input parameter to the next power of 2
Parameters
x The integer value to algin
Returns
Input parameter aligned to the next power of 2
3.5.3.5 static uint64 t rte align64pow2 ( uint64 t v ) [static]
Aligns 64b input parameter to the next power of 2
Parameters
x The 64b value to algin
Returns
Input parameter aligned to the next power of 2

rte_cpuflags.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.5.3.6 static uint32 t rte bsf32 ( uint32 t v ) [static]
Searches the input parameter for the least significant set bit (starting from zero). If a least significant 1 bit
is found, its bit index is returned. If the content of the input parameter is zero, then the content of the return
value is undefined.
Parameters
v input parameter, should not be zero.
Returns
least significant set bit in the input parameter.
3.5.3.7 static uint64 t rte str to size ( const char ∗ str ) [static]
Converts a numeric string to the equivalent uint64_t value. As well as straight number conversion, also
recognises the suffixes k, m and g for kilobytes, megabytes and gigabytes respectively.
If a negative number is passed in i.e. a string with the first non-black character being "-", zero is returned.
Zero is also returned in the case of an error with the strtoull call in the function.
Parameters
str String containing number to convert.
Returns
Number.
3.5.3.8 void rte exit ( int exit code, const char ∗ format, ... )
Function to terminate the application immediately, printing an error message and returning the exit_code
back to the shell.
This function never returns
Parameters
exit_code The exit code to be returned by the application
format The format string to be used for printing the message. This can include printf format
characters which will be expanded using any further parameters to the function.
3.6 rte cpuflags.h File Reference

Intel® DPDK - rte_cpuflags.h File Reference
Enumerations
• enum rte_cpu_flag_t { RTE_CPUFLAG_SSE3, RTE_CPUFLAG_PCLMULQDQ, RTE_CPUFLAG_D-
TES64, RTE_CPUFLAG_MONITOR, RTE_CPUFLAG_DS_CPL, RTE_CPUFLAG_VMX, RTE_CPU-
FLAG_SMX, RTE_CPUFLAG_EIST, RTE_CPUFLAG_TM2, RTE_CPUFLAG_SSSE3, RTE_CPUF-
LAG_CNXT_ID, RTE_CPUFLAG_FMA, RTE_CPUFLAG_CMPXCHG16B, RTE_CPUFLAG_XTPR,
RTE_CPUFLAG_PDCM, RTE_CPUFLAG_PCID, RTE_CPUFLAG_DCA, RTE_CPUFLAG_SSE4_-
1, RTE_CPUFLAG_SSE4_2, RTE_CPUFLAG_X2APIC, RTE_CPUFLAG_MOVBE, RTE_CPUFLA-
G_POPCNT, RTE_CPUFLAG_TSC_DEADLINE, RTE_CPUFLAG_AES, RTE_CPUFLAG_XSAVE,
RTE_CPUFLAG_OSXSAVE, RTE_CPUFLAG_AVX, RTE_CPUFLAG_F16C, RTE_CPUFLAG_RD-
RAND, RTE_CPUFLAG_FPU, RTE_CPUFLAG_VME, RTE_CPUFLAG_DE, RTE_CPUFLAG_PSE,
RTE_CPUFLAG_TSC, RTE_CPUFLAG_MSR, RTE_CPUFLAG_PAE, RTE_CPUFLAG_MCE, RTE-
_CPUFLAG_CX8, RTE_CPUFLAG_APIC, RTE_CPUFLAG_SEP, RTE_CPUFLAG_MTRR, RTE_C-
PUFLAG_PGE, RTE_CPUFLAG_MCA, RTE_CPUFLAG_CMOV, RTE_CPUFLAG_PAT, RTE_CPU-
FLAG_PSE36, RTE_CPUFLAG_PSN, RTE_CPUFLAG_CLFSH, RTE_CPUFLAG_DS, RTE_CPUF-
LAG_ACPI, RTE_CPUFLAG_MMX, RTE_CPUFLAG_FXSR, RTE_CPUFLAG_SSE, RTE_CPUFLA-
G_SSE2, RTE_CPUFLAG_SS, RTE_CPUFLAG_HTT, RTE_CPUFLAG_TM, RTE_CPUFLAG_PBE,
RTE_CPUFLAG_DIGTEMP, RTE_CPUFLAG_TRBOBST, RTE_CPUFLAG_ARAT, RTE_CPUFLA-
G_PLN, RTE_CPUFLAG_ECMD, RTE_CPUFLAG_PTM, RTE_CPUFLAG_MPERF_APERF_MSR,
RTE_CPUFLAG_ACNT2, RTE_CPUFLAG_ENERGY_EFF, RTE_CPUFLAG_FSGSBASE, RTE_C-
PUFLAG_BMI1, RTE_CPUFLAG_HLE, RTE_CPUFLAG_AVX2, RTE_CPUFLAG_SMEP, RTE_CP-
UFLAG_BMI2, RTE_CPUFLAG_ERMS, RTE_CPUFLAG_INVPCID, RTE_CPUFLAG_RTM, RTE_C-
PUFLAG_LAHF_SAHF, RTE_CPUFLAG_LZCNT, RTE_CPUFLAG_SYSCALL, RTE_CPUFLAG_XD,
RTE_CPUFLAG_1GB_PG, RTE_CPUFLAG_RDTSCP, RTE_CPUFLAG_EM64T, RTE_CPUFLAG-
_INVTSC, RTE_CPUFLAG_NUMFLAGS }
Functions
• int rte_cpu_get_flag_enabled (enum rte_cpu_flag_t flag)
• void rte_cpu_check_supported (void)
Simple API to determine available CPU features at runtime.
3.6.2 Enumeration Type Documentation
3.6.2.1 enum rte_cpu_flag_t
Enumeration of all CPU features supported
Enumerator:
RTE_CPUFLAG_SSE3 SSE3
RTE_CPUFLAG_PCLMULQDQ PCLMULQDQ
RTE_CPUFLAG_DTES64 DTES64

rte_cpuflags.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
RTE_CPUFLAG_MONITOR MONITOR
RTE_CPUFLAG_DS_CPL DS_CPL
RTE_CPUFLAG_VMX VMX
RTE_CPUFLAG_SMX SMX
RTE_CPUFLAG_EIST EIST
RTE_CPUFLAG_TM2 TM2
RTE_CPUFLAG_SSSE3 SSSE3
RTE_CPUFLAG_CNXT_ID CNXT_ID
RTE_CPUFLAG_FMA FMA
RTE_CPUFLAG_CMPXCHG16B CMPXCHG16B
RTE_CPUFLAG_XTPR XTPR
RTE_CPUFLAG_PDCM PDCM
RTE_CPUFLAG_PCID PCID
RTE_CPUFLAG_DCA DCA
RTE_CPUFLAG_SSE4_1 SSE4_1
RTE_CPUFLAG_SSE4_2 SSE4_2
RTE_CPUFLAG_X2APIC X2APIC
RTE_CPUFLAG_MOVBE MOVBE
RTE_CPUFLAG_POPCNT POPCNT
RTE_CPUFLAG_TSC_DEADLINE TSC_DEADLINE
RTE_CPUFLAG_AES AES
RTE_CPUFLAG_XSAVE XSAVE
RTE_CPUFLAG_OSXSAVE OSXSAVE
RTE_CPUFLAG_AVX AVX
RTE_CPUFLAG_F16C F16C
RTE_CPUFLAG_RDRAND RDRAND
RTE_CPUFLAG_FPU FPU
RTE_CPUFLAG_VME VME
RTE_CPUFLAG_DE DE
RTE_CPUFLAG_PSE PSE
RTE_CPUFLAG_TSC TSC
RTE_CPUFLAG_MSR MSR
RTE_CPUFLAG_PAE PAE
RTE_CPUFLAG_MCE MCE
RTE_CPUFLAG_CX8 CX8
RTE_CPUFLAG_APIC APIC
RTE_CPUFLAG_SEP SEP
RTE_CPUFLAG_MTRR MTRR

Intel® DPDK - rte_cpuflags.h File Reference
RTE_CPUFLAG_PGE PGE
RTE_CPUFLAG_MCA MCA
RTE_CPUFLAG_CMOV CMOV
RTE_CPUFLAG_PAT PAT
RTE_CPUFLAG_PSE36 PSE36
RTE_CPUFLAG_PSN PSN
RTE_CPUFLAG_CLFSH CLFSH
RTE_CPUFLAG_DS DS
RTE_CPUFLAG_ACPI ACPI
RTE_CPUFLAG_MMX MMX
RTE_CPUFLAG_FXSR FXSR
RTE_CPUFLAG_SSE SSE
RTE_CPUFLAG_SSE2 SSE2
RTE_CPUFLAG_SS SS
RTE_CPUFLAG_HTT HTT
RTE_CPUFLAG_TM TM
RTE_CPUFLAG_PBE PBE
RTE_CPUFLAG_DIGTEMP DIGTEMP
RTE_CPUFLAG_TRBOBST TRBOBST
RTE_CPUFLAG_ARAT ARAT
RTE_CPUFLAG_PLN PLN
RTE_CPUFLAG_ECMD ECMD
RTE_CPUFLAG_PTM PTM
RTE_CPUFLAG_MPERF_APERF_MSR MPERF_APERF_MSR
RTE_CPUFLAG_ACNT2 ACNT2
RTE_CPUFLAG_ENERGY_EFF ENERGY_EFF
RTE_CPUFLAG_FSGSBASE FSGSBASE
RTE_CPUFLAG_BMI1 BMI1
RTE_CPUFLAG_HLE Hardware Lock elision
RTE_CPUFLAG_AVX2 AVX2
RTE_CPUFLAG_SMEP SMEP
RTE_CPUFLAG_BMI2 BMI2
RTE_CPUFLAG_ERMS ERMS
RTE_CPUFLAG_INVPCID INVPCID
RTE_CPUFLAG_RTM Transactional memory
RTE_CPUFLAG_LAHF_SAHF LAHF_SAHF
RTE_CPUFLAG_LZCNT LZCNT
RTE_CPUFLAG_SYSCALL SYSCALL

rte_cycles.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
RTE_CPUFLAG_XD XD
RTE_CPUFLAG_1GB_PG 1GB_PG
RTE_CPUFLAG_RDTSCP RDTSCP
RTE_CPUFLAG_EM64T EM64T
RTE_CPUFLAG_INVTSC INVTSC
RTE_CPUFLAG_NUMFLAGS This should always be the last!
3.6.3.1 int rte cpu get flag enabled ( enum rte_cpu_flag_t flag )
Function for checking a CPU flag availability
Parameters
flag CPU flag to query CPU for
Returns
1 if flag is available 0 if flag is not available -ENOENT if flag is invalid
3.6.3.2 void rte cpu check supported ( void )
This function checks that the currently used CPU supports the CPU features that were specified at compile
time. It is called automatically within the EAL, so does not need to be used by applications.
3.7 rte cycles.h File Reference
Functions
• static uint64_t rte_rdtsc (void)

• uint64_t rte_get_tsc_hz (void)
• static uint64_t rte_get_tsc_cycles (void)
• uint64_t rte_get_hpet_cycles (void)
• uint64_t rte_get_hpet_hz (void)
• int rte_eal_hpet_init (int make_default)
• static uint64_t rte_get_timer_cycles (void)
• static uint64_t rte_get_timer_hz (void)
• void rte_delay_us (unsigned us)
• static void rte_delay_ms (unsigned ms)

Intel® DPDK - rte_cycles.h File Reference
Simple Time Reference Functions (Cycles and HPET).
3.7.2.1 static uint64 t rte rdtsc ( void ) [static]
Read the TSC register.
Returns
The TSC for this lcore.
3.7.2.2 uint64 t rte get tsc hz ( void )
Get the measured frequency of the RDTSC counter
Returns
The TSC frequency for this lcore
3.7.2.3 static uint64 t rte get tsc cycles ( void ) [static]
Return the number of TSC cycles since boot
Returns
the number of cycles
3.7.2.4 uint64 t rte get hpet cycles ( void )
Return the number of HPET cycles since boot

This counter is global for all execution units. The number of cycles in one second can be retrieved using
rte_get_hpet_hz().
Returns
the number of cycles

rte_cycles.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.7.2.5 uint64 t rte get hpet hz ( void )
Get the number of HPET cycles in one second.
Returns
The number of cycles in one second.
3.7.2.6 int rte eal hpet init ( int make default )
Initialise the HPET for use. This must be called before the rte_get_hpet_hz and rte_get_hpet_cycles APIs
are called. If this function does not succeed, then the HPET functions are unavailable and should not be
called.
Parameters
make_default If set, the hpet timer becomes the default timer whose values are returned by the rte_-
get_timer_hz/cycles API calls
Returns
0 on success, -1 on error, and the make_default parameter is ignored.
3.7.2.7 static uint64 t rte get timer cycles ( void ) [static]
Get the number of cycles since boot from the default timer.
Returns
The number of cycles
3.7.2.8 static uint64 t rte get timer hz ( void ) [static]
Get the number of cycles in one second for the default timer.
Returns
The number of cycles in one second.
3.7.2.9 void rte delay us ( unsigned us )
Wait at least us microseconds.
Parameters

Intel® DPDK - rte_debug.h File Reference
us The number of microseconds to wait.
3.7.2.10 static void rte delay ms ( unsigned ms ) [static]
Wait at least ms milliseconds.
Parameters
ms The number of milliseconds to wait.
3.8 rte debug.h File Reference
Defines
• #define rte_panic_(func, format,...)
Functions
• void rte_dump_stack (void)
• void rte_dump_registers (void)
Debug Functions in RTE

This file defines a generic API for debug operations. Part of the implementation is architecture-specific.
3.8.2.1 #define rte panic ( func, format, ... )
Provide notification of a critical non-recoverable error and terminate execution abnormally.

Display the format string and its expanded arguments (printf-like).
In a linuxapp environment, this function dumps the stack and calls abort() resulting in a core dump if enabled.
The function never returns.
Parameters
format The format string
args The variable list of arguments.

rte_eal.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.8.3.1 void rte dump stack ( void )
Dump the stack of the calling core to the console.
3.8.3.2 void rte dump registers ( void )
Dump the registers of the calling core to the console.

Note: Not implemented in a userapp environment; use gdb instead.
3.9 rte eal.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_config
Defines
• #define RTE_VERSION
• #define RTE_MAGIC
• #define EAL_FLG_HIGH_IOPL
• #define RTE_EAL_TAILQ_RWLOCK
• #define RTE_EAL_MEMPOOL_RWLOCK
• #define RTE_EAL_TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(idx, type, elm)
• #define RTE_EAL_TAILQ_REMOVE(idx, type, elm)
• #define RTE_EAL_TAILQ_EXIST_CHECK(idx)
Typedefs
• typedef void(∗ rte_usage_hook_t )(const char ∗prgname)
Enumerations
• enum rte_lcore_role_t
• enum rte_proc_type_t

Intel® DPDK - rte_eal.h File Reference
Functions
• struct rte_config ∗ rte_eal_get_configuration (void)
• enum rte_lcore_role_t rte_eal_lcore_role (unsigned lcore_id)
• enum rte_proc_type_t rte_eal_process_type (void)
• int rte_eal_init (int argc, char ∗∗argv)
• rte_usage_hook_t rte_set_application_usage_hook (rte_usage_hook_t usage_func)
EAL Configuration API
3.9.2.1 #define RTE VERSION
The version of the RTE configuration structure.
3.9.2.2 #define RTE MAGIC
Magic number written by the main partition when ready.
3.9.2.3 #define EAL FLG HIGH IOPL
indicates high IO privilage in a linux env
3.9.2.4 #define RTE EAL TAILQ RWLOCK
macro to get the lock of tailq in mem_config
3.9.2.5 #define RTE EAL MEMPOOL RWLOCK
macro to get the multiple lock of mempool shared by mutiple-instance
3.9.2.6 #define RTE EAL TAILQ INSERT TAIL( idx, type, elm )
Utility macro to do a thread-safe tailq ’INSERT’ of rte_mem_config
Parameters
idx a kind of tailq define in enum rte_tailq_t
type type of list(tailq head)
elm The element will be added into the list

rte_eal.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.9.2.7 #define RTE EAL TAILQ REMOVE( idx, type, elm )
Utility macro to do a thread-safe tailq ’REMOVE’ of rte_mem_config
Parameters
type type of list(tailq head)
elm The element will be remove from the list
3.9.2.8 #define RTE EAL TAILQ EXIST CHECK( idx )
macro to check TAILQ exist
Parameters
3.9.3.1 typedef void(∗ rte_usage_hook_t)(const char ∗prgname)
Usage function typedef used by the application usage function.

Use this function typedef to define and call rte_set_applcation_usage_hook() routine.
3.9.4.1 enum rte_lcore_role_t
The lcore role (used in RTE or not).
3.9.4.2 enum rte_proc_type_t
The type of process in a linuxapp, multi-process setup
3.9.5.1 struct rte_config∗ rte eal get configuration ( void ) [read]
Get the global configuration structure.

Intel® DPDK - rte_eal.h File Reference
Returns
A pointer to the global configuration structure.
3.9.5.2 enum rte_lcore_role_t rte eal lcore role ( unsigned lcore id )
Get a lcore’s role.
Parameters
lcore_id The identifier of the lcore.
Returns
The role of the lcore.
3.9.5.3 enum rte_proc_type_t rte eal process type ( void )
Get the process type in a multi-process setup
Returns
The process type
3.9.5.4 int rte eal init ( int argc, char ∗∗ argv )
Initialize the Environment Abstraction Layer (EAL).

This function is to be executed on the MASTER lcore only, as soon as possible in the application’s main()
function.
The function finishes the initialization process that was started during boot (in case of baremetal) or before
main() is called (in case of linuxapp). It puts the SLAVE lcores in the WAIT state.
When the multi-partition feature is supported, depending on the configuration (if CONFIG_RTE_EAL_MAI-
N_PARTITION is disabled), this function waits to ensure that the magic number is set before returning. See
also the rte_eal_get_configuration() function. Note: This behavior may change in the future.
Parameters
argc The argc argument that was given to the main() function.
argv The argv argument that was given to the main() function.

rte_errno.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Returns
• On success, the number of parsed arguments, which is greater or equal to zero. After the call to
rte_eal_init(), all arguments argv[x] with x < ret may be modified and should not be accessed by
the application.
• On failure, a negative error value.
3.9.5.5 rte_usage_hook_t rte set application usage hook ( rte_usage_hook_t usage func )
Add application usage routine callout from the eal_usage() routine.

This function allows the application to include its usage message in the EAL system usage message. -
The routine rte_set_application_usage_hook() needs to be called before the rte_eal_init() routine in the
application.
This routine is optional for the application and will behave as if the set routine was never called as the default
behavior.
Parameters
func The func argument is a function pointer to the application usage routine. Called function
is defined using rte_usage_hook_t typedef, which is of the form void rte_usage_-
func(const char ∗ prgname).
Calling this routine with a NULL value will reset the usage hook routine and return the current value, which
could be NULL.
Returns
• Returns the current value of the rte_application_usage pointer to allow the caller to daisy chain the
usage routines if needing more then one.
3.10 rte errno.h File Reference
Defines
• #define rte_errno
• #define __ELASTERROR
Enumerations
• enum { RTE_MIN_ERRNO, E_RTE_SECONDARY, E_RTE_NO_CONFIG, E_RTE_NO_TAILQ, R-
TE_MAX_ERRNO }
Functions
• RTE_DECLARE_PER_LCORE (int, _rte_errno)

Intel® DPDK - rte_errno.h File Reference
• const char ∗ rte_strerror (int errnum)
API for error cause tracking
3.10.2.1 #define rte errno
Error number value, stored per-thread, which can be queried after calls to certain functions to determine
why those functions failed.
Uses standard values from errno.h wherever possible, with a small number of additional possible values for
RTE-specific conditions.
3.10.2.2 #define ELASTERROR
Check if we have a defined value for the max system-defined errno values. if no max defined, start from
1000 to prevent overlap with standard values
3.10.3.1 anonymous enum
Error types
Enumerator:
RTE_MIN_ERRNO Start numbering above std errno vals
E_RTE_SECONDARY Operation not allowed in secondary processes
E_RTE_NO_CONFIG Missing rte_config
E_RTE_NO_TAILQ Uninitialised TAILQ
RTE_MAX_ERRNO Max RTE error number
3.10.4.1 RTE DECLARE PER LCORE ( int , rte errno )
Per core error number.

rte_ethdev.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.10.4.2 const char∗ rte strerror ( int errnum )
Function which returns a printable string describing a particular error code. For non-RTE-specific error
codes, this function returns the value from the libc strerror function.
Parameters
errnum The error number to be looked up - generally the value of rte_errno
Returns
A pointer to a thread-local string containing the text describing the error.
3.11 rte ethdev.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_eth_stats
• struct rte_eth_link
• struct rte_eth_thresh
• struct rte_eth_rxmode
• struct rte_eth_rss_conf
• struct rte_eth_vlan_mirror
• struct rte_eth_vmdq_mirror_conf
• struct rte_eth_rss_reta
• struct rte_eth_dcb_rx_conf
• struct rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_tx_conf
• struct rte_eth_dcb_tx_conf
• struct rte_eth_vmdq_tx_conf
• struct rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf
• struct rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf
• struct rte_eth_txmode
• struct rte_eth_rxconf
• struct rte_eth_txconf
• struct rte_eth_fc_conf
• struct rte_eth_pfc_conf
• struct rte_fdir_conf
• struct rte_fdir_filter
• struct rte_fdir_masks
• struct rte_eth_fdir
• struct rte_intr_conf
• struct rte_eth_conf
• struct rte_eth_dev_info
• struct eth_dev_ops
• struct rte_eth_dev
• struct rte_eth_dev_sriov
• struct rte_eth_dev_data
• struct eth_driver

Intel® DPDK - rte_ethdev.h File Reference
Defines
• #define ETH_LINK_SPEED_AUTONEG
• #define ETH_LINK_SPEED_10
• #define ETH_LINK_AUTONEG_DUPLEX
• #define ETH_LINK_HALF_DUPLEX
• #define ETH_LINK_FULL_DUPLEX
• #define ETH_RSS
• #define ETH_DCB_NONE
• #define ETH_RSS_IPV4
• #define ETH_RSS_IPV4_TCP
• #define ETH_RSS_IPV6
• #define ETH_RSS_IPV6_EX
• #define ETH_RSS_IPV6_TCP
• #define ETH_RSS_IPV6_TCP_EX
• #define ETH_RSS_IPV4_UDP
• #define ETH_RSS_IPV6_UDP
• #define ETH_RSS_IPV6_UDP_EX
• #define ETH_VMDQ_MAX_VLAN_FILTERS
• #define ETH_DCB_NUM_USER_PRIORITIES
• #define ETH_VMDQ_DCB_NUM_QUEUES
• #define ETH_DCB_NUM_QUEUES
• #define ETH_DCB_PG_SUPPORT
• #define ETH_DCB_PFC_SUPPORT
• #define ETH_VLAN_STRIP_OFFLOAD
• #define ETH_VLAN_FILTER_OFFLOAD
• #define ETH_VLAN_EXTEND_OFFLOAD
• #define ETH_VLAN_STRIP_MASK
• #define ETH_VLAN_FILTER_MASK
• #define ETH_VLAN_EXTEND_MASK
• #define ETH_VLAN_ID_MAX
• #define ETH_NUM_RECEIVE_MAC_ADDR
• #define ETH_VMDQ_NUM_UC_HASH_ARRAY
• #define ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_UNTAG
• #define ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_HASH_MC
• #define ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_HASH_UC
• #define ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_BROADCAST
• #define ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_MULTICAST
• #define ETH_VMDQ_NUM_MIRROR_RULE
• #define ETH_VMDQ_POOL_MIRROR
• #define ETH_VMDQ_UPLINK_MIRROR
• #define ETH_VMDQ_DOWNLIN_MIRROR
• #define ETH_VMDQ_VLAN_MIRROR

• #define ETH_TXQ_FLAGS_NOMULTSEGS
• #define ETH_TXQ_FLAGS_NOREFCOUNT
• #define ETH_TXQ_FLAGS_NOMULTMEMP
• #define ETH_TXQ_FLAGS_NOVLANOFFL
• #define ETH_TXQ_FLAGS_NOXSUMSCTP
• #define ETH_TXQ_FLAGS_NOXSUMUDP
• #define ETH_TXQ_FLAGS_NOXSUMTCP
Typedefs
• typedef uint32_t(∗ eth_rx_queue_count_t )(struct rte_eth_dev ∗dev, uint16_t rx_queue_id)
• typedef int(∗ eth_rx_descriptor_done_t )(void ∗rxq, uint16_t offset)
• typedef void(∗ rte_eth_dev_cb_fn )(uint8_t port_id, enum rte_eth_event_type event, void ∗cb_arg)
Enumerations
• enum rte_eth_rx_mq_mode { ETH_MQ_RX_NONE, ETH_MQ_RX_RSS, ETH_MQ_RX_DCB, ETH-
_MQ_RX_DCB_RSS, ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_ONLY, ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_RSS, ETH_MQ_RX_V-
MDQ_DCB, ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_DCB_RSS }
• enum rte_eth_tx_mq_mode { ETH_MQ_TX_NONE, ETH_MQ_TX_DCB, ETH_MQ_TX_VMDQ_DCB,
ETH_MQ_TX_VMDQ_ONLY }
• enum rte_eth_nb_tcs { ETH_4_TCS, ETH_8_TCS }
• enum rte_eth_nb_pools { ETH_8_POOLS, ETH_16_POOLS, ETH_32_POOLS, ETH_64_POOLS }
• enum rte_eth_fc_mode { RTE_FC_NONE, RTE_FC_RX_PAUSE, RTE_FC_TX_PAUSE, RTE_FC_-
FULL }
• enum rte_fdir_mode { RTE_FDIR_MODE_NONE, RTE_FDIR_MODE_SIGNATURE, RTE_FDIR_M-
ODE_PERFECT }
• enum rte_fdir_pballoc_type { RTE_FDIR_PBALLOC_64K, RTE_FDIR_PBALLOC_128K, RTE_FDIR-
_PBALLOC_256K }
• enum rte_fdir_status_mode { RTE_FDIR_NO_REPORT_STATUS, RTE_FDIR_REPORT_STATUS,
RTE_FDIR_REPORT_STATUS_ALWAYS }
• enum rte_l4type { RTE_FDIR_L4TYPE_NONE, RTE_FDIR_L4TYPE_UDP, RTE_FDIR_L4TYPE_T-
CP, RTE_FDIR_L4TYPE_SCTP }
• enum rte_iptype { RTE_FDIR_IPTYPE_IPV4, RTE_FDIR_IPTYPE_IPV6 }
• enum rte_eth_event_type { RTE_ETH_EVENT_UNKNOWN, RTE_ETH_EVENT_INTR_LSC, RTE_-
ETH_EVENT_MAX }
Functions
• uint8_t rte_eth_dev_count (void)
• struct rte_eth_dev ∗ rte_eth_dev_allocate (void)
• int rte_igb_pmd_init (void)
• int rte_em_pmd_init (void)
• int rte_igbvf_pmd_init (void)
• int rte_ixgbe_pmd_init (void)

• int rte_ixgbevf_pmd_init (void)

• int rte_virtio_pmd_init (void)
• int rte_vmxnet3_pmd_init (void)
• static int rte_pmd_init_all (void)
• int rte_eth_dev_configure (uint8_t port_id, uint16_t nb_rx_queue, uint16_t nb_tx_queue, const struct
rte_eth_conf ∗eth_conf)
• int rte_eth_rx_queue_setup (uint8_t port_id, uint16_t rx_queue_id, uint16_t nb_rx_desc, unsigned int
socket_id, const struct rte_eth_rxconf ∗rx_conf, struct rte_mempool ∗mb_pool)
• int rte_eth_tx_queue_setup (uint8_t port_id, uint16_t tx_queue_id, uint16_t nb_tx_desc, unsigned int
socket_id, const struct rte_eth_txconf ∗tx_conf)
• int rte_eth_dev_start (uint8_t port_id)
• void rte_eth_dev_stop (uint8_t port_id)
• void rte_eth_dev_close (uint8_t port_id)
• void rte_eth_promiscuous_enable (uint8_t port_id)
• void rte_eth_promiscuous_disable (uint8_t port_id)
• int rte_eth_promiscuous_get (uint8_t port_id)
• void rte_eth_allmulticast_enable (uint8_t port_id)
• void rte_eth_allmulticast_disable (uint8_t port_id)
• int rte_eth_allmulticast_get (uint8_t port_id)
• void rte_eth_link_get (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_eth_link ∗link)
• void rte_eth_link_get_nowait (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_eth_link ∗link)
• void rte_eth_stats_get (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_eth_stats ∗stats)
• void rte_eth_stats_reset (uint8_t port_id)
• int rte_eth_dev_set_tx_queue_stats_mapping (uint8_t port_id, uint16_t tx_queue_id, uint8_t stat_idx)
• int rte_eth_dev_set_rx_queue_stats_mapping (uint8_t port_id, uint16_t rx_queue_id, uint8_t stat_idx)
• void rte_eth_macaddr_get (uint8_t port_id, struct ether_addr ∗mac_addr)
• void rte_eth_dev_info_get (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_eth_dev_info ∗dev_info)
• int rte_eth_dev_vlan_filter (uint8_t port_id, uint16_t vlan_id, int on)
• int rte_eth_dev_set_vlan_strip_on_queue (uint8_t port_id, uint16_t rx_queue_id, int on)
• int rte_eth_dev_set_vlan_ether_type (uint8_t port_id, uint16_t tag_type)
• int rte_eth_dev_set_vlan_offload (uint8_t port_id, int offload_mask)
• int rte_eth_dev_get_vlan_offload (uint8_t port_id)
• static uint16_t rte_eth_rx_burst (uint8_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, struct rte_mbuf ∗∗rx_pkts, uint16_t
nb_pkts)
• static uint32_t rte_eth_rx_queue_count (uint8_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id)
• static int rte_eth_rx_descriptor_done (uint8_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, uint16_t offset)
• static uint16_t rte_eth_tx_burst (uint8_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, struct rte_mbuf ∗∗tx_pkts, uint16_t
nb_pkts)
• int rte_eth_dev_fdir_add_signature_filter (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_fdir_filter ∗fdir_filter, uint8_t rx_-
queue)
• int rte_eth_dev_fdir_update_signature_filter (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_fdir_filter ∗fdir_ftr, uint8_t rx_-
queue)
• int rte_eth_dev_fdir_remove_signature_filter (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_fdir_filter ∗fdir_ftr)
• int rte_eth_dev_fdir_get_infos (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_eth_fdir ∗fdir)
• int rte_eth_dev_fdir_add_perfect_filter (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_fdir_filter ∗fdir_filter, uint16_t soft_id,
uint8_t rx_queue, uint8_t drop)

• int rte_eth_dev_fdir_update_perfect_filter (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_fdir_filter ∗fdir_filter, uint16_t soft-

_id, uint8_t rx_queue, uint8_t drop)
• int rte_eth_dev_fdir_remove_perfect_filter (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_fdir_filter ∗fdir_filter, uint16_-
t soft_id)
• int rte_eth_dev_fdir_set_masks (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_fdir_masks ∗fdir_mask)
• int rte_eth_dev_callback_register (uint8_t port_id, enum rte_eth_event_type event, rte_eth_dev_cb_fn
cb_fn, void ∗cb_arg)
• int rte_eth_dev_callback_unregister (uint8_t port_id, enum rte_eth_event_type event, rte_eth_dev_-
cb_fn cb_fn, void ∗cb_arg)
• int rte_eth_led_on (uint8_t port_id)
• int rte_eth_led_off (uint8_t port_id)
• int rte_eth_dev_flow_ctrl_set (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_eth_fc_conf ∗fc_conf)
• int rte_eth_dev_priority_flow_ctrl_set (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_eth_pfc_conf ∗pfc_conf)
• int rte_eth_dev_mac_addr_add (uint8_t port, struct ether_addr ∗mac_addr, uint32_t pool)
• int rte_eth_dev_mac_addr_remove (uint8_t port, struct ether_addr ∗mac_addr)
• int rte_eth_dev_rss_reta_update (uint8_t port, struct rte_eth_rss_reta ∗reta_conf)
• int rte_eth_dev_rss_reta_query (uint8_t port, struct rte_eth_rss_reta ∗reta_conf)
• int rte_eth_dev_uc_hash_table_set (uint8_t port, struct ether_addr ∗addr, uint8_t on)
• int rte_eth_dev_uc_all_hash_table_set (uint8_t port, uint8_t on)
• int rte_eth_dev_set_vf_rxmode (uint8_t port, uint16_t vf, uint16_t rx_mode, uint8_t on)
• int rte_eth_dev_set_vf_tx (uint8_t port, uint16_t vf, uint8_t on)
• int rte_eth_dev_set_vf_rx (uint8_t port, uint16_t vf, uint8_t on)
• int rte_eth_dev_set_vf_vlan_filter (uint8_t port, uint16_t vlan_id, uint64_t vf_mask, uint8_t vlan_on)
• int rte_eth_mirror_rule_set (uint8_t port_id, struct rte_eth_vmdq_mirror_conf ∗mirror_conf, uint8_t
rule_id, uint8_t on)
• int rte_eth_mirror_rule_reset (uint8_t port_id, uint8_t rule_id)
• int rte_eth_dev_bypass_init (uint8_t port)
• int rte_eth_dev_bypass_state_show (uint8_t port, uint32_t ∗state)
• int rte_eth_dev_bypass_state_set (uint8_t port, uint32_t ∗new_state)
• int rte_eth_dev_bypass_event_show (uint8_t port, uint32_t event, uint32_t ∗state)
• int rte_eth_dev_bypass_event_store (uint8_t port, uint32_t event, uint32_t state)
• int rte_eth_dev_wd_timeout_store (uint8_t port, uint32_t timeout)
• int rte_eth_dev_bypass_ver_show (uint8_t port, uint32_t ∗ver)
• int rte_eth_dev_bypass_wd_timeout_show (uint8_t port, uint32_t ∗wd_timeout)
• int rte_eth_dev_bypass_wd_reset (uint8_t port)
RTE Ethernet Device API

The Ethernet Device API is composed of two parts:
• The application-oriented Ethernet API that includes functions to setup an Ethernet device (configure
it, setup its RX and TX queues and start it), to get its MAC address, the speed and the status of its
physical link, to receive and to transmit packets, and so on.

• The driver-oriented Ethernet API that exports a function allowing an Ethernet Poll Mode Driver (PMD)
to simultaneously register itself as an Ethernet device driver and as a PCI driver for a set of matching
PCI [Ethernet] devices classes.
By default, all the functions of the Ethernet Device API exported by a PMD are lock-free functions which
assume to not be invoked in parallel on different logical cores to work on the same target object. For
instance, the receive function of a PMD cannot be invoked in parallel on two logical cores to poll the same
RX queue [of the same port]. Of course, this function can be invoked in parallel by different logical cores on
different RX queues. It is the responsibility of the upper level application to enforce this rule.
If needed, parallel accesses by multiple logical cores to shared queues shall be explicitly protected by
dedicated inline lock-aware functions built on top of their corresponding lock-free functions of the PMD API.
In all functions of the Ethernet API, the Ethernet device is designated by an integer >= 0 named the device
port identifier.
At the Ethernet driver level, Ethernet devices are represented by a generic data structure of type ∗rte_eth_-
dev∗.
Ethernet devices are dynamically registered during the PCI probing phase performed at EAL initialization
time. When an Ethernet device is being probed, an ∗rte_eth_dev∗ structure and a new port identifier are
allocated for that device. Then, the eth_dev_init() function supplied by the Ethernet driver matching the
probed PCI device is invoked to properly initialize the device.
The role of the device init function consists of resetting the hardware, checking access to Non-volatile -
Memory (NVM), reading the MAC address from NVM etc.
If the device init operation is successful, the correspondence between the port identifier assigned to the new
device and its associated ∗rte_eth_dev∗ structure is effectively registered. Otherwise, both the ∗rte_eth_-
dev∗ structure and the port identifier are freed.
The functions exported by the application Ethernet API to setup a device designated by its port identifier
must be invoked in the following order:
• rte_eth_dev_configure()
• rte_eth_tx_queue_setup()
• rte_eth_rx_queue_setup()
• rte_eth_dev_start()
Then, the network application can invoke, in any order, the functions exported by the Ethernet API to get the
MAC address of a given device, to get the speed and the status of a device physical link, to receive/transmit
[burst of] packets, and so on.
If the application wants to change the configuration (i.e. call rte_eth_dev_configure(), rte_eth_tx_queue_-
setup(), or rte_eth_rx_queue_setup()), it must call rte_eth_dev_stop() first to stop the device and then do
the reconfiguration before calling rte_eth_dev_start() again. The tramsit and receive functions should not be
invoked when the device is stopped.
Please note that some configuration is not stored between calls to rte_eth_dev_stop()/rte_eth_dev_start().
The following configuration will be retained:
• flow control settings

• receive mode configuration (promiscuous mode, hardware checksum mode, RSS/VMDQ settings etc.)
• VLAN filtering configuration
• MAC addresses supplied to MAC address array
• flow director filtering mode (but not filtering rules)
• NIC queue statistics mappings
Any other configuration will not be stored and will need to be re-entered after a call to rte_eth_dev_start().
Finally, a network application can close an Ethernet device by invoking the rte_eth_dev_close() function.
Each function of the application Ethernet API invokes a specific function of the PMD that controls the target
device designated by its port identifier. For this purpose, all device-specific functions of an Ethernet driver
are supplied through a set of pointers contained in a generic structure of type ∗eth_dev_ops∗. The address
of the ∗eth_dev_ops∗ structure is stored in the ∗rte_eth_dev∗ structure by the device init function of the
Ethernet driver, which is invoked during the PCI probing phase, as explained earlier.
In other words, each function of the Ethernet API simply retrieves the ∗rte_eth_dev∗ structure associated
with the device port identifier and performs an indirect invocation of the corresponding driver function
supplied in the ∗eth_dev_ops∗ structure of the ∗rte_eth_dev∗ structure.
For performance reasons, the address of the burst-oriented RX and TX functions of the Ethernet driver
are not contained in the ∗eth_dev_ops∗ structure. Instead, they are directly stored at the beginning of the
∗rte_eth_dev∗ structure to avoid an extra indirect memory access during their invocation.
RTE ethernet device drivers do not use interrupts for transmitting or receiving. Instead, Ethernet drivers
export Poll-Mode receive and transmit functions to applications. Both receive and transmit functions are
packet-burst oriented to minimize their cost per packet through the following optimizations:
• Sharing among multiple packets the incompressible cost of the invocation of receive/transmit functions.
• Enabling receive/transmit functions to take advantage of burst-oriented hardware features (L1 cache,
prefetch instructions, NIC head/tail registers) to minimize the number of CPU cycles per packet, for
instance, by avoiding useless read memory accesses to ring descriptors, or by systematically using
arrays of pointers that exactly fit L1 cache line boundaries and sizes.
The burst-oriented receive function does not provide any error notification, to avoid the corresponding
overhead. As a hint, the upper-level application might check the status of the device link once being
systematically returned a 0 value by the receive function of the driver for a given number of tries.
3.11.2.1 #define ETH LINK SPEED AUTONEG
Auto-negotiate link speed.
3.11.2.2 #define ETH LINK SPEED 10
10 megabits/second.

100 megabits/second.
1 gigabits/second.
10 gigabits/second.
3.11.2.6 #define ETH LINK AUTONEG DUPLEX
Auto-negotiate duplex.
3.11.2.7 #define ETH LINK HALF DUPLEX
Half-duplex connection.
3.11.2.8 #define ETH LINK FULL DUPLEX
Full-duplex connection.
3.11.2.9 #define ETH RSS
for rx mq mode backward compatible
3.11.2.10 #define ETH DCB NONE
for tx mq mode backward compatible
3.11.2.11 #define ETH RSS IPV4
IPv4 packet.
3.11.2.12 #define ETH RSS IPV4 TCP
IPv4/TCP packet.

3.11.2.13 #define ETH RSS IPV6
IPv6 packet.
3.11.2.14 #define ETH RSS IPV6 EX
IPv6 packet with extension headers.
3.11.2.15 #define ETH RSS IPV6 TCP
IPv6/TCP packet.
3.11.2.16 #define ETH RSS IPV6 TCP EX
IPv6/TCP with extension headers.
3.11.2.17 #define ETH RSS IPV4 UDP
IPv4/UDP packet.
3.11.2.18 #define ETH RSS IPV6 UDP
IPv6/UDP packet.
3.11.2.19 #define ETH RSS IPV6 UDP EX
IPv6/UDP with extension headers.
3.11.2.20 #define ETH VMDQ MAX VLAN FILTERS
Maximum nb. of VMDQ vlan filters.
3.11.2.21 #define ETH DCB NUM USER PRIORITIES
Maximum nb. of DCB priorities.
3.11.2.22 #define ETH VMDQ DCB NUM QUEUES
Maximum nb. of VMDQ DCB queues.

3.11.2.23 #define ETH DCB NUM QUEUES
Maximum nb. of DCB queues.
3.11.2.24 #define ETH DCB PG SUPPORT
Priority Group(ETS) support.
3.11.2.25 #define ETH DCB PFC SUPPORT
Priority Flow Control support.
3.11.2.26 #define ETH VLAN STRIP OFFLOAD
VLAN Strip On/Off
3.11.2.27 #define ETH VLAN FILTER OFFLOAD
VLAN Filter On/Off
3.11.2.28 #define ETH VLAN EXTEND OFFLOAD
VLAN Extend On/Off
3.11.2.29 #define ETH VLAN STRIP MASK
VLAN Strip setting mask
3.11.2.30 #define ETH VLAN FILTER MASK
VLAN Filter setting mask
3.11.2.31 #define ETH VLAN EXTEND MASK
VLAN Extend setting mask
3.11.2.32 #define ETH VLAN ID MAX
VLAN ID is in lower 12 bits

3.11.2.33 #define ETH NUM RECEIVE MAC ADDR
Maximum nb. of receive mac addr.
3.11.2.34 #define ETH VMDQ NUM UC HASH ARRAY
Maximum nb. of UC hash array.
3.11.2.35 #define ETH VMDQ ACCEPT UNTAG
accept untagged packets.
3.11.2.36 #define ETH VMDQ ACCEPT HASH MC
accept packets in multicast table .
3.11.2.37 #define ETH VMDQ ACCEPT HASH UC
accept packets in unicast table.
3.11.2.38 #define ETH VMDQ ACCEPT BROADCAST
accept broadcast packets.
3.11.2.39 #define ETH VMDQ ACCEPT MULTICAST
multicast promiscuous.
3.11.2.40 #define ETH VMDQ NUM MIRROR RULE
Maximum nb. of mirror rules. .
3.11.2.41 #define ETH VMDQ POOL MIRROR
Virtual Pool Mirroring.
3.11.2.42 #define ETH VMDQ UPLINK MIRROR
Uplink Port Mirroring.

3.11.2.43 #define ETH VMDQ DOWNLIN MIRROR
Downlink Port Mirroring.
3.11.2.44 #define ETH VMDQ VLAN MIRROR
VLAN Mirroring.
3.11.2.45 #define ETH TXQ FLAGS NOMULTSEGS
nb_segs=1 for all mbufs
3.11.2.46 #define ETH TXQ FLAGS NOREFCOUNT
refcnt can be ignored
3.11.2.47 #define ETH TXQ FLAGS NOMULTMEMP
all bufs come from same mempool
3.11.2.48 #define ETH TXQ FLAGS NOVLANOFFL
disable VLAN offload
3.11.2.49 #define ETH TXQ FLAGS NOXSUMSCTP
disable SCTP checksum offload
3.11.2.50 #define ETH TXQ FLAGS NOXSUMUDP
disable UDP checksum offload
3.11.2.51 #define ETH TXQ FLAGS NOXSUMTCP
disable TCP checksum offload

3.11.3.1 typedef uint32 t(∗ eth_rx_queue_count_t)(struct rte_eth_dev ∗dev, uint16 t rx queue id)
number of available descriptors on a receive queue of an Ethernet device.
3.11.3.2 typedef int(∗ eth_rx_descriptor_done_t)(void ∗rxq, uint16 t offset)
DD bit of specific RX descriptor
3.11.3.3 typedef void(∗ rte_eth_dev_cb_fn)(uint8 t port id, enum rte_eth_event_type event, void ∗cb arg)
user application callback to be registered for interrupts
3.11.4.1 enum rte_eth_rx_mq_mode
A set of values to identify what method is to be used to route packets to multiple queues.
Enumerator:
ETH_MQ_RX_NONE None of DCB,RSS or VMDQ mode
ETH_MQ_RX_RSS For RX side, only RSS is on
ETH_MQ_RX_DCB For RX side,only DCB is on.
ETH_MQ_RX_DCB_RSS Both DCB and RSS enable
ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_ONLY Only VMDQ, no RSS nor DCB
ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_RSS RSS mode with VMDQ
ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_DCB Use VMDQ+DCB to route traffic to queues
ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_DCB_RSS Enable both VMDQ and DCB in VMDq
3.11.4.2 enum rte_eth_tx_mq_mode
A set of values to identify what method is to be used to transmit packets using multi-TCs.
Enumerator:
ETH_MQ_TX_NONE It is in neither DCB nor VT mode.
ETH_MQ_TX_DCB For TX side,only DCB is on.
ETH_MQ_TX_VMDQ_DCB For TX side,both DCB and VT is on.
ETH_MQ_TX_VMDQ_ONLY Only VT on, no DCB

3.11.4.3 enum rte_eth_nb_tcs
This enum indicates the possible number of traffic classes in DCB configratioins
Enumerator:
ETH_4_TCS 4 TCs with DCB.
ETH_8_TCS 8 TCs with DCB.
3.11.4.4 enum rte_eth_nb_pools
This enum indicates the possible number of queue pools in VMDQ configurations.
Enumerator:
ETH_8_POOLS 8 VMDq pools.
3.11.4.5 enum rte_eth_fc_mode
This enum indicates the flow control mode
Enumerator:
RTE_FC_NONE Disable flow control.
RTE_FC_RX_PAUSE RX pause frame, enable flowctrl on TX side.
RTE_FC_TX_PAUSE TX pause frame, enable flowctrl on RX side.
RTE_FC_FULL Enable flow control on both side.
3.11.4.6 enum rte_fdir_mode
Flow Director setting modes: none (default), signature or perfect.
Enumerator:
RTE_FDIR_MODE_NONE Disable FDIR support.
RTE_FDIR_MODE_SIGNATURE Enable FDIR signature filter mode.
RTE_FDIR_MODE_PERFECT Enable FDIR perfect filter mode.

3.11.4.7 enum rte_fdir_pballoc_type
Memory space that can be configured to store Flow Director filters in the board memory.
Enumerator:
RTE_FDIR_PBALLOC_64K 64k.
3.11.4.8 enum rte_fdir_status_mode
Select report mode of FDIR hash information in RX descriptors.
Enumerator:
RTE_FDIR_NO_REPORT_STATUS Never report FDIR hash.
RTE_FDIR_REPORT_STATUS Only report FDIR hash for matching pkts.
RTE_FDIR_REPORT_STATUS_ALWAYS Always report FDIR hash.
3.11.4.9 enum rte_l4type
Possible l4type of FDIR filters.
Enumerator:
RTE_FDIR_L4TYPE_NONE None.
RTE_FDIR_L4TYPE_UDP UDP.
RTE_FDIR_L4TYPE_TCP TCP.
RTE_FDIR_L4TYPE_SCTP SCTP.
3.11.4.10 enum rte_iptype
Select IPv4 or IPv6 FDIR filters.
Enumerator:
RTE_FDIR_IPTYPE_IPV4 IPv4.
RTE_FDIR_IPTYPE_IPV6 IPv6.

3.11.4.11 enum rte_eth_event_type
The eth device event type for interrupt, and maybe others in the future.
Enumerator:
RTE_ETH_EVENT_UNKNOWN unknown event type
RTE_ETH_EVENT_INTR_LSC lsc interrupt event
RTE_ETH_EVENT_MAX max value of this enum
3.11.5.1 uint8 t rte eth dev count ( void )
Get the total number of Ethernet devices that have been successfully initialized by the [matching] Ethernet
driver during the PCI probing phase. All devices whose port identifier is in the range [0, rte_eth_dev_count()
- 1] can be operated on by network applications.
Returns
• The total number of usable Ethernet devices.
3.11.5.2 struct rte_eth_dev∗ rte eth dev allocate ( void ) [read]
Function for internal use by dummy drivers primarily, e.g. ring-based driver. Allocates a new ethdev slot for
an ethernet device and returns the pointer to that slot for the driver to use.
Returns
• Slot in the rte_dev_devices array for a new device;
3.11.5.3 int rte igb pmd init ( void )
The initialization function of the driver for Intel(r) IGB Gigabit Ethernet Controller devices. This function is
invoked once at EAL start time.
Returns
0 on success
3.11.5.4 int rte em pmd init ( void )
The initialization function of the driver for Intel(r) EM Gigabit Ethernet Controller devices. This function is
invoked once at EAL start time.

Returns
0 on success
3.11.5.5 int rte igbvf pmd init ( void )
The initialization function of the driver for 1Gbps Intel IGB_VF Ethernet devices. Invoked once at EAL start
time.
Returns
0 on success
3.11.5.6 int rte ixgbe pmd init ( void )
The initialization function of the driver for 10Gbps Intel IXGBE Ethernet devices. Invoked once at EAL start
time.
Returns
0 on success
3.11.5.7 int rte ixgbevf pmd init ( void )
The initialization function of the driver for 10Gbps Intel IXGBE_VF Ethernet devices. Invoked once at EAL
start time.
Returns
0 on success
3.11.5.8 int rte virtio pmd init ( void )
The initialization function of the driver for Qumranet virtio-net Ethernet devices. Invoked once at EAL start
time.
Returns
0 on success

3.11.5.9 int rte vmxnet3 pmd init ( void )
The initialization function of the driver for VMware VMXNET3 Ethernet devices. Invoked once at EAL start
time.
Returns
0 on success
3.11.5.10 static int rte pmd init all ( void ) [static]
The initialization function of ∗all∗ supported and enabled drivers. Right now, the following PMDs are
supported:
• igb
• igbvf
• em
• ixgbe
• ixgbevf
• virtio
• vmxnet3 This function is invoked once at EAL start time.

Returns
0 on success. Error code of the device initialization failure, -ENODEV if there are no drivers
available (e.g. if all driver config options are = n).
3.11.5.11 int rte eth dev configure ( uint8 t port id, uint16 t nb rx queue, uint16 t nb tx queue, const struct
rte_eth_conf ∗ eth conf )
Configure an Ethernet device. This function must be invoked first before any other function in the Ethernet
API. This function can also be re-invoked when a device is in the stopped state.
Parameters
port_id The port identifier of the Ethernet device to configure.
nb_rx_queue The number of receive queues to set up for the Ethernet device.
nb_tx_queue The number of transmit queues to set up for the Ethernet device.
eth_conf The pointer to the configuration data to be used for the Ethernet device. The ∗rte_eth_-
conf∗ structure includes:
• the hardware offload features to activate, with dedicated fields for each statically
configurable offload hardware feature provided by Ethernet devices, such as IP
checksum or VLAN tag stripping for example.
• the Receive Side Scaling (RSS) configuration when using multiple RX queues per
port.

Embedding all configuration information in a single data structure is the more flexible method that allows the
addition of new features without changing the syntax of the API.
Returns
• 0: Success, device configured.
• <0: Error code returned by the driver configuration function.
3.11.5.12 int rte eth rx queue setup ( uint8 t port id, uint16 t rx queue id, uint16 t nb rx desc, unsigned int
socket id, const struct rte_eth_rxconf ∗ rx conf, struct rte_mempool ∗ mb pool )
Allocate and set up a receive queue for an Ethernet device.

The function allocates a contiguous block of memory for ∗nb_rx_desc∗ receive descriptors from a memory
zone associated with ∗socket_id∗ and initializes each receive descriptor with a network buffer allocated from
the memory pool ∗mb_pool∗.
Parameters
port_id The port identifier of the Ethernet device.
rx_queue_id The index of the receive queue to set up. The value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_-
queue - 1] previously supplied to rte_eth_dev_configure().
nb_rx_desc The number of receive descriptors to allocate for the receive ring.
socket_id The ∗socket_id∗ argument is the socket identifier in case of NUMA. The value can be
∗SOCKET_ID_ANY∗ if there is no NUMA constraint for the DMA memory allocated for
the receive descriptors of the ring.
rx_conf The pointer to the configuration data to be used for the receive queue. The ∗rx_conf∗
structure contains an ∗rx_thresh∗ structure with the values of the Prefetch, Host, and
Write-Back threshold registers of the receive ring.
mb_pool The pointer to the memory pool from which to allocate ∗rte_mbuf∗ network memory
buffers to populate each descriptor of the receive ring.
Returns
• 0: Success, receive queue correctly set up.
• -EINVAL: The size of network buffers which can be allocated from the memory pool does not fit
the various buffer sizes allowed by the device controller.
• -ENOMEM: Unable to allocate the receive ring descriptors or to allocate network memory buffers
from the memory pool when initializing receive descriptors.
3.11.5.13 int rte eth tx queue setup ( uint8 t port id, uint16 t tx queue id, uint16 t nb tx desc, unsigned int
socket id, const struct rte_eth_txconf ∗ tx conf )
Allocate and set up a transmit queue for an Ethernet device.

Parameters
tx_queue_id The index of the transmit queue to set up. The value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_-
queue - 1] previously supplied to rte_eth_dev_configure().
nb_tx_desc The number of transmit descriptors to allocate for the transmit ring.
socket_id The ∗socket_id∗ argument is the socket identifier in case of NUMA. Its value can be
∗SOCKET_ID_ANY∗ if there is no NUMA constraint for the DMA memory allocated for
the transmit descriptors of the ring.
tx_conf The pointer to the configuration data to be used for the transmit queue. The ∗tx_conf∗
structure contains the following data:
• The ∗tx_thresh∗ structure with the values of the Prefetch, Host, and Write-Back
threshold registers of the transmit ring. When setting Write-Back threshold to the
value greater then zero, ∗tx_rs_thresh∗ value should be explicitly set to one.
• The ∗tx_free_thresh∗ value indicates the [minimum] number of network buffers that
must be pending in the transmit ring to trigger their [implicit] freeing by the driver
transmit function.
• The ∗tx_rs_thresh∗ value indicates the [minimum] number of transmit descriptors
that must be pending in the transmit ring before setting the RS bit on a descriptor
by the driver transmit function. The ∗tx_rs_thresh∗ value should be less or equal
then ∗tx_free_thresh∗ value, and both of them should be less then ∗nb_tx_desc∗ -
3.
• The ∗txq_flags∗ member contains flags to pass to the TX queue setup function
to configure the behavior of the TX queue. This should be set to 0 if no special
configuration is required.
Note that setting ∗tx_free_thresh∗ or ∗tx_rs_thresh∗ value to 0 forces the transmit function to use default
values.
Returns
• 0: Success, the transmit queue is correctly set up.
• -ENOMEM: Unable to allocate the transmit ring descriptors.
3.11.5.14 int rte eth dev start ( uint8 t port id )
Start an Ethernet device.

The device start step is the last one and consists of setting the configured offload features and in starting
the transmit and the receive units of the device. On success, all basic functions exported by the Ethernet
API (link status, receive/transmit, and so on) can be invoked.
Parameters

Returns
• 0: Success, Ethernet device started.
• <0: Error code of the driver device start function.
3.11.5.15 void rte eth dev stop ( uint8 t port id )
Stop an Ethernet device. The device can be restarted with a call to rte_eth_dev_start()
Parameters
3.11.5.16 void rte eth dev close ( uint8 t port id )
Close an Ethernet device. The device cannot be restarted!
Parameters
3.11.5.17 void rte eth promiscuous enable ( uint8 t port id )
Enable receipt in promiscuous mode for an Ethernet device.
Parameters
3.11.5.18 void rte eth promiscuous disable ( uint8 t port id )
Disable receipt in promiscuous mode for an Ethernet device.
Parameters
3.11.5.19 int rte eth promiscuous get ( uint8 t port id )
Return the value of promiscuous mode for an Ethernet device.

Parameters
Returns
• (1) if promiscuous is enabled
• (0) if promiscuous is disabled.
• (-1) on error
3.11.5.20 void rte eth allmulticast enable ( uint8 t port id )
Enable the receipt of any multicast frame by an Ethernet device.
Parameters
3.11.5.21 void rte eth allmulticast disable ( uint8 t port id )
Disable the receipt of all multicast frames by an Ethernet device.
Parameters
3.11.5.22 int rte eth allmulticast get ( uint8 t port id )
Return the value of allmulticast mode for an Ethernet device.
Parameters
Returns
• (1) if allmulticast is enabled
• (0) if allmulticast is disabled.
• (-1) on error

3.11.5.23 void rte eth link get ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_eth_link ∗ link )
Retrieve the status (ON/OFF), the speed (in Mbps) and the mode (HALF-DUPLEX or FULL-DUPLEX) of the
physical link of an Ethernet device. It might need to wait up to 9 seconds in it.
Parameters
link A pointer to an ∗rte_eth_link∗ structure to be filled with the status, the speed and the
mode of the Ethernet device link.
3.11.5.24 void rte eth link get nowait ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_eth_link ∗ link )
Retrieve the status (ON/OFF), the speed (in Mbps) and the mode (HALF-DUPLEX or FULL-DUPLEX) of the
physical link of an Ethernet device. It is a no-wait version of rte_eth_link_get().
Parameters
link A pointer to an ∗rte_eth_link∗ structure to be filled with the status, the speed and the
mode of the Ethernet device link.
3.11.5.25 void rte eth stats get ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_eth_stats ∗ stats )
Retrieve the general I/O statistics of an Ethernet device.
Parameters
stats A pointer to a structure of type ∗rte_eth_stats∗ to be filled with the values of device
counters for the following set of statistics:
• ∗ipackets∗ with the total of successfully received packets.
• ∗opackets∗ with the total of successfully transmitted packets.
• ∗ibytes∗ with the total of successfully received bytes.
• ∗obytes∗ with the total of successfully transmitted bytes.
• ∗ierrors∗ with the total of erroneous received packets.
• ∗oerrors∗ with the total of failed transmitted packets.
3.11.5.26 void rte eth stats reset ( uint8 t port id )
Reset the general I/O statistics of an Ethernet device.

Parameters
3.11.5.27 int rte eth dev set tx queue stats mapping ( uint8 t port id, uint16 t tx queue id, uint8 t stat idx )
Set a mapping for the specified transmit queue to the specified per-queue statistics counter.
Parameters
tx_queue_id The index of the transmit queue for which a queue stats mapping is required. The
value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] previously supplied to rte_eth_dev_-
configure().
stat_idx The per-queue packet statistics functionality number that the transmit queue is to be
assigned. The value must be in the range [0, RTE_MAX_ETHPORT_QUEUE_STATS-
_MAPS - 1].
Returns
Zero if successful. Non-zero otherwise.
3.11.5.28 int rte eth dev set rx queue stats mapping ( uint8 t port id, uint16 t rx queue id, uint8 t stat idx )
Set a mapping for the specified receive queue to the specified per-queue statistics counter.
Parameters
rx_queue_id The index of the receive queue for which a queue stats mapping is required. The
value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied to rte_eth_dev_-
configure().
stat_idx The per-queue packet statistics functionality number that the receive queue is to be
assigned. The value must be in the range [0, RTE_MAX_ETHPORT_QUEUE_STATS-
_MAPS - 1].
Returns
Zero if successful. Non-zero otherwise.
3.11.5.29 void rte eth macaddr get ( uint8 t port id, struct ether_addr ∗ mac addr )
Retrieve the Ethernet address of an Ethernet device.

Parameters
mac_addr A pointer to a structure of type ∗ether_addr∗ to be filled with the Ethernet address of the
Ethernet device.
3.11.5.30 void rte eth dev info get ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_eth_dev_info ∗ dev info )
Retrieve the contextual information of an Ethernet device.
Parameters
dev_info A pointer to a structure of type ∗rte_eth_dev_info∗ to be filled with the contextual
information of the Ethernet device.
3.11.5.31 int rte eth dev vlan filter ( uint8 t port id, uint16 t vlan id, int on )
Enable/Disable hardware filtering by an Ethernet device of received VLAN packets tagged with a given VLAN
Tag Identifier.
Parameters
vlan_id The VLAN Tag Identifier whose filtering must be enabled or disabled.
on If > 0, enable VLAN filtering of VLAN packets tagged with ∗vlan_id∗. Otherwise, disable
VLAN filtering of VLAN packets tagged with ∗vlan_id∗.
Returns
• (0) if successful.
• (-ENOSUP) if hardware-assisted VLAN filtering not configured.
• (-ENODEV) if ∗port_id∗ invalid.
• (-ENOSYS) if VLAN filtering on ∗port_id∗ disabled.
• (-EINVAL) if ∗vlan_id∗ > 4095.
3.11.5.32 int rte eth dev set vlan strip on queue ( uint8 t port id, uint16 t rx queue id, int on )
Enable/Disable hardware VLAN Strip by a rx queue of an Ethernet device. 82599/X540 can support VLAN
stripping at the rx queue level

Parameters
rx_queue_id The index of the receive queue for which a queue stats mapping is required. The
value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied to rte_eth_dev_-
configure().
on If 1, Enable VLAN Stripping of the receive queue of the Ethernet port. If 0, Disable VLAN
Stripping of the receive queue of the Ethernet port.
Returns
• (-ENOSUP) if hardware-assisted VLAN stripping not configured.
• (-EINVAL) if ∗rx_queue_id∗ invalid.
3.11.5.33 int rte eth dev set vlan ether type ( uint8 t port id, uint16 t tag type )
Set the Outer VLAN Ether Type by an Ethernet device, it can be inserted to the VLAN Header. This is a
register setup available on some Intel NIC, not but all, please check the data sheet for availability.
Parameters
tag_type The Tag Protocol ID
Returns
• (-ENOSUP) if hardware-assisted VLAN TPID setup is not supported.
3.11.5.34 int rte eth dev set vlan offload ( uint8 t port id, int offload mask )
Set VLAN offload configuration on an Ethernet device Enable/Disable Extended VLAN by an Ethernet
device, This is a register setup available on some Intel NIC, not but all, please check the data sheet for
availability. Enable/Disable VLAN Strip can be done on rx queue for certain NIC, but here the configuration
is applied on the port level.
Parameters
offload_mask The VLAN Offload bit mask can be mixed use with "OR" ETH_VLAN_STRIP_OFFLOAD
ETH_VLAN_FILTER_OFFLOAD ETH_VLAN_EXTEND_OFFLOAD

Returns
• (-ENOSUP) if hardware-assisted VLAN filtering not configured.
3.11.5.35 int rte eth dev get vlan offload ( uint8 t port id )
Read VLAN Offload configuration from an Ethernet device
Parameters
Returns
• (>0) if successful. Bit mask to indicate ETH_VLAN_STRIP_OFFLOAD ETH_VLAN_FILTER_OF-
FLOAD ETH_VLAN_EXTEND_OFFLOAD
3.11.5.36 static uint16 t rte eth rx burst ( uint8 t port id, uint16 t queue id, struct rte_mbuf ∗∗ rx pkts, uint16 t
nb pkts ) [static]
Retrieve a burst of input packets from a receive queue of an Ethernet device. The retrieved packets are
stored in ∗rte_mbuf∗ structures whose pointers are supplied in the ∗rx_pkts∗ array.
The rte_eth_rx_burst() function loops, parsing the RX ring of the receive queue, up to ∗nb_pkts∗ packets,
and for each completed RX descriptor in the ring, it performs the following operations:
• Initialize the ∗rte_mbuf∗ data structure associated with the RX descriptor according to the information
provided by the NIC into that RX descriptor.
• Store the ∗rte_mbuf∗ data structure into the next entry of the ∗rx_pkts∗ array.
• Replenish the RX descriptor with a new ∗rte_mbuf∗ buffer allocated from the memory pool associated
with the receive queue at initialization time.
When retrieving an input packet that was scattered by the controller into multiple receive descriptors, the
rte_eth_rx_burst() function appends the associated ∗rte_mbuf∗ buffers to the first buffer of the packet.
The rte_eth_rx_burst() function returns the number of packets actually retrieved, which is the number of
∗rte_mbuf∗ data structures effectively supplied into the ∗rx_pkts∗ array. A return value equal to ∗nb_-
pkts∗ indicates that the RX queue contained at least ∗rx_pkts∗ packets, and this is likely to signify that
other received packets remain in the input queue. Applications implementing a "retrieve as much received
packets as possible" policy can check this specific case and keep invoking the rte_eth_rx_burst() function
until a value less than ∗nb_pkts∗ is returned.
This receive method has the following advantages:

• It allows a run-to-completion network stack engine to retrieve and to immediately process received
packets in a fast burst-oriented approach, avoiding the overhead of unnecessary intermediate packet
queue/dequeue operations.
• Conversely, it also allows an asynchronous-oriented processing method to retrieve bursts of received

packets and to immediately queue them for further parallel processing by another logical core, for
instance. However, instead of having received packets being individually queued by the driver, this
approach allows the invoker of the rte_eth_rx_burst() function to queue a burst of retrieved packets at
a time and therefore dramatically reduce the cost of enqueue/dequeue operations per packet.
• It allows the rte_eth_rx_burst() function of the driver to take advantage of burst-oriented hardware
features (CPU cache, prefetch instructions, and so on) to minimize the number of CPU cycles per
packet.
To summarize, the proposed receive API enables many burst-oriented optimizations in both synchronous
and asynchronous packet processing environments with no overhead in both cases.
The rte_eth_rx_burst() function does not provide any error notification to avoid the corresponding overhead.
As a hint, the upper-level application might check the status of the device link once being systematically
returned a 0 value for a given number of tries.
Parameters
queue_id The index of the receive queue from which to retrieve input packets. The value must be
in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied to rte_eth_dev_configure().
rx_pkts The address of an array of pointers to ∗rte_mbuf∗ structures that must be large enough
to store ∗nb_pkts∗ pointers in it.
nb_pkts The maximum number of packets to retrieve.
Returns
The number of packets actually retrieved, which is the number of pointers to ∗rte_mbuf∗ structures
effectively supplied to the ∗rx_pkts∗ array.
3.11.5.37 static uint32 t rte eth rx queue count ( uint8 t port id, uint16 t queue id ) [static]
Get the number of used descriptors in a specific queue
Parameters
queue_id The queue id on the specific port.
Returns
The number of used descriptors in the specific queue.

3.11.5.38 static int rte eth rx descriptor done ( uint8 t port id, uint16 t queue id, uint16 t offset ) [static]
Check if the DD bit of the specific RX descriptor in the queue has been set
Parameters
queue_id The queue id on the specific port. The offset of the descriptor ID from tail.
Returns
• (1) if the specific DD bit is set.
• (0) if the specific DD bit is not set.
3.11.5.39 static uint16 t rte eth tx burst ( uint8 t port id, uint16 t queue id, struct rte_mbuf ∗∗ tx pkts, uint16 t
nb pkts ) [static]
Send a burst of output packets on a transmit queue of an Ethernet device.

The rte_eth_tx_burst() function is invoked to transmit output packets on the output queue ∗queue_id∗ of the
Ethernet device designated by its ∗port_id∗. The ∗nb_pkts∗ parameter is the number of packets to send
which are supplied in the ∗tx_pkts∗ array of ∗rte_mbuf∗ structures. The rte_eth_tx_burst() function loops,
sending ∗nb_pkts∗ packets, up to the number of transmit descriptors available in the TX ring of the transmit
queue. For each packet to send, the rte_eth_tx_burst() function performs the following operations:
• Pick up the next available descriptor in the transmit ring.
• Free the network buffer previously sent with that descriptor, if any.
• Initialize the transmit descriptor with the information provided in the ∗rte_mbuf data structure.
In the case of a segmented packet composed of a list of ∗rte_mbuf∗ buffers, the rte_eth_tx_burst() function
uses several transmit descriptors of the ring.
The rte_eth_tx_burst() function returns the number of packets it actually sent. A return value equal to ∗nb-
_pkts∗ means that all packets have been sent, and this is likely to signify that other output packets could
be immediately transmitted again. Applications that implement a "send as many packets to transmit as
possible" policy can check this specific case and keep invoking the rte_eth_tx_burst() function until a value
less than ∗nb_pkts∗ is returned.
It is the responsibility of the rte_eth_tx_burst() function to transparently free the memory buffers of packets
previously sent. This feature is driven by the ∗tx_free_thresh∗ value supplied to the rte_eth_dev_configure()
function at device configuration time. When the number of previously sent packets reached the "minimum
transmit packets to free" threshold, the rte_eth_tx_burst() function must [attempt to] free the ∗rte_mbuf∗
buffers of those packets whose transmission was effectively completed.
Parameters


queue_id The index of the transmit queue through which output packets must be sent. The
value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] previously supplied to rte_eth_dev_-
configure().
tx_pkts The address of an array of ∗nb_pkts∗ pointers to ∗rte_mbuf∗ structures which contain
the output packets.
nb_pkts The maximum number of packets to transmit.
Returns
The number of output packets actually stored in transmit descriptors of the transmit ring. The return
value can be less than the value of the ∗tx_pkts∗ parameter when the transmit ring is full or has been
filled up.
3.11.5.40 int rte eth dev fdir add signature filter ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_fdir_filter ∗ fdir filter, uint8 t rx queue
)
Setup a new signature filter rule on an Ethernet device
Parameters
fdir_filter The pointer to the fdir filter structure describing the signature filter rule. The ∗rte_-
fdir_filter∗ structure includes the values of the different fields to match: source and
destination IP addresses, vlan id, flexbytes, source and destination ports, and so on.
rx_queue The index of the RX queue where to store RX packets matching the added signature
filter defined in fdir_filter.
Returns
• (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn’t support flow director mode.
• (-ENOSYS) if the FDIR mode is not configured in signature mode on ∗port_id∗.
• (-EINVAL) if the fdir_filter information is not correct.
3.11.5.41 int rte eth dev fdir update signature filter ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_fdir_filter ∗ fdir ftr, uint8 t rx queue
)
Update a signature filter rule on an Ethernet device. If the rule doesn’t exits, it is created.

Parameters
fdir_ftr The pointer to the structure describing the signature filter rule. The ∗rte_fdir_filter∗
structure includes the values of the different fields to match: source and destination
IP addresses, vlan id, flexbytes, source and destination ports, and so on.
rx_queue The index of the RX queue where to store RX packets matching the added signature
filter defined in fdir_ftr.
Returns
• (-ENOSYS) if the flow director mode is not configured in signature mode on ∗port_id∗.
3.11.5.42 int rte eth dev fdir remove signature filter ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_fdir_filter ∗ fdir ftr )
Remove a signature filter rule on an Ethernet device.
Parameters
fdir_ftr The pointer to the structure describing the signature filter rule. The ∗rte_fdir_filter∗
IP addresses, vlan id, flexbytes, source and destination ports, and so on.
Returns
• (-ENOSYS) if the flow director mode is not configured in signature mode on ∗port_id∗.
3.11.5.43 int rte eth dev fdir get infos ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_eth_fdir ∗ fdir )
Retrieve the flow director information of an Ethernet device.
Parameters
fdir A pointer to a structure of type ∗rte_eth_dev_fdir∗ to be filled with the flow director
information of the Ethernet device.

Returns
• (-ENOSYS) if the flow director mode is not configured on ∗port_id∗.
3.11.5.44 int rte eth dev fdir add perfect filter ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_fdir_filter ∗ fdir filter, uint16 t soft id,
uint8 t rx queue, uint8 t drop )
Add a new perfect filter rule on an Ethernet device.
Parameters
fdir_filter The pointer to the structure describing the perfect filter rule. The ∗rte_fdir_filter∗
IP addresses, vlan id, flexbytes, source and destination ports, and so on. IPv6 are not
supported.
soft_id The 16-bit value supplied in the field hash.fdir.id of mbuf for RX packets matching the
perfect filter.
rx_queue The index of the RX queue where to store RX packets matching the added perfect filter
defined in fdir_filter.
drop If drop is set to 1, matching RX packets are stored into the RX drop queue defined in
the rte_fdir_conf.
Returns
• (-ENOSYS) if the flow director mode is not configured in perfect mode on ∗port_id∗.
3.11.5.45 int rte eth dev fdir update perfect filter ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_fdir_filter ∗ fdir filter, uint16 t soft id,
uint8 t rx queue, uint8 t drop )
Update a perfect filter rule on an Ethernet device. If the rule doesn’t exits, it is created.
Parameters
supported.

soft_id The 16-bit value supplied in the field hash.fdir.id of mbuf for RX packets matching the
perfect filter.
rx_queue The index of the RX queue where to store RX packets matching the added perfect filter
defined in fdir_filter.
drop If drop is set to 1, matching RX packets are stored into the RX drop queue defined in
the rte_fdir_conf.
Returns
3.11.5.46 int rte eth dev fdir remove perfect filter ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_fdir_filter ∗ fdir filter, uint16 t soft id
)
Remove a perfect filter rule on an Ethernet device.
Parameters
supported.
soft_id The soft_id value provided when adding/updating the removed filter.
Returns
3.11.5.47 int rte eth dev fdir set masks ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_fdir_masks ∗ fdir mask )
Configure globally the masks for flow director mode for an Ethernet device. For example, the device can
match packets with only the first 24 bits of the IPv4 source address.

The following fields can be masked: IPv4 addresses and L4 port numbers. The following fields can be either
enabled or disabled completely for the matching functionality: VLAN ID tag; VLAN Priority + CFI bit; Flexible
2-byte tuple. IPv6 masks are not supported.
All filters must comply with the masks previously configured. For example, with a mask equal to 255.255.-
255.0 for the source IPv4 address, all IPv4 filters must be created with a source IPv4 address that fits the
"X.X.X.0" format.
This function flushes all filters that have been previously added in the device.
Parameters
fdir_mask The pointer to the fdir mask structure describing relevant headers fields and relevant
bits to use when matching packets addresses and ports. IPv6 masks are not supported.
Returns
• (-EINVAL) if the fdir_filter information is not correct
3.11.5.48 int rte eth dev callback register ( uint8 t port id, enum rte_eth_event_type event,
rte_eth_dev_cb_fn cb fn, void ∗ cb arg )
Register a callback function for specific port id.
Parameters
port_id Port id.
event Event interested.
cb_fn User supplied callback function to be called.
cb_arg Pointer to the parameters for the registered callback.
Returns
• On success, zero.
• On failure, a negative value.
3.11.5.49 int rte eth dev callback unregister ( uint8 t port id, enum rte_eth_event_type event,
rte_eth_dev_cb_fn cb fn, void ∗ cb arg )
Unregister a callback function for specific port id.

Parameters
port_id Port id.
event Event interested.
cb_fn User supplied callback function to be called.
cb_arg Pointer to the parameters for the registered callback. -1 means to remove all for the
same callback address and same event.
Returns
3.11.5.50 int rte eth led on ( uint8 t port id )
Turn on the LED on the Ethernet device. This function turns on the LED on the Ethernet device.
Parameters
Returns
• (-ENOTSUP) if underlying hardware OR driver doesn’t support that operation.
3.11.5.51 int rte eth led off ( uint8 t port id )
Turn off the LED on the Ethernet device. This function turns off the LED on the Ethernet device.
Parameters
Returns
• (-ENOTSUP) if underlying hardware OR driver doesn’t support that operation.
3.11.5.52 int rte eth dev flow ctrl set ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_eth_fc_conf ∗ fc conf )
Configure the Ethernet link flow control for Ethernet device

Parameters
fc_conf The pointer to the structure of the flow control parameters.
Returns
• (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn’t support flow control mode.
• (-EINVAL) if bad parameter
• (-EIO) if flow control setup failure
3.11.5.53 int rte eth dev priority flow ctrl set ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_eth_pfc_conf ∗ pfc conf )
Configure the Ethernet priority flow control under DCB environment for Ethernet device.
Parameters
pfc_conf The pointer to the structure of the priority flow control parameters.
Returns
• (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn’t support priority flow control mode.
• (-EINVAL) if bad parameter
• (-EIO) if flow control setup failure
3.11.5.54 int rte eth dev mac addr add ( uint8 t port, struct ether_addr ∗ mac addr, uint32 t pool )
Add a MAC address to an internal array of addresses used to enable whitelist filtering to accept packets
only if the destination MAC address matches.
Parameters
port The port identifier of the Ethernet device.
mac_addr The MAC address to add.
pool VMDq pool index to associate address with (if VMDq is enabled). If VMDq is not enabled,
this should be set to 0.

Returns
• (0) if successfully added or ∗mac_addr" was already added.
• (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn’t support this feature.
• (-ENODEV) if ∗port∗ is invalid.
• (-ENOSPC) if no more MAC addresses can be added.
• (-EINVAL) if MAC address is invalid.
3.11.5.55 int rte eth dev mac addr remove ( uint8 t port, struct ether_addr ∗ mac addr )
Remove a MAC address from the internal array of addresses.
Parameters
mac_addr MAC address to remove.
Returns
• (0) if successful, or ∗mac_addr∗ didn’t exist.
• (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn’t support.
• (-ENODEV) if ∗port∗ invalid.
• (-EADDRINUSE) if attempting to remove the default MAC address
3.11.5.56 int rte eth dev rss reta update ( uint8 t port, struct rte_eth_rss_reta ∗ reta conf )
Update Redirection Table(RETA) of Receive Side Scaling of Ethernet device.
Parameters
reta_conf RETA to update.
Returns
• (-EINVAL) if bad parameter.
3.11.5.57 int rte eth dev rss reta query ( uint8 t port, struct rte_eth_rss_reta ∗ reta conf )
Query Redirection Table(RETA) of Receive Side Scaling of Ethernet device.

Parameters
reta_conf RETA to query.
Returns
3.11.5.58 int rte eth dev uc hash table set ( uint8 t port, struct ether_addr ∗ addr, uint8 t on )
Updates unicast hash table for receiving packet with the given destination MAC address, and the packet is
routed to all VFs for which the RX mode is accept packets that match the unicast hash table.
Parameters
addr Unicast MAC address.
on 1 - Set an unicast hash bit for receiving packets with the MAC address. 0 - Clear an
unicast hash bit.
Returns

– (-EINVAL) if bad parameter.
3.11.5.59 int rte eth dev uc all hash table set ( uint8 t port, uint8 t on )
Updates all unicast hash bitmaps for receiving packet with any Unicast Ethernet MAC addresses,the packet
is routed to all VFs for which the RX mode is accept packets that match the unicast hash table.
Parameters
on 1 - Set all unicast hash bitmaps for receiving all the Ethernet MAC addresses 0 - Clear
all unicast hash bitmaps

Returns
– (-EINVAL) if bad parameter.
3.11.5.60 int rte eth dev set vf rxmode ( uint8 t port, uint16 t vf, uint16 t rx mode, uint8 t on )
Set RX L2 Filtering mode of a VF of an Ethernet device.
Parameters
vf VF id.
rx_mode The RX mode mask, which is one or more of accepting Untagged Packets, packets
that match the PFUTA table, Broadcast and Multicast Promiscuous. ETH_VMDQ_AC-
CEPT_UNTAG,ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_HASH_UC, ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_BROADC-
AST and ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_MULTICAST will be used in rx_mode.
on 1 - Enable a VF RX mode. 0 - Disable a VF RX mode.
Returns
3.11.5.61 int rte eth dev set vf tx ( uint8 t port, uint16 t vf, uint8 t on )
Enable or disable a VF traffic transmit of the Ethernet device.
Parameters
vf VF id.
on 1 - Enable a VF traffic transmit. 0 - Disable a VF traffic transmit.
Returns

3.11.5.62 int rte eth dev set vf rx ( uint8 t port, uint16 t vf, uint8 t on )
Enable or disable a VF traffic receive of an Ethernet device.
Parameters
vf VF id.
on 1 - Enable a VF traffic receive. 0 - Disable a VF traffic receive.
Returns
3.11.5.63 int rte eth dev set vf vlan filter ( uint8 t port, uint16 t vlan id, uint64 t vf mask, uint8 t vlan on )
Enable/Disable hardware VF VLAN filtering by an Ethernet device of received VLAN packets tagged with a
given VLAN Tag Identifier.
Parameters
port id The port identifier of the Ethernet device.
vlan_id The VLAN Tag Identifier whose filtering must be enabled or disabled.
vf_mask Bitmap listing which VFs participate in the VLAN filtering.
vlan_on 1 - Enable VFs VLAN filtering. 0 - Disable VFs VLAN filtering.
Returns
3.11.5.64 int rte eth mirror rule set ( uint8 t port id, struct rte_eth_vmdq_mirror_conf ∗ mirror conf, uint8 t
rule id, uint8 t on )
Set a traffic mirroring rule on an Ethernet device

Parameters
mirror_conf The pointer to the traffic mirroring structure describing the mirroring rule. The ∗rte_eth-
_vm_mirror_conf∗ structure includes the type of mirroring rule, destination pool and the
value of rule if enable vlan or pool mirroring.
rule_id The index of traffic mirroring rule, we support four separated rules.
on 1 - Enable a mirroring rule. 0 - Disable a mirroring rule.
Returns
• (-EINVAL) if the mr_conf information is not correct.
3.11.5.65 int rte eth mirror rule reset ( uint8 t port id, uint8 t rule id )
Reset a traffic mirroring rule on an Ethernet device.
Parameters
rule_id The index of traffic mirroring rule, we support four separated rules.
Returns
3.11.5.66 int rte eth dev bypass init ( uint8 t port )
Initialize bypass logic. This function needs to be called before executing any other bypass API.
Parameters
Returns

3.11.5.67 int rte eth dev bypass state show ( uint8 t port, uint32 t ∗ state )
Return bypass state.
Parameters
state The return bypass state.
• (1) Normal mode
• (2) Bypass mode
• (3) Isolate mode
Returns
3.11.5.68 int rte eth dev bypass state set ( uint8 t port, uint32 t ∗ new state )
Set bypass state
Parameters
state The current bypass state.
• (1) Normal mode
• (2) Bypass mode
Returns

3.11.5.69 int rte eth dev bypass event show ( uint8 t port, uint32 t event, uint32 t ∗ state )
Return bypass state when given event occurs.
Parameters
event The bypass event
• (1) Main power on (power button is pushed)
• (2) Auxiliary power on (power supply is being plugged)
• (3) Main power off (system shutdown and power supply is left plugged in)
• (4) Auxiliary power off (power supply is being unplugged)
• (5) Display or set the watchdog timer
state The bypass state when given event occurred.

• (1) Normal mode
• (2) Bypass mode
Returns
3.11.5.70 int rte eth dev bypass event store ( uint8 t port, uint32 t event, uint32 t state )
Set bypass state when given event occurs.
Parameters
event The bypass event
• (1) Main power on (power button is pushed)
• (2) Auxiliary power on (power supply is being plugged)
• (3) Main power off (system shutdown and power supply is left plugged in)
• (4) Auxiliary power off (power supply is being unplugged)
• (5) Display or set the watchdog timer

state The assigned state when given event occurs.

• (1) Normal mode
• (2) Bypass mode
Returns
3.11.5.71 int rte eth dev wd timeout store ( uint8 t port, uint32 t timeout )
Set bypass watchdog timeout count.
Parameters
state The timeout to be set.
• (0) 0 seconds (timer is off)
• (1) 1.5 seconds
• (2) 2 seconds
• (3) 3 seconds
• (4) 4 seconds
• (5) 8 seconds
• (6) 16 seconds
• (7) 32 seconds
Returns
3.11.5.72 int rte eth dev bypass ver show ( uint8 t port, uint32 t ∗ ver )
Get bypass firmware version.

Parameters
ver The firmware version
Returns
3.11.5.73 int rte eth dev bypass wd timeout show ( uint8 t port, uint32 t ∗ wd timeout )
Return bypass watchdog timeout in seconds
Parameters
wd_timeout The return watchdog timeout. "0" represents timer expired
• (0) 0 seconds (timer is off)
• (1) 1.5 seconds
• (2) 2 seconds
• (3) 3 seconds
• (4) 4 seconds
• (5) 8 seconds
• (6) 16 seconds
• (7) 32 seconds
Returns
3.11.5.74 int rte eth dev bypass wd reset ( uint8 t port )
Reset bypass watchdog timer
Parameters

Intel® DPDK - rte_ether.h File Reference
Returns
3.12 rte ether.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct ether_addr
• struct ether_hdr
• struct vlan_hdr
Defines
• #define ETHER_ADDR_LEN
• #define ETHER_TYPE_LEN
• #define ETHER_CRC_LEN
• #define ETHER_HDR_LEN
• #define ETHER_MIN_LEN
• #define ETHER_MAX_LEN
• #define ETHER_MTU
• #define ETHER_MAX_VLAN_FRAME_LEN
• #define ETHER_MAX_JUMBO_FRAME_LEN
• #define ETHER_MAX_VLAN_ID
• #define ETHER_LOCAL_ADMIN_ADDR
• #define ETHER_GROUP_ADDR
• #define ETHER_TYPE_IPv4
• #define ETHER_TYPE_IPv6
• #define ETHER_TYPE_ARP
• #define ETHER_TYPE_RARP
• #define ETHER_TYPE_VLAN
• #define ETHER_TYPE_1588
Functions
• static int is_zero_ether_addr (const struct ether_addr ∗ea)
• static int is_unicast_ether_addr (const struct ether_addr ∗ea)
• static int is_multicast_ether_addr (const struct ether_addr ∗ea)
• static int is_broadcast_ether_addr (const struct ether_addr ∗ea)
• static int is_universal_ether_addr (const struct ether_addr ∗ea)
• static int is_local_admin_ether_addr (const struct ether_addr ∗ea)
• static int is_valid_assigned_ether_addr (const struct ether_addr ∗ea)
• static void eth_random_addr (uint8_t ∗addr)
• static void ether_addr_copy (const struct ether_addr ∗ea_from, struct ether_addr ∗ea_to)

rte_ether.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Ethernet Helpers in RTE
3.12.2.1 #define ETHER ADDR LEN
Length of Ethernet address.
3.12.2.2 #define ETHER TYPE LEN
Length of Ethernet type field.
3.12.2.3 #define ETHER CRC LEN
Length of Ethernet CRC.
3.12.2.4 #define ETHER HDR LEN
Length of Ethernet header.
3.12.2.5 #define ETHER MIN LEN
Minimum frame len, including CRC.
3.12.2.6 #define ETHER MAX LEN
Maximum frame len, including CRC.
3.12.2.7 #define ETHER MTU
Ethernet MTU.
3.12.2.8 #define ETHER MAX VLAN FRAME LEN
Maximum VLAN frame length, including CRC.

3.12.2.9 #define ETHER MAX JUMBO FRAME LEN
Maximum Jumbo frame length, including CRC.
3.12.2.10 #define ETHER MAX VLAN ID
Maximum VLAN ID.
3.12.2.11 #define ETHER LOCAL ADMIN ADDR
Locally assigned Eth. address.
3.12.2.12 #define ETHER GROUP ADDR
Multicast or broadcast Eth. address.
3.12.2.13 #define ETHER TYPE IPv4
IPv4 Protocol.
3.12.2.14 #define ETHER TYPE IPv6
IPv6 Protocol.
3.12.2.15 #define ETHER TYPE ARP
Arp Protocol.
3.12.2.16 #define ETHER TYPE RARP
Reverse Arp Protocol.
3.12.2.17 #define ETHER TYPE VLAN
IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tagging.
3.12.2.18 #define ETHER TYPE 1588
IEEE 802.1AS 1588 Precise Time Protocol.

rte_ether.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.12.3.1 static int is zero ether addr ( const struct ether_addr ∗ ea ) [static]
Check if an Ethernet address is filled with zeros.
Parameters
ea A pointer to a ether_addr structure containing the ethernet address to check.
Returns
True (1) if the given ethernet address is filled with zeros; false (0) otherwise.
3.12.3.2 static int is unicast ether addr ( const struct ether_addr ∗ ea ) [static]
Check if an Ethernet address is a unicast address.
Parameters
Returns
True (1) if the given ethernet address is a unicast address; false (0) otherwise.
3.12.3.3 static int is multicast ether addr ( const struct ether_addr ∗ ea ) [static]
Check if an Ethernet address is a multicast address.
Parameters
Returns
True (1) if the given ethernet address is a multicast address; false (0) otherwise.
3.12.3.4 static int is broadcast ether addr ( const struct ether_addr ∗ ea ) [static]
Check if an Ethernet address is a broadcast address.
Parameters

Returns
True (1) if the given ethernet address is a broadcast address; false (0) otherwise.
3.12.3.5 static int is universal ether addr ( const struct ether_addr ∗ ea ) [static]
Check if an Ethernet address is a universally assigned address.
Parameters
Returns
True (1) if the given ethernet address is a universally assigned address; false (0) otherwise.
3.12.3.6 static int is local admin ether addr ( const struct ether_addr ∗ ea ) [static]
Check if an Ethernet address is a locally assigned address.
Parameters
Returns
True (1) if the given ethernet address is a locally assigned address; false (0) otherwise.
3.12.3.7 static int is valid assigned ether addr ( const struct ether_addr ∗ ea ) [static]
Check if an Ethernet address is a valid address. Checks that the address is a unicast address and is not
filled with zeros.
Parameters
Returns
True (1) if the given ethernet address is valid; false (0) otherwise.
3.12.3.8 static void eth random addr ( uint8 t ∗ addr ) [static]
Generate a random Ethernet address that is locally administered and not multicast.

rte_fbk_hash.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Parameters
addr A pointer to Ethernet address.
3.12.3.9 static void ether addr copy ( const struct ether_addr ∗ ea from, struct ether_addr ∗ ea to ) [static]
Fast copy an Ethernet address.
Parameters
ea_from A pointer to a ether_addr structure holding the Ethernet address to copy.
ea_to A pointer to a ether_addr structure where to copy the Ethernet address.
3.13 rte fbk hash.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_fbk_hash_params
• union rte_fbk_hash_entry
• struct rte_fbk_hash_table
Defines
• #define RTE_FBK_HASH_INIT_VAL_DEFAULT
• #define RTE_FBK_HASH_ENTRIES_MAX
• #define RTE_FBK_HASH_ENTRIES_PER_BUCKET_MAX
• #define RTE_FBK_HASH_NAMESIZE
Typedefs
• typedef uint32_t(∗ rte_fbk_hash_fn )(uint32_t key, uint32_t init_val)
Functions
• static uint32_t rte_fbk_hash_get_bucket (const struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ht, uint32_t key)
• static int rte_fbk_hash_add_key_with_bucket (struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ht, uint32_t key, uint16_-
t value, uint32_t bucket)
• static int rte_fbk_hash_add_key (struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ht, uint32_t key, uint16_t value)
• static int rte_fbk_hash_delete_key_with_bucket (struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ht, uint32_t key, uint32_t
bucket)
• static int rte_fbk_hash_delete_key (struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ht, uint32_t key)
• static int rte_fbk_hash_lookup_with_bucket (const struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ht, uint32_t key, uint32_t
bucket)

Intel® DPDK - rte_fbk_hash.h File Reference
• static int rte_fbk_hash_lookup (const struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ht, uint32_t key)

• static void rte_fbk_hash_clear_all (struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ht)
• static double rte_fbk_hash_get_load_factor (struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ht)
• struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ rte_fbk_hash_find_existing (const char ∗name)
• struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ rte_fbk_hash_create (const struct rte_fbk_hash_params ∗params)
• void rte_fbk_hash_free (struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ht)
This is a hash table implementation for four byte keys (fbk).

Note that the return value of the add function should always be checked as, if a bucket is full, the key is not
added even if there is space in other buckets. This keeps the lookup function very simple and therefore fast.
3.13.2.1 #define RTE FBK HASH INIT VAL DEFAULT
Initialising value used when calculating hash.
3.13.2.2 #define RTE FBK HASH ENTRIES MAX
The maximum number of entries in the hash table that is supported.
3.13.2.3 #define RTE FBK HASH ENTRIES PER BUCKET MAX
The maximum number of entries in each bucket that is supported.
3.13.2.4 #define RTE FBK HASH NAMESIZE
Maximum size of string for naming the hash.
3.13.3.1 typedef uint32 t(∗ rte_fbk_hash_fn)(uint32 t key, uint32 t init val)
Type of function that can be used for calculating the hash value.

3.13.4.1 static uint32 t rte fbk hash get bucket ( const struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ ht, uint32 t key )
[static]
Find the offset into hash table of the bucket containing a particular key.
Parameters
ht Pointer to hash table.
key Key to calculate bucket for.
Returns
Offset into hash table.
3.13.4.2 static int rte fbk hash add key with bucket ( struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ ht, uint32 t key, uint16 t value,
uint32 t bucket ) [static]
Add a key to an existing hash table with bucket id. This operation is not multi-thread safe and should only
be called from one thread.
Parameters
ht Hash table to add the key to.
key Key to add to the hash table.
value Value to associate with key.
bucket Bucket to associate with key.
Returns
0 if ok, or negative value on error.
3.13.4.3 static int rte fbk hash add key ( struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ ht, uint32 t key, uint16 t value )
[static]
Add a key to an existing hash table. This operation is not multi-thread safe and should only be called from
one thread.
Parameters
ht Hash table to add the key to.
value Value to associate with key.

Intel® DPDK - rte_fbk_hash.h File Reference
Returns
3.13.4.4 static int rte fbk hash delete key with bucket ( struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ ht, uint32 t key, uint32 t
bucket ) [static]
Remove a key with a given bucket id from an existing hash table. This operation is not multi-thread safe and
should only be called from one thread.
Parameters
ht Hash table to remove the key from.
key Key to remove from the hash table.
bucket Bucket id associate with key.
Returns
3.13.4.5 static int rte fbk hash delete key ( struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ ht, uint32 t key ) [static]
Remove a key from an existing hash table. This operation is not multi-thread safe and should only be called
from one thread.
Parameters
ht Hash table to remove the key from.
Returns
3.13.4.6 static int rte fbk hash lookup with bucket ( const struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ ht, uint32 t key, uint32 t
bucket ) [static]
Find a key in the hash table with a given bucketid. This operation is multi-thread safe.
Parameters
ht Hash table to look in.
key Key to find.
bucket Bucket associate to the key.

Returns
The value that was associated with the key, or negative value on error.
3.13.4.7 static int rte fbk hash lookup ( const struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ ht, uint32 t key ) [static]
Find a key in the hash table. This operation is multi-thread safe.
Parameters
ht Hash table to look in.
key Key to find.
Returns
The value that was associated with the key, or negative value on error.
3.13.4.8 static void rte fbk hash clear all ( struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ ht ) [static]
Delete all entries in a hash table. This operation is not multi-thread safe and should only be called from one
thread.
Parameters
ht Hash table to delete entries in.
3.13.4.9 static double rte fbk hash get load factor ( struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ ht ) [static]
Find what fraction of entries are being used.
Parameters
ht Hash table to find how many entries are being used in.
Returns
Load factor of the hash table, or negative value on error.
3.13.4.10 struct rte_fbk_hash_table∗ rte fbk hash find existing ( const char ∗ name ) [read]
Performs a lookup for an existing hash table, and returns a pointer to the table if found.

Intel® DPDK - rte_hash.h File Reference
Parameters
name Name of the hash table to find
Returns
pointer to hash table structure or NULL on error with rte_errno set appropriately. Possible rte_errno
values include:
• ENOENT - required entry not available to return.
3.13.4.11 struct rte_fbk_hash_table∗ rte fbk hash create ( const struct rte_fbk_hash_params ∗ params )
[read]
Create a new hash table for use with four byte keys.
Parameters
params Parameters used in creation of hash table.
Returns
Pointer to hash table structure that is used in future hash table operations, or NULL on error with rte_-
errno set appropriately. Possible rte_errno error values include:
• E_RTE_NO_CONFIG - function could not get pointer to rte_config structure
• E_RTE_SECONDARY - function was called from a secondary process instance
• E_RTE_NO_TAILQ - no tailq list could be got for the fbk hash table list
• EINVAL - invalid parameter value passed to function
• ENOSPC - the maximum number of memzones has already been allocated
• EEXIST - a memzone with the same name already exists
• ENOMEM - no appropriate memory area found in which to create memzone
3.13.4.12 void rte fbk hash free ( struct rte_fbk_hash_table ∗ ht )
Free all memory used by a hash table. Has no effect on hash tables allocated in memory zones
Parameters
ht Hash table to deallocate.
3.14 rte hash.h File Reference

rte_hash.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Data Structures
• struct rte_hash_parameters
• struct rte_hash
Defines
• #define RTE_HASH_ENTRIES_MAX
• #define RTE_HASH_BUCKET_ENTRIES_MAX
• #define RTE_HASH_KEY_LENGTH_MAX
• #define RTE_HASH_LOOKUP_BULK_MAX
• #define RTE_HASH_NAMESIZE
Typedefs
• typedef uint32_t hash_sig_t

• typedef uint32_t(∗ rte_hash_function )(const void ∗key, uint32_t key_len, uint32_t init_val)
Functions
• struct rte_hash ∗ rte_hash_create (const struct rte_hash_parameters ∗params)

• struct rte_hash ∗ rte_hash_find_existing (const char ∗name)
• void rte_hash_free (struct rte_hash ∗h)
• int32_t rte_hash_add_key (const struct rte_hash ∗h, const void ∗key)
• int32_t rte_hash_add_key_with_hash (const struct rte_hash ∗h, const void ∗key, hash_sig_t sig)
• int32_t rte_hash_del_key (const struct rte_hash ∗h, const void ∗key)
• int32_t rte_hash_del_key_with_hash (const struct rte_hash ∗h, const void ∗key, hash_sig_t sig)
• int32_t rte_hash_lookup (const struct rte_hash ∗h, const void ∗key)
• int32_t rte_hash_lookup_with_hash (const struct rte_hash ∗h, const void ∗key, hash_sig_t sig)
• static hash_sig_t rte_hash_hash (const struct rte_hash ∗h, const void ∗key)
• int rte_hash_lookup_bulk (const struct rte_hash ∗h, const void ∗∗keys, uint32_t num_keys, int32_t
∗positions)
RTE Hash Table
3.14.2.1 #define RTE HASH ENTRIES MAX
Maximum size of hash table that can be created.

3.14.2.2 #define RTE HASH BUCKET ENTRIES MAX
Maximum bucket size that can be created.
3.14.2.3 #define RTE HASH KEY LENGTH MAX
Maximum length of key that can be used.
3.14.2.4 #define RTE HASH LOOKUP BULK MAX
Max number of keys that can be searched for using rte_hash_lookup_multi.
3.14.2.5 #define RTE HASH NAMESIZE
Max number of characters in hash name.
3.14.3.1 typedef uint32 t hash_sig_t
Signature of key that is stored internally.
3.14.3.2 typedef uint32 t(∗ rte_hash_function)(const void ∗key, uint32 t key len, uint32 t init val)
Type of function that can be used for calculating the hash value.
3.14.4.1 struct rte_hash∗ rte hash create ( const struct rte_hash_parameters ∗ params ) [read]
Create a new hash table.
Parameters
params Parameters used to create and initialise the hash table.
Returns
Pointer to hash table structure that is used in future hash table operations, or NULL on error, with error
code set in rte_errno. Possible rte_errno errors include:

• E_RTE_NO_TAILQ - no tailq list could be got for the hash table list
• ENOENT - missing entry
• EINVAL - invalid parameter passed to function
3.14.4.2 struct rte_hash∗ rte hash find existing ( const char ∗ name ) [read]
Find an existing hash table object and return a pointer to it.
Parameters
name Name of the hash table as passed to rte_hash_create()
Returns
Pointer to hash table or NULL if object not found with rte_errno set appropriately. Possible rte_errno
values include:
• ENOENT - value not available for return
3.14.4.3 void rte hash free ( struct rte_hash ∗ h )
De-allocate all memory used by hash table.
Parameters
h Hash table to free
3.14.4.4 int32 t rte hash add key ( const struct rte_hash ∗ h, const void ∗ key )
one thread.
Parameters
h Hash table to add the key to.
Returns
• -EINVAL if the parameters are invalid.
• -ENOSPC if there is no space in the hash for this key.

• A positive value that can be used by the caller as an offset into an array of user data. This value is
unique for this key.
3.14.4.5 int32 t rte hash add key with hash ( const struct rte_hash ∗ h, const void ∗ key, hash_sig_t sig )
one thread.
Parameters
h Hash table to add the key to.
sig Hash value to add to the hash table.
Returns
• -ENOSPC if there is no space in the hash for this key.
unique for this key.
3.14.4.6 int32 t rte hash del key ( const struct rte_hash ∗ h, const void ∗ key )
from one thread.
Parameters
h Hash table to remove the key from.
Returns
• -ENOENT if the key is not found.
unique for this key, and is the same value that was returned when the key was added.
3.14.4.7 int32 t rte hash del key with hash ( const struct rte_hash ∗ h, const void ∗ key, hash_sig_t sig )
from one thread.

Parameters
h Hash table to remove the key from.
sig Hash value to remove from the hash table.
Returns
3.14.4.8 int32 t rte hash lookup ( const struct rte_hash ∗ h, const void ∗ key )
Parameters
h Hash table to look in.
key Key to find.
Returns
3.14.4.9 int32 t rte hash lookup with hash ( const struct rte_hash ∗ h, const void ∗ key, hash_sig_t sig )
Parameters
key Key to find.
sig Hash value to find.
Returns

Intel® DPDK - rte_hash_crc.h File Reference
3.14.4.10 static hash_sig_t rte hash hash ( const struct rte_hash ∗ h, const void ∗ key ) [static]
Calc a hash value by key. This operation is not multi-process safe.
Parameters
key Key to find.
Returns
• hash value
3.14.4.11 int rte hash lookup bulk ( const struct rte_hash ∗ h, const void ∗∗ keys, uint32 t num keys, int32 t ∗
positions )
Find multiple keys in the hash table. This operation is multi-thread safe.
Parameters
keys A pointer to a list of keys to look for.
num_keys How many keys are in the keys list (less than RTE_HASH_LOOKUP_BULK_MAX).
positions Output containing a list of values, corresponding to the list of keys that can be used by
the caller as an offset into an array of user data. These values are unique for each key,
and are the same values that were returned when each key was added. If a key in the
list was not found, then -ENOENT will be the value.
Returns
-EINVAL if there’s an error, otherwise 0.
3.15 rte hash crc.h File Reference
Functions
• static uint32_t rte_hash_crc_4byte (uint32_t data, uint32_t init_val)

• static uint32_t rte_hash_crc (const void ∗data, uint32_t data_len, uint32_t init_val)
RTE CRC Hash

rte_hexdump.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.15.2.1 static uint32 t rte hash crc 4byte ( uint32 t data, uint32 t init val ) [static]
Use single crc32 instruction to perform a hash on a 4 byte value.
Parameters
data Data to perform hash on.
init_val Value to initialise hash generator.
Returns
32bit calculated hash value.
3.15.2.2 static uint32 t rte hash crc ( const void ∗ data, uint32 t data len, uint32 t init val ) [static]
Use crc32 instruction to perform a hash.
Parameters
data Data to perform hash on.
data_len How many bytes to use to calculate hash value.
init_val Value to initialise hash generator.
Returns
32bit calculated hash value.
3.16 rte hexdump.h File Reference
Functions
• void rte_hexdump (const char ∗title, const void ∗buf, unsigned int len)
• void rte_memdump (const char ∗title, const void ∗buf, unsigned int len)
Simple API to dump out memory in a special hex format.

Intel® DPDK - rte_interrupts.h File Reference
3.16.2.1 void rte hexdump ( const char ∗ title, const void ∗ buf, unsigned int len )
Dump out memory in a special hex dump format.
Parameters
title If not NULL this string is printed as a header to the output.
buf This is the buffer address to print out.
len The number of bytes to dump out
Returns
None.
3.16.2.2 void rte memdump ( const char ∗ title, const void ∗ buf, unsigned int len )
Dump out memory in a hex format with colons between bytes.
Parameters
title If not NULL this string is printed as a header to the output.
buf This is the buffer address to print out.
len The number of bytes to dump out
Returns
None.
3.17 rte interrupts.h File Reference
Typedefs
• typedef void(∗ rte_intr_callback_fn )(struct rte_intr_handle ∗intr_handle, void ∗cb_arg)
Functions
• int rte_intr_callback_register (struct rte_intr_handle ∗intr_handle, rte_intr_callback_fn cb, void ∗cb_-

arg)
• int rte_intr_callback_unregister (struct rte_intr_handle ∗intr_handle, rte_intr_callback_fn cb, void ∗cb-
_arg)
• int rte_intr_enable (struct rte_intr_handle ∗intr_handle)
• int rte_intr_disable (struct rte_intr_handle ∗intr_handle)

rte_interrupts.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
The RTE interrupt interface provides functions to register/unregister callbacks for a specific interrupt.
3.17.2.1 typedef void(∗ rte_intr_callback_fn)(struct rte intr handle ∗intr handle, void ∗cb arg)
Function to be registered for the specific interrupt
3.17.3.1 int rte intr callback register ( struct rte intr handle ∗ intr handle, rte_intr_callback_fn cb, void ∗ cb arg )
It registers the callback for the specific interrupt. Multiple callbacks cal be registered at the same time.
Parameters
intr_handle Pointer to the interrupt handle.
cb callback address.
cb_arg address of parameter for callback.
Returns
3.17.3.2 int rte intr callback unregister ( struct rte intr handle ∗ intr handle, rte_intr_callback_fn cb, void ∗
cb arg )
It unregisters the callback according to the specified interrupt handle.
Parameters
intr_handle pointer to the interrupt handle.
cb callback address.
cb_arg address of parameter for callback, (void ∗)-1 means to remove all registered which has
the same callback address.
Returns
• On success, return the number of callback entities removed.

Intel® DPDK - rte_ip.h File Reference
3.17.3.3 int rte intr enable ( struct rte intr handle ∗ intr handle )
It enables the interrupt for the specified handle.
Parameters
Returns
3.17.3.4 int rte intr disable ( struct rte intr handle ∗ intr handle )
It disables the interrupt for the specified handle.
Parameters
Returns
3.18 rte ip.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct ipv4_hdr
• struct ipv6_hdr
Defines
• #define IPv4(a, b, c, d)
• #define IPPROTO_IP
• #define IPPROTO_HOPOPTS
• #define IPPROTO_ICMP
• #define IPPROTO_IGMP
• #define IPPROTO_GGP
• #define IPPROTO_IPV4
• #define IPPROTO_TCP

rte_ip.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
• #define IPPROTO_ST
• #define IPPROTO_EGP
• #define IPPROTO_PIGP
• #define IPPROTO_RCCMON
• #define IPPROTO_NVPII
• #define IPPROTO_PUP
• #define IPPROTO_ARGUS
• #define IPPROTO_EMCON
• #define IPPROTO_XNET
• #define IPPROTO_CHAOS
• #define IPPROTO_UDP
• #define IPPROTO_MUX
• #define IPPROTO_MEAS
• #define IPPROTO_HMP
• #define IPPROTO_PRM
• #define IPPROTO_IDP
• #define IPPROTO_TRUNK1
• #define IPPROTO_TRUNK2
• #define IPPROTO_LEAF1
• #define IPPROTO_LEAF2
• #define IPPROTO_RDP
• #define IPPROTO_IRTP
• #define IPPROTO_TP
• #define IPPROTO_BLT
• #define IPPROTO_NSP
• #define IPPROTO_INP
• #define IPPROTO_SEP
• #define IPPROTO_3PC
• #define IPPROTO_IDPR
• #define IPPROTO_XTP
• #define IPPROTO_DDP
• #define IPPROTO_CMTP
• #define IPPROTO_TPXX
• #define IPPROTO_IL
• #define IPPROTO_IPV6
• #define IPPROTO_SDRP
• #define IPPROTO_ROUTING
• #define IPPROTO_FRAGMENT
• #define IPPROTO_IDRP
• #define IPPROTO_RSVP
• #define IPPROTO_GRE
• #define IPPROTO_MHRP
• #define IPPROTO_BHA
• #define IPPROTO_ESP
• #define IPPROTO_AH
• #define IPPROTO_INLSP

• #define IPPROTO_SWIPE
• #define IPPROTO_NHRP
• #define IPPROTO_ICMPV6
• #define IPPROTO_NONE
• #define IPPROTO_DSTOPTS
• #define IPPROTO_AHIP
• #define IPPROTO_CFTP
• #define IPPROTO_HELLO
• #define IPPROTO_SATEXPAK
• #define IPPROTO_KRYPTOLAN
• #define IPPROTO_RVD
• #define IPPROTO_IPPC
• #define IPPROTO_ADFS
• #define IPPROTO_SATMON
• #define IPPROTO_VISA
• #define IPPROTO_IPCV
• #define IPPROTO_CPNX
• #define IPPROTO_CPHB
• #define IPPROTO_WSN
• #define IPPROTO_PVP
• #define IPPROTO_BRSATMON
• #define IPPROTO_ND
• #define IPPROTO_WBMON
• #define IPPROTO_WBEXPAK
• #define IPPROTO_EON
• #define IPPROTO_VMTP
• #define IPPROTO_SVMTP
• #define IPPROTO_VINES
• #define IPPROTO_TTP
• #define IPPROTO_IGP
• #define IPPROTO_DGP
• #define IPPROTO_TCF
• #define IPPROTO_IGRP
• #define IPPROTO_OSPFIGP
• #define IPPROTO_SRPC
• #define IPPROTO_LARP
• #define IPPROTO_MTP
• #define IPPROTO_AX25
• #define IPPROTO_IPEIP
• #define IPPROTO_MICP
• #define IPPROTO_SCCSP
• #define IPPROTO_ETHERIP
• #define IPPROTO_ENCAP
• #define IPPROTO_APES
• #define IPPROTO_GMTP
• #define IPPROTO_IPCOMP

• #define IPPROTO_PIM
• #define IPPROTO_PGM
• #define IPPROTO_SCTP
• #define IPPROTO_DIVERT
• #define IPPROTO_RAW
• #define IPPROTO_MAX
• #define IPV4_ANY
• #define IPV4_LOOPBACK
• #define IPV4_BROADCAST
• #define IPV4_ALLHOSTS_GROUP
• #define IPV4_ALLRTRS_GROUP
• #define IPV4_MAX_LOCAL_GROUP
• #define IPV4_MIN_MCAST
• #define IPV4_MAX_MCAST
• #define IS_IPV4_MCAST(x)
IP-related defines
3.18.2.1 #define IPv4( a, b, c, d )
Create IPv4 address
3.18.2.2 #define IPPROTO IP
dummy for IP
3.18.2.3 #define IPPROTO HOPOPTS
IP6 hop-by-hop options
3.18.2.4 #define IPPROTO ICMP
control message protocol
3.18.2.5 #define IPPROTO IGMP
group mgmt protocol

3.18.2.6 #define IPPROTO GGP
gateway∧ 2 (deprecated)
3.18.2.7 #define IPPROTO IPV4
IPv4 encapsulation
3.18.2.8 #define IPPROTO TCP
tcp
3.18.2.9 #define IPPROTO ST
Stream protocol II
3.18.2.10 #define IPPROTO EGP
exterior gateway protocol
3.18.2.11 #define IPPROTO PIGP
private interior gateway
3.18.2.12 #define IPPROTO RCCMON
BBN RCC Monitoring
3.18.2.13 #define IPPROTO NVPII
network voice protocol
3.18.2.14 #define IPPROTO PUP
pup
3.18.2.15 #define IPPROTO ARGUS
Argus

3.18.2.16 #define IPPROTO EMCON
EMCON
3.18.2.17 #define IPPROTO XNET
Cross Net Debugger
3.18.2.18 #define IPPROTO CHAOS
Chaos
3.18.2.19 #define IPPROTO UDP
user datagram protocol
3.18.2.20 #define IPPROTO MUX
Multiplexing
3.18.2.21 #define IPPROTO MEAS
DCN Measurement Subsystems
3.18.2.22 #define IPPROTO HMP
Host Monitoring
3.18.2.23 #define IPPROTO PRM
Packet Radio Measurement
3.18.2.24 #define IPPROTO IDP
xns idp
3.18.2.25 #define IPPROTO TRUNK1
Trunk-1

3.18.2.26 #define IPPROTO TRUNK2
Trunk-2
3.18.2.27 #define IPPROTO LEAF1
Leaf-1
3.18.2.28 #define IPPROTO LEAF2
Leaf-2
3.18.2.29 #define IPPROTO RDP
Reliable Data
3.18.2.30 #define IPPROTO IRTP
Reliable Transaction
3.18.2.31 #define IPPROTO TP
tp-4 w/ class negotiation
3.18.2.32 #define IPPROTO BLT
Bulk Data Transfer
3.18.2.33 #define IPPROTO NSP
Network Services
3.18.2.34 #define IPPROTO INP
Merit Internodal
3.18.2.35 #define IPPROTO SEP
Sequential Exchange

3.18.2.36 #define IPPROTO 3PC
Third Party Connect
3.18.2.37 #define IPPROTO IDPR
InterDomain Policy Routing
3.18.2.38 #define IPPROTO XTP
XTP
3.18.2.39 #define IPPROTO DDP
Datagram Delivery
3.18.2.40 #define IPPROTO CMTP
Control Message Transport
3.18.2.41 #define IPPROTO TPXX
TP++ Transport
3.18.2.42 #define IPPROTO IL
IL transport protocol
3.18.2.43 #define IPPROTO IPV6
IP6 header
3.18.2.44 #define IPPROTO SDRP
Source Demand Routing
3.18.2.45 #define IPPROTO ROUTING
IP6 routing header

3.18.2.46 #define IPPROTO FRAGMENT
IP6 fragmentation header
3.18.2.47 #define IPPROTO IDRP
InterDomain Routing
3.18.2.48 #define IPPROTO RSVP
resource reservation
3.18.2.49 #define IPPROTO GRE
General Routing Encap.
3.18.2.50 #define IPPROTO MHRP
Mobile Host Routing
3.18.2.51 #define IPPROTO BHA
BHA
3.18.2.52 #define IPPROTO ESP
IP6 Encap Sec. Payload
3.18.2.53 #define IPPROTO AH
IP6 Auth Header
3.18.2.54 #define IPPROTO INLSP
Integ. Net Layer Security
3.18.2.55 #define IPPROTO SWIPE
IP with encryption

3.18.2.56 #define IPPROTO NHRP
Next Hop Resolution
3.18.2.57 #define IPPROTO ICMPV6
ICMP6
3.18.2.58 #define IPPROTO NONE
IP6 no next header
3.18.2.59 #define IPPROTO DSTOPTS
IP6 destination option
3.18.2.60 #define IPPROTO AHIP
any host internal protocol
3.18.2.61 #define IPPROTO CFTP
CFTP
3.18.2.62 #define IPPROTO HELLO
"hello" routing protocol
3.18.2.63 #define IPPROTO SATEXPAK
SATNET/Backroom EXPAK
3.18.2.64 #define IPPROTO KRYPTOLAN
Kryptolan
3.18.2.65 #define IPPROTO RVD
Remote Virtual Disk

3.18.2.66 #define IPPROTO IPPC
Pluribus Packet Core
3.18.2.67 #define IPPROTO ADFS
Any distributed FS
3.18.2.68 #define IPPROTO SATMON
Satnet Monitoring
3.18.2.69 #define IPPROTO VISA
VISA Protocol
3.18.2.70 #define IPPROTO IPCV
Packet Core Utility
3.18.2.71 #define IPPROTO CPNX
Comp. Prot. Net. Executive
3.18.2.72 #define IPPROTO CPHB
Comp. Prot. HeartBeat
3.18.2.73 #define IPPROTO WSN
Wang Span Network
3.18.2.74 #define IPPROTO PVP
Packet Video Protocol
3.18.2.75 #define IPPROTO BRSATMON
BackRoom SATNET Monitoring

3.18.2.76 #define IPPROTO ND
Sun net disk proto (temp.)
3.18.2.77 #define IPPROTO WBMON
WIDEBAND Monitoring
3.18.2.78 #define IPPROTO WBEXPAK
WIDEBAND EXPAK
3.18.2.79 #define IPPROTO EON
ISO cnlp
3.18.2.80 #define IPPROTO VMTP
VMTP
3.18.2.81 #define IPPROTO SVMTP
Secure VMTP
3.18.2.82 #define IPPROTO VINES
Banyon VINES
3.18.2.83 #define IPPROTO TTP
TTP
3.18.2.84 #define IPPROTO IGP
NSFNET-IGP
3.18.2.85 #define IPPROTO DGP
dissimilar gateway prot.

3.18.2.86 #define IPPROTO TCF
TCF
3.18.2.87 #define IPPROTO IGRP
Cisco/GXS IGRP
3.18.2.88 #define IPPROTO OSPFIGP
OSPFIGP
3.18.2.89 #define IPPROTO SRPC
Strite RPC protocol
3.18.2.90 #define IPPROTO LARP
Locus Address Resoloution
3.18.2.91 #define IPPROTO MTP
Multicast Transport
3.18.2.92 #define IPPROTO AX25
AX.25 Frames
3.18.2.93 #define IPPROTO IPEIP
IP encapsulated in IP
3.18.2.94 #define IPPROTO MICP
Mobile Int.ing control
3.18.2.95 #define IPPROTO SCCSP
Semaphore Comm. security

3.18.2.96 #define IPPROTO ETHERIP
Ethernet IP encapsulation
3.18.2.97 #define IPPROTO ENCAP
encapsulation header
3.18.2.98 #define IPPROTO APES
any private encr. scheme
3.18.2.99 #define IPPROTO GMTP
GMTP
3.18.2.100 #define IPPROTO IPCOMP
payload compression (IPComp)
3.18.2.101 #define IPPROTO PIM
Protocol Independent Mcast
3.18.2.102 #define IPPROTO PGM
PGM
3.18.2.103 #define IPPROTO SCTP
Stream Control Transport Protocol
3.18.2.104 #define IPPROTO DIVERT
divert pseudo-protocol
3.18.2.105 #define IPPROTO RAW
raw IP packet

3.18.2.106 #define IPPROTO MAX
maximum protocol number
3.18.2.107 #define IPV4 ANY
0.0.0.0
3.18.2.108 #define IPV4 LOOPBACK
127.0.0.1
3.18.2.109 #define IPV4 BROADCAST
224.0.0.0
3.18.2.110 #define IPV4 ALLHOSTS GROUP
224.0.0.1
3.18.2.111 #define IPV4 ALLRTRS GROUP
224.0.0.2
3.18.2.112 #define IPV4 MAX LOCAL GROUP
224.0.0.255
3.18.2.113 #define IPV4 MIN MCAST
Minimal IPv4-multicast address
3.18.2.114 #define IPV4 MAX MCAST
Maximum IPv4 multicast address
3.18.2.115 #define IS IPV4 MCAST( x )
check if IPv4 address is multicast

rte_ivshmem.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.19 rte ivshmem.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_ivshmem_metadata_entry
• struct rte_ivshmem_metadata
Functions
• int rte_ivshmem_metadata_create (const char ∗name)
• int rte_ivshmem_metadata_add_memzone (const struct rte_memzone ∗mz, const char ∗md_name)
• int rte_ivshmem_metadata_add_ring (const struct rte_ring ∗r, const char ∗md_name)
• int rte_ivshmem_metadata_add_mempool (const struct rte_mempool ∗mp, const char ∗md_name)
• int rte_ivshmem_metadata_cmdline_generate (char ∗buffer, unsigned size, const char ∗name)
Dump all metadata entries from a given metadata file to the console.
Name of the metadata file to be dumped to console.
The RTE IVSHMEM interface provides functions to create metadata files describing memory segments to
be shared via QEMU IVSHMEM.
3.19.2.1 int rte ivshmem metadata create ( const char ∗ name )
Creates metadata file with a given name
Parameters
name Name of metadata file to be created
Returns
• On success, zero
• On failure, a negative value
3.19.2.2 int rte ivshmem metadata add memzone ( const struct rte_memzone ∗ mz, const char ∗ md name )
Adds memzone to a specific metadata file

Intel® DPDK - rte_ivshmem.h File Reference
Parameters
mz Memzone to be added
md_name Name of metadata file for the memzone to be added to
Returns
3.19.2.3 int rte ivshmem metadata add ring ( const struct rte_ring ∗ r, const char ∗ md name )
Adds a ring descriptor to a specific metadata file
Parameters
r Ring descriptor to be added
md_name Name of metadata file for the ring to be added to
Returns
3.19.2.4 int rte ivshmem metadata add mempool ( const struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, const char ∗ md name )
Adds a mempool to a specific metadata file
Parameters
mp Mempool to be added
md_name Name of metadata file for the mempool to be added to
Returns
3.19.2.5 int rte ivshmem metadata cmdline generate ( char ∗ buffer, unsigned size, const char ∗ name )
Generates the QEMU command-line for IVSHMEM device for a given metadata file. This function is to be
called after all the objects were added.

rte_jhash.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Parameters
buffer Buffer to be filled with the command line arguments.
size Size of the buffer.
name Name of metadata file to generate QEMU command-line parameters for
Returns
3.20 rte jhash.h File Reference
Defines
• #define RTE_JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO
Functions
• static uint32_t rte_jhash (const void ∗key, uint32_t length, uint32_t initval)
• static uint32_t rte_jhash2 (uint32_t ∗k, uint32_t length, uint32_t initval)
• static uint32_t rte_jhash_3words (uint32_t a, uint32_t b, uint32_t c, uint32_t initval)
• static uint32_t rte_jhash_2words (uint32_t a, uint32_t b, uint32_t initval)
• static uint32_t rte_jhash_1word (uint32_t a, uint32_t initval)
jhash functions.
3.20.2.1 #define RTE JHASH GOLDEN RATIO
The golden ratio: an arbitrary value.
3.20.3.1 static uint32 t rte jhash ( const void ∗ key, uint32 t length, uint32 t initval ) [static]
The most generic version, hashes an arbitrary sequence of bytes. No alignment or length assumptions are
made about the input key.

Intel® DPDK - rte_jhash.h File Reference
Parameters
key Key to calculate hash of.
length Length of key in bytes.
initval Initialising value of hash.
Returns
Calculated hash value.
3.20.3.2 static uint32 t rte jhash2 ( uint32 t ∗ k, uint32 t length, uint32 t initval ) [static]
A special optimized version that handles 1 or more of uint32_ts. The length parameter here is the number
of uint32_ts in the key.
Parameters
k Key to calculate hash of.
length Length of key in units of 4 bytes.
Returns
3.20.3.3 static uint32 t rte jhash 3words ( uint32 t a, uint32 t b, uint32 t c, uint32 t initval ) [static]
A special ultra-optimized versions that knows it is hashing exactly 3 words.
Parameters
a First word to calcuate hash of.
b Second word to calcuate hash of.
c Third word to calcuate hash of.
Returns
3.20.3.4 static uint32 t rte jhash 2words ( uint32 t a, uint32 t b, uint32 t initval ) [static]
A special ultra-optimized versions that knows it is hashing exactly 2 words.

rte_kni.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Parameters
a First word to calcuate hash of.
b Second word to calcuate hash of.
Returns
3.20.3.5 static uint32 t rte jhash 1word ( uint32 t a, uint32 t initval ) [static]
A special ultra-optimized versions that knows it is hashing exactly 1 word.
Parameters
a Word to calcuate hash of.
Returns
3.21 rte kni.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_kni_ops
• struct rte_kni_conf
Functions
• struct rte_kni ∗ rte_kni_alloc (struct rte_mempool ∗pktmbuf_pool, const struct rte_kni_conf ∗conf,
struct rte_kni_ops ∗ops)
• struct rte_kni ∗ rte_kni_create (uint8_t port_id, unsigned mbuf_size, struct rte_mempool ∗pktmbuf_-
pool, struct rte_kni_ops ∗ops)
• int rte_kni_release (struct rte_kni ∗kni)
• int rte_kni_handle_request (struct rte_kni ∗kni)
• unsigned rte_kni_rx_burst (struct rte_kni ∗kni, struct rte_mbuf ∗∗mbufs, unsigned num)
• unsigned rte_kni_tx_burst (struct rte_kni ∗kni, struct rte_mbuf ∗∗mbufs, unsigned num)
• uint8_t rte_kni_get_port_id (struct rte_kni ∗kni)
• struct rte_kni ∗ rte_kni_get (const char ∗name)
• struct rte_kni ∗ rte_kni_info_get (uint8_t port_id)
• int rte_kni_register_handlers (struct rte_kni ∗kni, struct rte_kni_ops ∗ops)

Intel® DPDK - rte_kni.h File Reference
• int rte_kni_unregister_handlers (struct rte_kni ∗kni)

• void rte_kni_close (void)
RTE KNI
The KNI library provides the ability to create and destroy kernel NIC interfaces that may be used by the RTE
application to receive/transmit packets from/to Linux kernel net interfaces.
This library provide two APIs to burst receive packets from KNI interfaces, and burst transmit packets to KNI
interfaces.
3.21.2.1 struct rte kni∗ rte kni alloc ( struct rte_mempool ∗ pktmbuf pool, const struct rte_kni_conf ∗ conf,
struct rte_kni_ops ∗ ops ) [read]
Allocate KNI interface according to the port id, mbuf size, mbuf pool, configurations and callbacks for kernel
requests.The KNI interface created in the kernel space is the net interface the traditional Linux application
talking to.
Parameters
pktmbuf_pool The mempool for allocting mbufs for packets.
conf The pointer to the configurations of the KNI device.
ops The pointer to the callbacks for the KNI kernel requests.
Returns
• The pointer to the context of a KNI interface.
• NULL indicate error.
3.21.2.2 struct rte kni∗ rte kni create ( uint8 t port id, unsigned mbuf size, struct rte_mempool ∗ pktmbuf pool,
struct rte_kni_ops ∗ ops ) [read]
It create a KNI device for specific port.

Note: It is deprecated and just for backward compatibility.
Parameters
port_id Port ID.
mbuf_size mbuf size.
pktmbuf_pool The mempool for allocting mbufs for packets.
ops The pointer to the callbacks for the KNI kernel requests.

Returns
• The pointer to the context of a KNI interface.
• NULL indicate error.
3.21.2.3 int rte kni release ( struct rte kni ∗ kni )
Release KNI interface according to the context. It will also release the paired KNI interface in kernel space.
All processing on the specific KNI context need to be stopped before calling this interface.
Parameters
kni The pointer to the context of an existant KNI interface.
Returns
• 0 indicates success.
• negative value indicates failure.
3.21.2.4 int rte kni handle request ( struct rte kni ∗ kni )
It is used to handle the request mbufs sent from kernel space. Then analyzes it and calls the specific actions
for the specific requests. Finally constructs the response mbuf and puts it back to the resp_q.
Parameters
kni The pointer to the context of an existant KNI interface.
Returns
• 0
• negative value indicates failure.
3.21.2.5 unsigned rte kni rx burst ( struct rte kni ∗ kni, struct rte_mbuf ∗∗ mbufs, unsigned num )
Retrieve a burst of packets from a KNI interface. The retrieved packets are stored in rte_mbuf structures
whose pointers are supplied in the array of mbufs, and the maximum number is indicated by num. It handles
the freeing of the mbufs in the free queue of KNI interface.
Parameters
kni The KNI interface context.
mbufs The array to store the pointers of mbufs.
num The maximum number per burst.

Intel® DPDK - rte_kni.h File Reference
Returns
The actual number of packets retrieved.
3.21.2.6 unsigned rte kni tx burst ( struct rte kni ∗ kni, struct rte_mbuf ∗∗ mbufs, unsigned num )
Send a burst of packets to a KNI interface. The packets to be sent out are stored in rte_mbuf structures
whose pointers are supplied in the array of mbufs, and the maximum number is indicated by num. It handles
allocating the mbufs for KNI interface alloc queue.
Parameters
mbufs The array to store the pointers of mbufs.
num The maximum number per burst.
Returns
The actual number of packets sent.
3.21.2.7 uint8 t rte kni get port id ( struct rte kni ∗ kni )
Get the port id from KNI interface.

Parameters
Returns
On success: The port id. On failure: ∼0x0
3.21.2.8 struct rte kni∗ rte kni get ( const char ∗ name ) [read]
Get the KNI context of its name.
Parameters
name pointer to the KNI device name.
Returns
On success: Pointer to KNI interface. On failure: NULL.

3.21.2.9 struct rte kni∗ rte kni info get ( uint8 t port id ) [read]
Get the KNI context of the specific port.

Parameters
port_id the port id.
Returns
On success: Pointer to KNI interface. On failure: NULL
3.21.2.10 int rte kni register handlers ( struct rte kni ∗ kni, struct rte_kni_ops ∗ ops )
Register KNI request handling for a specified port,and it can be called by master process or slave process.
Parameters
kni pointer to struct rte_kni.
ops ponter to struct rte_kni_ops.
Returns
On success: 0 On failure: -1
3.21.2.11 int rte kni unregister handlers ( struct rte kni ∗ kni )
Unregister KNI request handling for a specified port.
Parameters
kni pointer to struct rte_kni.
Returns
On success: 0 On failure: -1
3.21.2.12 void rte kni close ( void )
close KNI device.

Intel® DPDK - rte_launch.h File Reference
Parameters
void
Returns
void
3.22 rte launch.h File Reference
Typedefs
• typedef int( lcore_function_t )(void ∗)
Enumerations
• enum rte_lcore_state_t { WAIT, RUNNING, FINISHED }

• enum rte_rmt_call_master_t { SKIP_MASTER, CALL_MASTER }
Functions
• int rte_eal_remote_launch (lcore_function_t ∗f, void ∗arg, unsigned slave_id)

• int rte_eal_mp_remote_launch (lcore_function_t ∗f, void ∗arg, enum rte_rmt_call_master_t call_-
master)
• enum rte_lcore_state_t rte_eal_get_lcore_state (unsigned slave_id)
• int rte_eal_wait_lcore (unsigned slave_id)
• void rte_eal_mp_wait_lcore (void)
Launch tasks on other lcores
3.22.2.1 typedef int( lcore_function_t)(void ∗)
Definition of a remote launch function.

rte_launch.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.22.3.1 enum rte_lcore_state_t
State of an lcore.
Enumerator:
WAIT waiting a new command
RUNNING executing command
FINISHED command executed
3.22.3.2 enum rte_rmt_call_master_t
This enum indicates whether the master core must execute the handler launched on all logical cores.
Enumerator:
SKIP_MASTER lcore handler not executed by master core.
CALL_MASTER lcore handler executed by master core.
3.22.4.1 int rte eal remote launch ( lcore_function_t ∗ f, void ∗ arg, unsigned slave id )
Launch a function on another lcore.

To be executed on the MASTER lcore only.
Sends a message to a slave lcore (identified by the slave_id) that is in the WAIT state (this is true after the
first call to rte_eal_init()). This can be checked by first calling rte_eal_wait_lcore(slave_id).
When the remote lcore receives the message, it switches to the RUNNING state, then calls the function f
with argument arg. Once the execution is done, the remote lcore switches to a FINISHED state and the
return value of f is stored in a local variable to be read using rte_eal_wait_lcore().
The MASTER lcore returns as soon as the message is sent and knows nothing about the completion of f.
Note: This function is not designed to offer optimum performance. It is just a practical way to launch a
function on another lcore at initialization time.
Parameters
f The function to be called.
arg The argument for the function.
slave_id The identifier of the lcore on which the function should be executed.

Intel® DPDK - rte_launch.h File Reference
Returns
• 0: Success. Execution of function f started on the remote lcore.
• (-EBUSY): The remote lcore is not in a WAIT state.
3.22.4.2 int rte eal mp remote launch ( lcore_function_t ∗ f, void ∗ arg, enum rte_rmt_call_master_t
call master )
Launch a function on all lcores.

Check that each SLAVE lcore is in a WAIT state, then call rte_eal_remote_launch() for each lcore.
Parameters
f The function to be called.
arg The argument for the function.
call_master If call_master set to SKIP_MASTER, the MASTER lcore does not call the function. -
If call_master is set to CALL_MASTER, the function is also called on master before
returning. In any case, the master lcore returns as soon as it finished its job and knows
nothing about the completion of f on the other lcores.
Returns
• 0: Success. Execution of function f started on all remote lcores.
• (-EBUSY): At least one remote lcore is not in a WAIT state. In this case, no message is sent to
any of the lcores.
3.22.4.3 enum rte_lcore_state_t rte eal get lcore state ( unsigned slave id )
Get the state of the lcore identified by slave_id.

Parameters
slave_id The identifier of the lcore.
Returns
The state of the lcore.
3.22.4.4 int rte eal wait lcore ( unsigned slave id )
Wait until an lcore finishes its job.


rte_lcore.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
If the slave lcore identified by the slave_id is in a FINISHED state, switch to the WAIT state. If the lcore is in
RUNNING state, wait until the lcore finishes its job and moves to the FINISHED state.
Parameters
slave_id The identifier of the lcore.
Returns
• 0: If the lcore identified by the slave_id is in a WAIT state.
• The value that was returned by the previous remote launch function call if the lcore identified by
the slave_id was in a FINISHED or RUNNING state. In this case, it changes the state of the lcore
to WAIT.
3.22.4.5 void rte eal mp wait lcore ( void )
Wait until all lcores finish their jobs.

To be executed on the MASTER lcore only. Issue an rte_eal_wait_lcore() for every lcore. The return values
are ignored.
After a call to rte_eal_mp_wait_lcore(), the caller can assume that all slave lcores are in a WAIT state.
3.23 rte lcore.h File Reference
Defines
• #define LCORE_ID_ANY
• #define RTE_LCORE_FOREACH(i)
• #define RTE_LCORE_FOREACH_SLAVE(i)
Functions
• RTE_DECLARE_PER_LCORE (unsigned, _lcore_id)
• static unsigned rte_lcore_id (void)
• static unsigned rte_get_master_lcore (void)
• static unsigned rte_lcore_count (void)
• static unsigned rte_socket_id (void)
• static unsigned rte_lcore_to_socket_id (unsigned lcore_id)
• static int rte_lcore_is_enabled (unsigned lcore_id)
• static unsigned rte_get_next_lcore (unsigned i, int skip_master, int wrap)
API for lcore and Socket Manipulation. Parts of this are execution environment specific.

Intel® DPDK - rte_lcore.h File Reference
3.23.2.1 #define LCORE ID ANY
Any lcore.
3.23.2.2 #define RTE LCORE FOREACH( i )
Macro to browse all running lcores.
3.23.2.3 #define RTE LCORE FOREACH SLAVE( i )
Macro to browse all running lcores except the master lcore.
3.23.3.1 RTE DECLARE PER LCORE ( unsigned , lcore id )
Per core "core id".
3.23.3.2 static unsigned rte lcore id ( void ) [static]
Return the ID of the execution unit we are running on.
Returns
Logical core ID
3.23.3.3 static unsigned rte get master lcore ( void ) [static]
Get the id of the master lcore
Returns
the id of the master lcore
3.23.3.4 static unsigned rte lcore count ( void ) [static]
Return the number of execution units (lcores) on the system.
Returns
the number of execution units (lcores) on the system.

rte_lcore.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.23.3.5 static unsigned rte socket id ( void ) [static]
Return the ID of the physical socket of the logical core we are running on.
Returns
the ID of current lcoreid’s physical socket
3.23.3.6 static unsigned rte lcore to socket id ( unsigned lcore id ) [static]
Get the ID of the physical socket of the specified lcore
Parameters
lcore_id the targeted lcore, which MUST be between 0 and RTE_MAX_LCORE-1.
Returns
the ID of lcoreid’s physical socket
3.23.3.7 static int rte lcore is enabled ( unsigned lcore id ) [static]
Test if an lcore is enabled.
Parameters
lcore_id The identifier of the lcore, which MUST be between 0 and RTE_MAX_LCORE-1.
Returns
True if the given lcore is enabled; false otherwise.
3.23.3.8 static unsigned rte get next lcore ( unsigned i, int skip master, int wrap ) [static]
Get the next enabled lcore ID.
Parameters
i The current lcore (reference).
skip_master If true, do not return the ID of the master lcore.
wrap If true, go back to 0 when RTE_MAX_LCORE is reached; otherwise, return RTE_MAX-
_LCORE.

Intel® DPDK - rte_log.h File Reference
Returns
The next lcore_id or RTE_MAX_LCORE if not found.
3.24 rte log.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_logs
Defines
• #define RTE_LOGTYPE_EAL
• #define RTE_LOGTYPE_MALLOC
• #define RTE_LOGTYPE_RING
• #define RTE_LOGTYPE_MEMPOOL
• #define RTE_LOGTYPE_TIMER
• #define RTE_LOGTYPE_PMD
• #define RTE_LOGTYPE_HASH
• #define RTE_LOGTYPE_LPM
• #define RTE_LOGTYPE_KNI
• #define RTE_LOGTYPE_ACL
• #define RTE_LOGTYPE_POWER
• #define RTE_LOGTYPE_METER
• #define RTE_LOGTYPE_SCHED
• #define RTE_LOGTYPE_USER1
• #define RTE_LOG_EMERG
• #define RTE_LOG_ALERT
• #define RTE_LOG_CRIT
• #define RTE_LOG_ERR
• #define RTE_LOG_WARNING
• #define RTE_LOG_NOTICE
• #define RTE_LOG_INFO
• #define RTE_LOG_DEBUG
• #define RTE_LOG(l, t,...)

rte_log.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Functions
• int rte_openlog_stream (FILE ∗f)

• void rte_set_log_level (uint32_t level)
• void rte_set_log_type (uint32_t type, int enable)
• int rte_log_cur_msg_loglevel (void)
• int rte_log_cur_msg_logtype (void)
• void rte_log_set_history (int enable)
• void rte_log_dump_history (void)
• int rte_log_add_in_history (const char ∗buf, size_t size)
• int rte_log (uint32_t level, uint32_t logtype, const char ∗format,...)
• int rte_vlog (uint32_t level, uint32_t logtype, const char ∗format, va_list ap)
Variables
• struct rte_logs rte_logs

• FILE ∗ eal_default_log_stream
RTE Logs API

This file provides a log API to RTE applications.
3.24.2.1 #define RTE LOGTYPE EAL
Log related to eal.
3.24.2.2 #define RTE LOGTYPE MALLOC
Log related to malloc.
3.24.2.3 #define RTE LOGTYPE RING
Log related to ring.
3.24.2.4 #define RTE LOGTYPE MEMPOOL
Log related to mempool.

3.24.2.5 #define RTE LOGTYPE TIMER
Log related to timers.
3.24.2.6 #define RTE LOGTYPE PMD
Log related to poll mode driver.
3.24.2.7 #define RTE LOGTYPE HASH
Log related to hash table.
3.24.2.8 #define RTE LOGTYPE LPM
Log related to LPM.
3.24.2.9 #define RTE LOGTYPE KNI
Log related to KNI.
3.24.2.10 #define RTE LOGTYPE ACL
Log related to ACL.
3.24.2.11 #define RTE LOGTYPE POWER
Log related to power.
3.24.2.12 #define RTE LOGTYPE METER
Log related to QoS meter.
3.24.2.13 #define RTE LOGTYPE SCHED
Log related to QoS port scheduler.
3.24.2.14 #define RTE LOGTYPE USER1
User-defined log type 1.

3.24.2.22 #define RTE LOG EMERG
System is unusable.
3.24.2.23 #define RTE LOG ALERT
Action must be taken immediately.
3.24.2.24 #define RTE LOG CRIT
Critical conditions.

3.24.2.25 #define RTE LOG ERR
Error conditions.
3.24.2.26 #define RTE LOG WARNING
Warning conditions.
3.24.2.27 #define RTE LOG NOTICE
Normal but significant condition.
3.24.2.28 #define RTE LOG INFO
Informational.
3.24.2.29 #define RTE LOG DEBUG
Debug-level messages.
3.24.2.30 #define RTE LOG( l, t, ... )
Generates a log message.

The RTE_LOG() is equivalent to rte_log() with two differences:
• RTE_LOG() can be used to remove debug logs at compilation time, depending on RTE_LOG_LEVEL
configuration option, and compilation optimization level. If optimization is enabled, the tests involving
constants only are pre-computed. If compilation is done with -O0, these tests will be done at run time.
• The log level and log type names are smaller, for example: RTE_LOG(INFO, EAL, "this is a %s", "log");
Parameters
l Log level. A value between EMERG (1) and DEBUG (8). The short name is expanded
by the macro, so it cannot be an integer value.
t The log type, for example, EAL. The short name is expanded by the macro, so it cannot
be an integer value.
fmt The fmt string, as in printf(3), followed by the variable arguments required by the format.
args The variable list of arguments according to the format string.

Returns
• 0: Success.
• Negative on error.
3.24.3.1 int rte openlog stream ( FILE ∗ f )
Change the stream that will be used by the logging system.

This can be done at any time. The f argument represents the stream to be used to send the logs. If f is
NULL, the default output is used, which is the serial line in case of bare metal, or directly sent to syslog in
case of linux application.
Parameters
f Pointer to the stream.
Returns
• 0 on success.
3.24.3.2 void rte set log level ( uint32 t level )
Set the global log level.

After this call, all logs that are lower or equal than level and lower or equal than the RTE_LOG_LEVEL
configuration option will be displayed.
Parameters
level Log level. A value between RTE_LOG_EMERG (1) and RTE_LOG_DEBUG (8).
3.24.3.3 void rte set log type ( uint32 t type, int enable )
Enable or disable the log type.
Parameters
type Log type, for example, RTE_LOGTYPE_EAL.
enable True for enable; false for disable.

3.24.3.4 int rte log cur msg loglevel ( void )
Get the current loglevel for the message being processed.

Before calling the user-defined stream for logging, the log subsystem sets a per-lcore variable containing
the loglevel and the logtype of the message being processed. This information can be accessed by the
user-defined log output function through this function.
Returns
The loglevel of the message being processed.
3.24.3.5 int rte log cur msg logtype ( void )
Get the current logtype for the message being processed.

Before calling the user-defined stream for logging, the log subsystem sets a per-lcore variable containing
the loglevel and the logtype of the message being processed. This information can be accessed by the
user-defined log output function through this function.
Returns
The logtype of the message being processed.
3.24.3.6 void rte log set history ( int enable )
Enable or disable the history (enabled by default)
Parameters
enable true to enable, or 0 to disable history.
3.24.3.7 void rte log dump history ( void )
Dump the log history to the console.
3.24.3.8 int rte log add in history ( const char ∗ buf, size t size )
Add a log message to the history.

This function can be called from a user-defined log stream. It adds the given message in the history that
can be dumped using rte_log_dump_history().

Parameters
buf A data buffer containing the message to be saved in the history.
size The length of the data buffer.
Returns
• 0: Success.
• (-ENOBUFS) if there is no room to store the message.
3.24.3.9 int rte log ( uint32 t level, uint32 t logtype, const char ∗ format, ... )

The message will be sent in the stream defined by the previous call to rte_openlog_stream().
The level argument determines if the log should be displayed or not, depending on the global rte_logs
variable.
The preferred alternative is the RTE_LOG() function because debug logs may be removed at compilation
time if optimization is enabled. Moreover, logs are automatically prefixed by type when using the macro.
Parameters
logtype The log type, for example, RTE_LOGTYPE_EAL.
format The format string, as in printf(3), followed by the variable arguments required by the
format.
Returns
• 0: Success.
3.24.3.10 int rte vlog ( uint32 t level, uint32 t logtype, const char ∗ format, va list ap )

The message will be sent in the stream defined by the previous call to rte_openlog_stream().
The level argument determines if the log should be displayed or not, depending on the global rte_logs
variable. A trailing newline may be added if needed.
The preferred alternative is the RTE_LOG() because debug logs may be removed at compilation time.
Parameters
logtype The log type, for example, RTE_LOGTYPE_EAL.

Intel® DPDK - rte_lpm.h File Reference
format The format string, as in printf(3), followed by the variable arguments required by the
format.
ap The va_list of the variable arguments required by the format.
Returns
• 0: Success.
3.24.4 Variable Documentation
3.24.4.1 struct rte_logs rte_logs
Global log informations
3.24.4.2 FILE∗ eal_default_log_stream
The default log stream.
3.25 rte lpm.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_lpm_tbl24_entry
• struct rte_lpm_tbl8_entry
• struct rte_lpm_rule
• struct rte_lpm_rule_info
• struct rte_lpm
Defines
• #define RTE_LPM_NAMESIZE
• #define RTE_LPM_HEAP
• #define RTE_LPM_MEMZONE
• #define RTE_LPM_MAX_DEPTH
• #define RTE_LPM_LOOKUP_SUCCESS
• #define rte_lpm_lookup_bulk(lpm, ips, next_hops, n)

rte_lpm.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Functions
• struct rte_lpm ∗ rte_lpm_create (const char ∗name, int socket_id, int max_rules, int flags)
• struct rte_lpm ∗ rte_lpm_find_existing (const char ∗name)
• void rte_lpm_free (struct rte_lpm ∗lpm)
• int rte_lpm_add (struct rte_lpm ∗lpm, uint32_t ip, uint8_t depth, uint8_t next_hop)
• int rte_lpm_delete (struct rte_lpm ∗lpm, uint32_t ip, uint8_t depth)
• void rte_lpm_delete_all (struct rte_lpm ∗lpm)
• static int rte_lpm_lookup (struct rte_lpm ∗lpm, uint32_t ip, uint8_t ∗next_hop)
RTE Longest Prefix Match (LPM)
3.25.2.1 #define RTE LPM NAMESIZE
Max number of characters in LPM name.
3.25.2.2 #define RTE LPM HEAP
Deprecated Possible location to allocate memory. This was for last parameter of rte_lpm_create(), but is
now redundant. The LPM table is always allocated in memory using librte_malloc which uses
a memzone.
3.25.2.3 #define RTE LPM MEMZONE
Deprecated Possible location to allocate memory. This was for last parameter of rte_lpm_create(), but is
now redundant. The LPM table is always allocated in memory using librte_malloc which uses
a memzone.
3.25.2.4 #define RTE LPM MAX DEPTH
Maximum depth value possible for IPv4 LPM.
3.25.2.5 #define RTE LPM LOOKUP SUCCESS
Bitmask used to indicate successful lookup

Intel® DPDK - rte_lpm.h File Reference
3.25.2.6 #define rte lpm lookup bulk( lpm, ips, next hops, n )
Lookup multiple IP addresses in an LPM table. This may be implemented as a macro, so the address of the
function should not be used.
Parameters
lpm LPM object handle
ips Array of IPs to be looked up in the LPM table
next_hops Next hop of the most specific rule found for IP (valid on lookup hit only). This is an array
of two byte values. The most significant byte in each value says whether the lookup was
successful (bitmask RTE_LPM_LOOKUP_SUCCESS is set). The least significant byte
is the actual next hop.
n Number of elements in ips (and next_hops) array to lookup. This should be a compile
time constant, and divisible by 8 for best performance.
Returns
-EINVAL for incorrect arguments, otherwise 0
3.25.3.1 struct rte_lpm∗ rte lpm create ( const char ∗ name, int socket id, int max rules, int flags ) [read]
Create an LPM object.
Parameters
name LPM object name
socket_id NUMA socket ID for LPM table memory allocation
max_rules Maximum number of LPM rules that can be added
flags This parameter is currently unused
Returns
Handle to LPM object on success, NULL otherwise with rte_errno set to an appropriate values. Possible
rte_errno values include:
• E_RTE_NO_TAILQ - no tailq list could be got for the lpm object list

rte_lpm.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.25.3.2 struct rte_lpm∗ rte lpm find existing ( const char ∗ name ) [read]
Find an existing LPM object and return a pointer to it.
Parameters
name Name of the lpm object as passed to rte_lpm_create()
Returns
Pointer to lpm object or NULL if object not found with rte_errno set appropriately. Possible rte_errno
values include:
3.25.3.3 void rte lpm free ( struct rte_lpm ∗ lpm )
Free an LPM object.
Parameters
Returns
None
3.25.3.4 int rte lpm add ( struct rte_lpm ∗ lpm, uint32 t ip, uint8 t depth, uint8 t next hop )
Add a rule to the LPM table.
Parameters
ip IP of the rule to be added to the LPM table
depth Depth of the rule to be added to the LPM table
next_hop Next hop of the rule to be added to the LPM table
Returns
0 on success, negative value otherwise
3.25.3.5 int rte lpm delete ( struct rte_lpm ∗ lpm, uint32 t ip, uint8 t depth )
Delete a rule from the LPM table.

Intel® DPDK - rte_lpm6.h File Reference
Parameters
ip IP of the rule to be deleted from the LPM table
depth Depth of the rule to be deleted from the LPM table
Returns
3.25.3.6 void rte lpm delete all ( struct rte_lpm ∗ lpm )
Delete all rules from the LPM table.
Parameters
3.25.3.7 static int rte lpm lookup ( struct rte_lpm ∗ lpm, uint32 t ip, uint8 t ∗ next hop ) [static]
Lookup an IP into the LPM table.
Parameters
ip IP to be looked up in the LPM table
next_hop Next hop of the most specific rule found for IP (valid on lookup hit only)
Returns
-EINVAL for incorrect arguments, -ENOENT on lookup miss, 0 on lookup hit
3.26 rte lpm6.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_lpm6_config
Defines
• #define RTE_LPM6_NAMESIZE

rte_lpm6.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Functions
• struct rte_lpm6 ∗ rte_lpm6_create (const char ∗name, int socket_id, const struct rte_lpm6_config
∗config)
• struct rte_lpm6 ∗ rte_lpm6_find_existing (const char ∗name)
• void rte_lpm6_free (struct rte_lpm6 ∗lpm)
• int rte_lpm6_add (struct rte_lpm6 ∗lpm, uint8_t ∗ip, uint8_t depth, uint8_t next_hop)
• int rte_lpm6_delete (struct rte_lpm6 ∗lpm, uint8_t ∗ip, uint8_t depth)
• int rte_lpm6_delete_bulk_func (struct rte_lpm6 ∗lpm, uint8_t ips[ ][RTE_LPM6_IPV6_ADDR_SIZE],
uint8_t ∗depths, unsigned n)
• void rte_lpm6_delete_all (struct rte_lpm6 ∗lpm)
• int rte_lpm6_lookup (const struct rte_lpm6 ∗lpm, uint8_t ∗ip, uint8_t ∗next_hop)
• int rte_lpm6_lookup_bulk_func (const struct rte_lpm6 ∗lpm, uint8_t ips[ ][RTE_LPM6_IPV6_ADDR_S-
IZE], int16_t ∗next_hops, unsigned n)
RTE Longest Prefix Match for IPv6 (LPM6)
3.26.2.1 #define RTE LPM6 NAMESIZE
Max number of characters in LPM name.
3.26.3.1 struct rte lpm6∗ rte lpm6 create ( const char ∗ name, int socket id, const struct rte_lpm6_config ∗ config
) [read]
Create an LPM object.
Parameters
name LPM object name
socket_id NUMA socket ID for LPM table memory allocation
config Structure containing the configuration
Returns
Handle to LPM object on success, NULL otherwise with rte_errno set to an appropriate values. Possible
rte_errno values include:

Intel® DPDK - rte_lpm6.h File Reference
• E_RTE_NO_TAILQ - no tailq list could be got for the lpm object list
3.26.3.2 struct rte lpm6∗ rte lpm6 find existing ( const char ∗ name ) [read]
Find an existing LPM object and return a pointer to it.
Parameters
name Name of the lpm object as passed to rte_lpm6_create()
Returns
Pointer to lpm object or NULL if object not found with rte_errno set appropriately. Possible rte_errno
values include:
3.26.3.3 void rte lpm6 free ( struct rte lpm6 ∗ lpm )
Free an LPM object.
Parameters
Returns
None
3.26.3.4 int rte lpm6 add ( struct rte lpm6 ∗ lpm, uint8 t ∗ ip, uint8 t depth, uint8 t next hop )
Add a rule to the LPM table.
Parameters
ip IP of the rule to be added to the LPM table
depth Depth of the rule to be added to the LPM table
next_hop Next hop of the rule to be added to the LPM table

rte_lpm6.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Returns
3.26.3.5 int rte lpm6 delete ( struct rte lpm6 ∗ lpm, uint8 t ∗ ip, uint8 t depth )
Parameters
ip IP of the rule to be deleted from the LPM table
depth Depth of the rule to be deleted from the LPM table
Returns
3.26.3.6 int rte lpm6 delete bulk func ( struct rte lpm6 ∗ lpm, uint8 t ips[ ][RTE LPM6 IPV6 ADDR SIZE], uint8 t ∗
depths, unsigned n )
Parameters
ips Array of IPs to be deleted from the LPM table
depths Array of depths of the rules to be deleted from the LPM table
n Number of rules to be deleted from the LPM table
Returns
0 on success, negative value otherwise.
3.26.3.7 void rte lpm6 delete all ( struct rte lpm6 ∗ lpm )
Delete all rules from the LPM table.
Parameters

Intel® DPDK - rte_malloc.h File Reference
3.26.3.8 int rte lpm6 lookup ( const struct rte lpm6 ∗ lpm, uint8 t ∗ ip, uint8 t ∗ next hop )
Lookup an IP into the LPM table.
Parameters
ip IP to be looked up in the LPM table
next_hop Next hop of the most specific rule found for IP (valid on lookup hit only)
Returns
-EINVAL for incorrect arguments, -ENOENT on lookup miss, 0 on lookup hit
3.26.3.9 int rte lpm6 lookup bulk func ( const struct rte lpm6 ∗ lpm, uint8 t ips[ ][RTE LPM6 IPV6 ADDR SIZE],
int16 t ∗ next hops, unsigned n )
Lookup multiple IP addresses in an LPM table.
Parameters
ips Array of IPs to be looked up in the LPM table
next_hops Next hop of the most specific rule found for IP (valid on lookup hit only). This is an array
of two byte values. The next hop will be stored on each position on success; otherwise
the position will be set to -1.
n Number of elements in ips (and next_hops) array to lookup.
Returns
-EINVAL for incorrect arguments, otherwise 0
3.27 rte malloc.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_malloc_socket_stats
Functions
• void ∗ rte_malloc (const char ∗type, size_t size, unsigned align)

• void ∗ rte_zmalloc (const char ∗type, size_t size, unsigned align)
• void ∗ rte_calloc (const char ∗type, size_t num, size_t size, unsigned align)
• void ∗ rte_realloc (void ∗ptr, size_t size, unsigned align)

rte_malloc.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
• void ∗ rte_malloc_socket (const char ∗type, size_t size, unsigned align, int socket)
• void ∗ rte_zmalloc_socket (const char ∗type, size_t size, unsigned align, int socket)
• void ∗ rte_calloc_socket (const char ∗type, size_t num, size_t size, unsigned align, int socket)
• void rte_free (void ∗ptr)
• int rte_malloc_validate (void ∗ptr, size_t ∗size)
• int rte_malloc_get_socket_stats (int socket, struct rte_malloc_socket_stats ∗socket_stats)
• void rte_malloc_dump_stats (const char ∗type)
• int rte_malloc_set_limit (const char ∗type, size_t max)
RTE Malloc. This library provides methods for dynamically allocating memory from hugepages.
3.27.2.1 void∗ rte malloc ( const char ∗ type, size t size, unsigned align )
This function allocates memory from the huge-page area of memory. The memory is not cleared. In NUMA
systems, the memory allocated resides on the same NUMA socket as the core that calls this function.
Parameters
type A string identifying the type of allocated objects (useful for debug purposes, such as
identifying the cause of a memory leak). Can be NULL.
size Size (in bytes) to be allocated.
align If 0, the return is a pointer that is suitably aligned for any kind of variable (in the same
manner as malloc()). Otherwise, the return is a pointer that is a multiple of ∗align∗. -
In this case, it must be a power of two. (Minimum alignment is the cacheline size, i.e.
64-bytes)
Returns
• NULL on error. Not enough memory, or invalid arguments (size is 0, align is not a power of two).
• Otherwise, the pointer to the allocated object.
3.27.2.2 void∗ rte zmalloc ( const char ∗ type, size t size, unsigned align )
Allocate zero’ed memory from the heap.

Equivalent to rte_malloc() except that the memory zone is initialised with zeros. In NUMA systems, the
memory allocated resides on the same NUMA socket as the core that calls this function.

Parameters
manner as malloc()). Otherwise, the return is a pointer that is a multiple of ∗align∗. In
this case, it must obviously be a power of two. (Minimum alignment is the cacheline size,
i.e. 64-bytes)
Returns
3.27.2.3 void∗ rte calloc ( const char ∗ type, size t num, size t size, unsigned align )
Replacement function for calloc(), using huge-page memory. Memory area is initialised with zeros. In NUMA
systems, the memory allocated resides on the same NUMA socket as the core that calls this function.
Parameters
num Number of elements to be allocated.
size Size (in bytes) of a single element.
i.e. 64-bytes)
Returns
3.27.2.4 void∗ rte realloc ( void ∗ ptr, size t size, unsigned align )
Replacement function for realloc(), using huge-page memory. Reserved area memory is resized, preserving
contents. In NUMA systems, the new area resides on the same NUMA socket as the old area.
Parameters
ptr Pointer to already allocated memory
size Size (in bytes) of new area. If this is 0, memory is freed.

i.e. 64-bytes)
Returns
• Otherwise, the pointer to the reallocated memory.
3.27.2.5 void∗ rte malloc socket ( const char ∗ type, size t size, unsigned align, int socket )
This function allocates memory from the huge-page area of memory. The memory is not cleared.
Parameters
manner as malloc()). Otherwise, the return is a pointer that is a multiple of ∗align∗. -
In this case, it must be a power of two. (Minimum alignment is the cacheline size, i.e.
64-bytes)
socket NUMA socket to allocate memory on. If SOCKET_ID_ANY is used, this function will
behave the same as rte_malloc().
Returns
3.27.2.6 void∗ rte zmalloc socket ( const char ∗ type, size t size, unsigned align, int socket )
Allocate zero’ed memory from the heap.

Equivalent to rte_malloc() except that the memory zone is initialised with zeros.
Parameters
i.e. 64-bytes)

behave the same as rte_zmalloc().
Returns
3.27.2.7 void∗ rte calloc socket ( const char ∗ type, size t num, size t size, unsigned align, int socket )
Replacement function for calloc(), using huge-page memory. Memory area is initialised with zeros.
Parameters
num Number of elements to be allocated.
size Size (in bytes) of a single element.
i.e. 64-bytes)
behave the same as rte_calloc().
Returns
3.27.2.8 void rte free ( void ∗ ptr )
Frees the memory space pointed to by the provided pointer.

This pointer must have been returned by a previous call to rte_malloc(), rte_zmalloc(), rte_calloc() or rte_-
realloc(). The behaviour of rte_free() is undefined if the pointer does not match this requirement.
If the pointer is NULL, the function does nothing.
Parameters
ptr The pointer to memory to be freed.

3.27.2.9 int rte malloc validate ( void ∗ ptr, size t ∗ size )
If malloc debug is enabled, check a memory block for header and trailer markers to indicate that all is well
with the block. If size is non-null, also return the size of the block.
Parameters
ptr pointer to the start of a data block, must have been returned by a previous call to rte_-
malloc(), rte_zmalloc(), rte_calloc() or rte_realloc()
size if non-null, and memory block pointer is valid, returns the size of the memory block
Returns
-1 on error, invalid pointer passed or header and trailer markers are missing or corrupted 0 on success
3.27.2.10 int rte malloc get socket stats ( int socket, struct rte_malloc_socket_stats ∗ socket stats )
Get heap statistics for the specified heap.
Parameters
socket An unsigned integer specifying the socket to get heap statistics for
socket_stats A structure which provides memory to store statistics
Returns
Null on error Pointer to structure storing statistics on success
3.27.2.11 void rte malloc dump stats ( const char ∗ type )
Dump statistics.
Dump for the specified type to the console. If the type argument is NULL, all memory types will be dumped.
Parameters
type A string identifying the type of objects to dump, or NULL to dump all objects.
3.27.2.12 int rte malloc set limit ( const char ∗ type, size t max )
Set the maximum amount of allocated memory for this type.

This is not yet implemented

Intel® DPDK - rte_mbuf.h File Reference
Parameters
type A string identifying the type of allocated objects.
max The maximum amount of allocated bytes for this type.
Returns
• 0: Success.
• (-1): Error.
3.28 rte mbuf.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_ctrlmbuf
• union rte_vlan_macip
• struct rte_pktmbuf
• struct rte_mbuf
• struct rte_pktmbuf_pool_private
Defines
• #define PKT_RX_VLAN_PKT
• #define PKT_RX_RSS_HASH
• #define PKT_RX_FDIR
• #define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD
• #define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD
• #define PKT_RX_IPV4_HDR
• #define PKT_RX_IPV4_HDR_EXT
• #define PKT_RX_IPV6_HDR
• #define PKT_RX_IPV6_HDR_EXT
• #define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_PTP
• #define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_TMST
• #define PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT
• #define PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM
• #define PKT_TX_L4_MASK
• #define PKT_TX_L4_NO_CKSUM
• #define PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM
• #define PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM
• #define PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM
• #define PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST
• #define PKT_TX_OFFLOAD_MASK
• #define TX_VLAN_CMP_MASK
• #define TX_MAC_LEN_CMP_MASK

rte_mbuf.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
• #define TX_IP_LEN_CMP_MASK
• #define RTE_MBUF_FROM_BADDR(ba)
• #define RTE_MBUF_TO_BADDR(mb)
• #define RTE_MBUF_INDIRECT(mb)
• #define RTE_MBUF_DIRECT(mb)
• #define __rte_mbuf_sanity_check(m, t, is_h)
• #define __rte_mbuf_sanity_check_raw(m, t, is_h)
• #define RTE_MBUF_ASSERT(exp)
• #define RTE_MBUF_PREFETCH_TO_FREE(m)
• #define rte_ctrlmbuf_data(m)
• #define rte_ctrlmbuf_len(m)
• #define rte_pktmbuf_mtod(m, t)
• #define rte_pktmbuf_pkt_len(m)
• #define rte_pktmbuf_data_len(m)
Enumerations
• enum rte_mbuf_type { RTE_MBUF_CTRL, RTE_MBUF_PKT }
Functions
• static uint16_t rte_mbuf_refcnt_update (struct rte_mbuf ∗m, int16_t value)
• static uint16_t rte_mbuf_refcnt_read (const struct rte_mbuf ∗m)
• static void rte_mbuf_refcnt_set (struct rte_mbuf ∗m, uint16_t new_value)
• void rte_mbuf_sanity_check (const struct rte_mbuf ∗m, enum rte_mbuf_type t, int is_header)
• void rte_ctrlmbuf_init (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗opaque_arg, void ∗m, unsigned i)
• static struct rte_mbuf ∗ rte_ctrlmbuf_alloc (struct rte_mempool ∗mp)
• static void rte_ctrlmbuf_free (struct rte_mbuf ∗m)
• void rte_pktmbuf_init (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗opaque_arg, void ∗m, unsigned i)
• void rte_pktmbuf_pool_init (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗opaque_arg)
• static void rte_pktmbuf_reset (struct rte_mbuf ∗m)
• static struct rte_mbuf ∗ rte_pktmbuf_alloc (struct rte_mempool ∗mp)
• static void rte_pktmbuf_attach (struct rte_mbuf ∗mi, struct rte_mbuf ∗md)
• static void rte_pktmbuf_detach (struct rte_mbuf ∗m)
• static void rte_pktmbuf_free_seg (struct rte_mbuf ∗m)
• static void rte_pktmbuf_free (struct rte_mbuf ∗m)
• static struct rte_mbuf ∗ rte_pktmbuf_clone (struct rte_mbuf ∗md, struct rte_mempool ∗mp)
• static void rte_pktmbuf_refcnt_update (struct rte_mbuf ∗m, int16_t v)
• static uint16_t rte_pktmbuf_headroom (const struct rte_mbuf ∗m)
• static uint16_t rte_pktmbuf_tailroom (const struct rte_mbuf ∗m)
• static struct rte_mbuf ∗ rte_pktmbuf_lastseg (struct rte_mbuf ∗m)
• static char ∗ rte_pktmbuf_prepend (struct rte_mbuf ∗m, uint16_t len)
• static char ∗ rte_pktmbuf_append (struct rte_mbuf ∗m, uint16_t len)
• static char ∗ rte_pktmbuf_adj (struct rte_mbuf ∗m, uint16_t len)
• static int rte_pktmbuf_trim (struct rte_mbuf ∗m, uint16_t len)
• static int rte_pktmbuf_is_contiguous (const struct rte_mbuf ∗m)
• void rte_pktmbuf_dump (const struct rte_mbuf ∗m, unsigned dump_len)

RTE Mbuf
The mbuf library provides the ability to create and destroy buffers that may be used by the RTE application
to store message buffers. The message buffers are stored in a mempool, using the RTE mempool library.
This library provide an API to allocate/free mbufs, manipulate control message buffer (ctrlmbuf), which are
generic message buffers, and packet buffers (pktmbuf), which are used to carry network packets.
To understand the concepts of packet buffers or mbufs, you should read "TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 2:
The Implementation, Addison-Wesley, 1995, ISBN 0-201-63354-X from Richard Stevens" http://www.-
kohala.com/start/tcpipiv2.html
The main modification of this implementation is the use of mbuf for transports other than packets. mbufs
can have other types.
3.28.2.1 #define PKT RX VLAN PKT
RX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet.
3.28.2.2 #define PKT RX RSS HASH
RX packet with RSS hash result.
3.28.2.3 #define PKT RX FDIR
RX packet with FDIR infos.
3.28.2.4 #define PKT RX L4 CKSUM BAD
L4 cksum of RX pkt. is not OK.
3.28.2.5 #define PKT RX IP CKSUM BAD
IP cksum of RX pkt. is not OK.
3.28.2.6 #define PKT RX IPV4 HDR
RX packet with IPv4 header.

3.28.2.7 #define PKT RX IPV4 HDR EXT
RX packet with extended IPv4 header.
3.28.2.8 #define PKT RX IPV6 HDR
RX packet with IPv6 header.
3.28.2.9 #define PKT RX IPV6 HDR EXT
RX packet with extended IPv6 header.
3.28.2.10 #define PKT RX IEEE1588 PTP
RX IEEE1588 L2 Ethernet PT Packet.
3.28.2.11 #define PKT RX IEEE1588 TMST
RX IEEE1588 L2/L4 timestamped packet.
3.28.2.12 #define PKT TX VLAN PKT
TX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet.
3.28.2.13 #define PKT TX IP CKSUM
IP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC.
3.28.2.14 #define PKT TX L4 MASK
Mask bits for L4 checksum offload request.
3.28.2.15 #define PKT TX L4 NO CKSUM
Disable L4 cksum of TX pkt.
3.28.2.16 #define PKT TX TCP CKSUM
TCP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC.

3.28.2.17 #define PKT TX SCTP CKSUM
SCTP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC.
3.28.2.18 #define PKT TX UDP CKSUM
UDP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC.
3.28.2.19 #define PKT TX IEEE1588 TMST
TX IEEE1588 packet to timestamp.
3.28.2.20 #define PKT TX OFFLOAD MASK
Bit Mask to indicate what bits required for building TX context
3.28.2.21 #define TX VLAN CMP MASK
VLAN length - 16-bits.
3.28.2.22 #define TX MAC LEN CMP MASK
MAC length - 7-bits.
3.28.2.23 #define TX IP LEN CMP MASK
IP length - 9-bits. MAC+IP length.
3.28.2.24 #define RTE MBUF FROM BADDR( ba )
Given the buf_addr returns the pointer to corresponding mbuf.
3.28.2.25 #define RTE MBUF TO BADDR( mb )
Given the pointer to mbuf returns an address where it’s buf_addr should point to.
3.28.2.26 #define RTE MBUF INDIRECT( mb )
Returns TRUE if given mbuf is indirect, or FALSE otherwise.

3.28.2.27 #define RTE MBUF DIRECT( mb )
Returns TRUE if given mbuf is direct, or FALSE otherwise.
3.28.2.28 #define rte mbuf sanity check( m, t, is h )
check mbuf type in debug mode
3.28.2.29 #define rte mbuf sanity check raw( m, t, is h )
check mbuf type in debug mode if mbuf pointer is not null
3.28.2.30 #define RTE MBUF ASSERT( exp )
MBUF asserts in debug mode
3.28.2.31 #define RTE MBUF PREFETCH TO FREE( m )
Mbuf prefetch
3.28.2.32 #define rte ctrlmbuf data( m )
A macro that returns the pointer to the carried data.

The value that can be read or assigned.
Parameters
m The control mbuf.
3.28.2.33 #define rte ctrlmbuf len( m )
A macro that returns the length of the carried data.

The value that can be read or assigned.
Parameters
m The control mbuf.

3.28.2.34 #define rte pktmbuf mtod( m, t )
A macro that points to the start of the data in the mbuf.

The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this function, the user must ensure that m_headlen(m) is
large enough to read its data.
Parameters
m The packet mbuf.
t The type to cast the result into.
3.28.2.35 #define rte pktmbuf pkt len( m )
A macro that returns the length of the packet.

The value can be read or assigned.
Parameters
m The packet mbuf.
3.28.2.36 #define rte pktmbuf data len( m )
A macro that returns the length of the segment.

The value can be read or assigned.
Parameters
m The packet mbuf.
3.28.3.1 enum rte_mbuf_type
This enum indicates the mbuf type.
Enumerator:
RTE_MBUF_CTRL Control mbuf.
RTE_MBUF_PKT Packet mbuf.

3.28.4.1 static uint16 t rte mbuf refcnt update ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ m, int16 t value ) [static]
Adds given value to an mbuf’s refcnt and returns its new value.
Parameters
m Mbuf to update
value Value to add/subtract
Returns
Updated value
3.28.4.2 static uint16 t rte mbuf refcnt read ( const struct rte_mbuf ∗ m ) [static]
Reads the value of an mbuf’s refcnt.
Parameters
m Mbuf to read
Returns
Reference count number.
3.28.4.3 static void rte mbuf refcnt set ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ m, uint16 t new value ) [static]
Sets an mbuf’s refcnt to a defined value.
Parameters
m Mbuf to update
new_value Value set
3.28.4.4 void rte mbuf sanity check ( const struct rte_mbuf ∗ m, enum rte_mbuf_type t, int is header )
Sanity checks on an mbuf.

Check the consistency of the given mbuf. The function will cause a panic if corruption is detected.
Parameters
m The mbuf to be checked.
t The expected type of the mbuf.
is_header True if the mbuf is a packet header, false if it is a sub-segment of a packet (in this case,
some fields like nb_segs are not checked)

3.28.4.5 void rte ctrlmbuf init ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗ opaque arg, void ∗ m, unsigned i )
The control mbuf constructor.

This function initializes some fields in an mbuf structure that are not modified by the user once created
(mbuf type, origin pool, buffer start address, and so on). This function is given as a callback function to
rte_mempool_create() at pool creation time.
Parameters
mp The mempool from which the mbuf is allocated.
opaque_arg A pointer that can be used by the user to retrieve useful information for mbuf initialization.
This pointer comes from the “init_arg“ parameter of rte_mempool_create().
m The mbuf to initialize.
i The index of the mbuf in the pool table.
3.28.4.6 static struct rte_mbuf∗ rte ctrlmbuf alloc ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp ) [static, read]
Allocate a new mbuf (type is ctrl) from mempool ∗mp∗.

This new mbuf is initialized with data pointing to the beginning of buffer, and with a length of zero.
Parameters
Returns
• The pointer to the new mbuf on success.
• NULL if allocation failed.
3.28.4.7 static void rte ctrlmbuf free ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ m ) [static]
Free a control mbuf back into its original mempool.
Parameters
m The control mbuf to be freed.
3.28.4.8 void rte pktmbuf init ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗ opaque arg, void ∗ m, unsigned i )
The packet mbuf constructor.

This function initializes some fields in the mbuf structure that are not modified by the user once created
(mbuf type, origin pool, buffer start address, and so on). This function is given as a callback function to
rte_mempool_create() at pool creation time.

Parameters
mp The mempool from which mbufs originate.
m The mbuf to initialize.
i The index of the mbuf in the pool table.
3.28.4.9 void rte pktmbuf pool init ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗ opaque arg )
A packet mbuf pool constructor.

This function initializes the mempool private data in the case of a pktmbuf pool. This private data is needed
by the driver. The function is given as a callback function to rte_mempool_create() at pool creation. It can
be extended by the user, for example, to provide another packet size.
Parameters
mp The mempool from which mbufs originate.
3.28.4.10 static void rte pktmbuf reset ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ m ) [static]
Reset the fields of a packet mbuf to their default values.

The given mbuf must have only one segment.
Parameters
m The packet mbuf to be resetted.
3.28.4.11 static struct rte_mbuf∗ rte pktmbuf alloc ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp ) [static, read]
Allocate a new mbuf (type is pkt) from a mempool.

This new mbuf contains one segment, which has a length of 0. The pointer to data is initialized to have
some bytes of headroom in the buffer (if buffer size allows).
Parameters
Returns
• The pointer to the new mbuf on success.
• NULL if allocation failed.

3.28.4.12 static void rte pktmbuf attach ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ mi, struct rte_mbuf ∗ md ) [static]
Attach packet mbuf to another packet mbuf. After attachment we refer the mbuf we attached as ’indirect’,
while mbuf we attached to as ’direct’. Right now, not supported:
• attachment to indirect mbuf (e.g. - md has to be direct).

• attachment for already indirect mbuf (e.g. - mi has to be direct).
• mbuf we trying to attach (mi) is used by someone else e.g. it’s reference counter is greater then 1.
Parameters
mi The indirect packet mbuf.
md The direct packet mbuf.
3.28.4.13 static void rte pktmbuf detach ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ m ) [static]
Detach an indirect packet mbuf -
• restore original mbuf address and length values.

• reset pktmbuf data and data_len to their default values. All other fields of the given packet mbuf will be
left intact.
Parameters
m The indirect attached packet mbuf.
3.28.4.14 static void rte pktmbuf free seg ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ m ) [static]
Free a segment of a packet mbuf into its original mempool.

Free an mbuf, without parsing other segments in case of chained buffers.
Parameters
m The packet mbuf segment to be freed.
3.28.4.15 static void rte pktmbuf free ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ m ) [static]
Free a packet mbuf back into its original mempool.

Free an mbuf, and all its segments in case of chained buffers. Each segment is added back into its original
mempool.

Parameters
m The packet mbuf to be freed.
3.28.4.16 static struct rte_mbuf∗ rte pktmbuf clone ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ md, struct rte_mempool ∗ mp )
[static, read]
Creates a "clone" of the given packet mbuf.

Walks through all segments of the given packet mbuf, and for each of them:
• Creates a new packet mbuf from the given pool.

• Attaches newly created mbuf to the segment. Then updates pkt_len and nb_segs of the "clone" packet
mbuf to match values from the original packet mbuf.
Parameters
md The packet mbuf to be cloned.
mp The mempool from which the "clone" mbufs are allocated.
Returns
• The pointer to the new "clone" mbuf on success.
• NULL if allocation fails.
3.28.4.17 static void rte pktmbuf refcnt update ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ m, int16 t v ) [static]
Adds given value to the refcnt of all packet mbuf segments.

Walks through all segments of given packet mbuf and for each of them invokes rte_mbuf_refcnt_update().
Parameters
m The packet mbuf whose refcnt to be updated.
v The value to add to the mbuf’s segments refcnt.
3.28.4.18 static uint16 t rte pktmbuf headroom ( const struct rte_mbuf ∗ m ) [static]
Get the headroom in a packet mbuf.
Parameters
m The packet mbuf.

Returns
The length of the headroom.
3.28.4.19 static uint16 t rte pktmbuf tailroom ( const struct rte_mbuf ∗ m ) [static]
Get the tailroom of a packet mbuf.
Parameters
m The packet mbuf.
Returns
The length of the tailroom.
3.28.4.20 static struct rte_mbuf∗ rte pktmbuf lastseg ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ m ) [static, read]
Get the last segment of the packet.
Parameters
m The packet mbuf.
Returns
The last segment of the given mbuf.
3.28.4.21 static char∗ rte pktmbuf prepend ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ m, uint16 t len ) [static]
Prepend len bytes to an mbuf data area.

Returns a pointer to the new data start address. If there is not enough headroom in the first segment, the
function will return NULL, without modifying the mbuf.
Parameters
m The pkt mbuf.
len The amount of data to prepend (in bytes).
Returns
A pointer to the start of the newly prepended data, or NULL if there is not enough headroom space in
the first segment

3.28.4.22 static char∗ rte pktmbuf append ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ m, uint16 t len ) [static]
Append len bytes to an mbuf.

Append len bytes to an mbuf and return a pointer to the start address of the added data. If there is not
enough tailroom in the last segment, the function will return NULL, without modifying the mbuf.
Parameters
m The packet mbuf.
len The amount of data to append (in bytes).
Returns
A pointer to the start of the newly appended data, or NULL if there is not enough tailroom space in the
last segment
3.28.4.23 static char∗ rte pktmbuf adj ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ m, uint16 t len ) [static]
Remove len bytes at the beginning of an mbuf.

Returns a pointer to the start address of the new data area. If the length is greater than the length of the
first segment, then the function will fail and return NULL, without modifying the mbuf.
Parameters
m The packet mbuf.
len The amount of data to remove (in bytes).
Returns
A pointer to the new start of the data.
3.28.4.24 static int rte pktmbuf trim ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ m, uint16 t len ) [static]
Remove len bytes of data at the end of the mbuf.

If the length is greater than the length of the last segment, the function will fail and return -1 without modifying
the mbuf.
Parameters
m The packet mbuf.
len The amount of data to remove (in bytes).

Intel® DPDK - rte_memcpy.h File Reference
Returns
• 0: On success.
• -1: On error.
3.28.4.25 static int rte pktmbuf is contiguous ( const struct rte_mbuf ∗ m ) [static]
Test if mbuf data is contiguous.
Parameters
m The packet mbuf.
Returns
• 1, if all data is contiguous (one segment).
• 0, if there is several segments.
3.28.4.26 void rte pktmbuf dump ( const struct rte_mbuf ∗ m, unsigned dump len )
Dump an mbuf structure to the console.

Dump all fields for the given packet mbuf and all its associated segments (in the case of a chained buffer).
Parameters
m The packet mbuf.
dump_len If dump_len != 0, also dump the "dump_len" first data bytes of the packet.
3.29 rte memcpy.h File Reference
Defines
• #define rte_memcpy(dst, src, n)
Functions
• static void rte_mov16 (uint8_t ∗dst, const uint8_t ∗src)

rte_memcpy.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Functions for SSE implementation of memcpy().
3.29.2.1 #define rte memcpy( dst, src, n )
Copy bytes from one location to another. The locations must not overlap.
Note
This is implemented as a macro, so it’s address should not be taken and care is needed as parameter
expressions may be evaluated multiple times.
Parameters
dst Pointer to the destination of the data.
src Pointer to the source data.
n Number of bytes to copy.
Returns
Pointer to the destination data.
3.29.3.1 static void rte mov16 ( uint8 t ∗ dst, const uint8 t ∗ src ) [static]
Copy 16 bytes from one location to another using optimised SSE instructions. The locations should not
overlap.
Parameters
overlap.

Intel® DPDK - rte_memcpy.h File Reference
Parameters
overlap.
Parameters
overlap.
Parameters
overlap.
Parameters
overlap.
Parameters

rte_memory.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.30 rte memory.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_memseg
Defines
• #define SOCKET_ID_ANY
• #define CACHE_LINE_SIZE
• #define CACHE_LINE_MASK
• #define CACHE_LINE_ROUNDUP(size)
• #define __rte_cache_aligned
Typedefs
• typedef uint64_t phys_addr_t
Functions
• struct rte_memseg ∗ rte_eal_get_physmem_layout (void)

• void rte_dump_physmem_layout (void)
• uint64_t rte_eal_get_physmem_size (void)
• unsigned rte_memory_get_nchannel (void)
• unsigned rte_memory_get_nrank (void)
Memory-related RTE API.
3.30.2.1 #define SOCKET ID ANY
Any NUMA socket.
3.30.2.2 #define CACHE LINE SIZE
Cache line size.

Intel® DPDK - rte_memory.h File Reference
3.30.2.3 #define CACHE LINE MASK
Cache line mask.
3.30.2.4 #define CACHE LINE ROUNDUP( size )
Return the first cache-aligned value greater or equal to size.
3.30.2.5 #define rte cache aligned
Force alignment to cache line.
3.30.3.1 typedef uint64 t phys_addr_t
Physical address definition.
3.30.4.1 struct rte_memseg∗ rte eal get physmem layout ( void ) [read]
Get the layout of the available physical memory.

It can be useful for an application to have the full physical memory layout to decide the size of a memory
zone to reserve. This table is stored in rte_config (see rte_eal_get_configuration()).
Returns
• On success, return a pointer to a read-only table of struct rte_physmem_desc elements, containing
the layout of all addressable physical memory. The last element of the table contains a NULL
address.
• On error, return NULL. This should not happen since it is a fatal error that will probably cause the
entire system to panic.
3.30.4.2 void rte dump physmem layout ( void )
Dump the physical memory layout to the console.
3.30.4.3 uint64 t rte eal get physmem size ( void )
Get the total amount of available physical memory.

rte_mempool.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Returns
The total amount of available physical memory in bytes.
3.30.4.4 unsigned rte memory get nchannel ( void )
Get the number of memory channels.
Returns
The number of memory channels on the system. The value is 0 if unknown or not the same on all
devices.
3.30.4.5 unsigned rte memory get nrank ( void )
Get the number of memory ranks.
Returns
The number of memory ranks on the system. The value is 0 if unknown or not the same on all devices.
3.31 rte mempool.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_mempool_cache
• struct rte_mempool_objsz
• struct rte_mempool
Defines
• #define RTE_MEMPOOL_HEADER_COOKIE1
• #define RTE_MEMPOOL_HEADER_COOKIE2
• #define RTE_MEMPOOL_TRAILER_COOKIE
• #define RTE_MEMPOOL_NAMESIZE
• #define MEMPOOL_PG_NUM_DEFAULT
• #define MEMPOOL_F_NO_SPREAD
• #define MEMPOOL_F_NO_CACHE_ALIGN
• #define MEMPOOL_F_SP_PUT
• #define MEMPOOL_F_SC_GET
• #define MEMPOOL_HEADER_SIZE(mp, pgn)
• #define MEMPOOL_IS_CONTIG(mp)

Intel® DPDK - rte_mempool.h File Reference
Typedefs
• typedef void(∗ rte_mempool_obj_iter_t )(void ∗, void ∗, void ∗, uint32_t)

• typedef void( rte_mempool_obj_ctor_t )(struct rte_mempool ∗, void ∗, void ∗, unsigned)
• typedef void( rte_mempool_ctor_t )(struct rte_mempool ∗, void ∗)
Functions
• static struct rte_mempool ∗ rte_mempool_from_obj (void ∗obj)

• struct rte_mempool ∗ rte_mempool_create (const char ∗name, unsigned n, unsigned elt_size,
unsigned cache_size, unsigned private_data_size, rte_mempool_ctor_t ∗mp_init, void ∗mp_init_arg,
rte_mempool_obj_ctor_t ∗obj_init, void ∗obj_init_arg, int socket_id, unsigned flags)
• struct rte_mempool ∗ rte_mempool_xmem_create (const char ∗name, unsigned n, unsigned elt_size,
unsigned cache_size, unsigned private_data_size, rte_mempool_ctor_t ∗mp_init, void ∗mp_init_arg,
rte_mempool_obj_ctor_t ∗obj_init, void ∗obj_init_arg, int socket_id, unsigned flags, void ∗vaddr, const
phys_addr_t paddr[ ], uint32_t pg_num, uint32_t pg_shift)
• void rte_mempool_dump (const struct rte_mempool ∗mp)
• static void rte_mempool_mp_put_bulk (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗const ∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static void rte_mempool_sp_put_bulk (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗const ∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static void rte_mempool_put_bulk (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗const ∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static void rte_mempool_mp_put (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗obj)
• static void rte_mempool_sp_put (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗obj)
• static void rte_mempool_put (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗obj)
• static int rte_mempool_mc_get_bulk (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static int rte_mempool_sc_get_bulk (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static int rte_mempool_get_bulk (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static int rte_mempool_mc_get (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗∗obj_p)
• static int rte_mempool_sc_get (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗∗obj_p)
• static int rte_mempool_get (struct rte_mempool ∗mp, void ∗∗obj_p)
• unsigned rte_mempool_count (const struct rte_mempool ∗mp)
• static unsigned rte_mempool_free_count (const struct rte_mempool ∗mp)
• static int rte_mempool_full (const struct rte_mempool ∗mp)
• static int rte_mempool_empty (const struct rte_mempool ∗mp)
• static phys_addr_t rte_mempool_virt2phy (const struct rte_mempool ∗mp, const void ∗elt)
• void rte_mempool_audit (const struct rte_mempool ∗mp)
• static void ∗ rte_mempool_get_priv (struct rte_mempool ∗mp)
• void rte_mempool_list_dump (void)
• struct rte_mempool ∗ rte_mempool_lookup (const char ∗name)
• uint32_t rte_mempool_calc_obj_size (uint32_t elt_size, uint32_t flags, struct rte_mempool_objsz ∗sz)
• size_t rte_mempool_xmem_size (uint32_t elt_num, size_t elt_sz, uint32_t pg_shift)
• ssize_t rte_mempool_xmem_usage (void ∗vaddr, uint32_t elt_num, size_t elt_sz, const phys_addr_t
paddr[ ], uint32_t pg_num, uint32_t pg_shift)

RTE Mempool.
A memory pool is an allocator of fixed-size object. It is identified by its name, and uses a ring to store free
objects. It provides some other optional services, like a per-core object cache, and an alignment helper to
ensure that objects are padded to spread them equally on all RAM channels, ranks, and so on.
Objects owned by a mempool should never be added in another mempool. When an object is freed using
rte_mempool_put() or equivalent, the object data is not modified; the user can save some meta-data in the
object data and retrieve them when allocating a new object.
Note: the mempool implementation is not preemptable. A lcore must not be interrupted by another task
that uses the same mempool (because it uses a ring which is not preemptable). Also, mempool functions
must not be used outside the DPDK environment: for example, in linuxapp environment, a thread that is
not created by the EAL must not use mempools. This is due to the per-lcore cache that won’t work as
rte_lcore_id() will not return a correct value.
3.31.2.1 #define RTE MEMPOOL HEADER COOKIE1
Header cookie.
3.31.2.2 #define RTE MEMPOOL HEADER COOKIE2
Header cookie.
3.31.2.3 #define RTE MEMPOOL TRAILER COOKIE
Trailer cookie.
3.31.2.4 #define RTE MEMPOOL NAMESIZE
Maximum length of a memory pool.
3.31.2.5 #define MEMPOOL PG NUM DEFAULT
Mempool over one chunk of physically continuous memory
3.31.2.6 #define MEMPOOL F NO SPREAD
Do not spread in memory.

3.31.2.7 #define MEMPOOL F NO CACHE ALIGN
Do not align objs on cache lines.
3.31.2.8 #define MEMPOOL F SP PUT
Default put is "single-producer".
3.31.2.9 #define MEMPOOL F SC GET
Default get is "single-consumer".
3.31.2.10 #define MEMPOOL HEADER SIZE( mp, pgn )
Calculates size of the mempool header.
Parameters
mp Pointer to the memory pool.
pgn Number of page used to store mempool objects.
3.31.2.11 #define MEMPOOL IS CONTIG( mp )
Returns TRUE if whole mempool is allocated in one contiguous block of memory.
3.31.3.1 typedef void(∗ rte_mempool_obj_iter_t)(void ∗, void ∗, void ∗, uint32 t)
An mempool’s object iterator callback function.
3.31.3.2 typedef void( rte_mempool_obj_ctor_t)(struct rte_mempool ∗, void ∗, void ∗, unsigned)
An object constructor callback function for mempool.

Arguments are the mempool, the opaque pointer given by the user in rte_mempool_create(), the pointer to
the element and the index of the element in the pool.
3.31.3.3 typedef void( rte_mempool_ctor_t)(struct rte_mempool ∗, void ∗)
A mempool constructor callback function.

Arguments are the mempool and the opaque pointer given by the user in rte_mempool_create().

3.31.4.1 static struct rte_mempool∗ rte mempool from obj ( void ∗ obj ) [static, read]
Return a pointer to the mempool owning this object.
Parameters
obj An object that is owned by a pool. If this is not the case, the behavior is undefined.
Returns
A pointer to the mempool structure.
3.31.4.2 struct rte_mempool∗ rte mempool create ( const char ∗ name, unsigned n, unsigned elt size,
unsigned cache size, unsigned private data size, rte_mempool_ctor_t ∗ mp init, void ∗ mp init arg,
rte_mempool_obj_ctor_t ∗ obj init, void ∗ obj init arg, int socket id, unsigned flags ) [read]
Creates a new mempool named ∗name∗ in memory.

This function uses “memzone_reserve()“ to allocate memory. The pool contains n elements of elt_size. -
Its size is set to n. All elements of the mempool are allocated together with the mempool header, in one
physically continuous chunk of memory.
Parameters
name The name of the mempool.
n The number of elements in the mempool. The optimum size (in terms of memory usage)
for a mempool is when n is a power of two minus one: n = (2∧ q - 1).
elt_size The size of each element.
cache_size If cache_size is non-zero, the rte_mempool library will try to limit the accesses to the
common lockless pool, by maintaining a per-lcore object cache. This argument must
be lower or equal to CONFIG_RTE_MEMPOOL_CACHE_MAX_SIZE. It is advised to
choose cache_size to have "n modulo cache_size == 0": if this is not the case, some
elements will always stay in the pool and will never be used. The access to the per-
lcore table is of course faster than the multi-producer/consumer pool. The cache can be
disabled if the cache_size argument is set to 0; it can be useful to avoid loosing objects
in cache. Note that even if not used, the memory space for cache is always reserved in
a mempool structure, except if CONFIG_RTE_MEMPOOL_CACHE_MAX_SIZE is set
to 0.
private_data_- The size of the private data appended after the mempool structure. This is useful for
size storing some private data after the mempool structure, as is done for rte_mbuf_pool for
example.
mp_init A function pointer that is called for initialization of the pool, before object initialization.
The user can initialize the private data in this function if needed. This parameter can be
NULL if not needed.
mp_init_arg An opaque pointer to data that can be used in the mempool constructor function.

obj_init A function pointer that is called for each object at initialization of the pool. The user can
set some meta data in objects if needed. This parameter can be NULL if not needed.
The obj_init() function takes the mempool pointer, the init_arg, the object pointer and the
object number as parameters.
obj_init_arg An opaque pointer to data that can be used as an argument for each call to the object
constructor function.
socket_id The ∗socket_id∗ argument is the socket identifier in the case of NUMA. The value can
be ∗SOCKET_ID_ANY∗ if there is no NUMA constraint for the reserved zone.
flags The ∗flags∗ arguments is an OR of following flags:
• MEMPOOL_F_NO_SPREAD: By default, objects addresses are spread between
channels in RAM: the pool allocator will add padding between objects depending
on the hardware configuration. See Memory alignment constraints for details. If
this flag is set, the allocator will just align them to a cache line.
• MEMPOOL_F_NO_CACHE_ALIGN: By default, the returned objects are cache-
aligned. This flag removes this constraint, and no padding will be present between
objects. This flag implies MEMPOOL_F_NO_SPREAD.
• MEMPOOL_F_SP_PUT: If this flag is set, the default behavior when using rte_-
mempool_put() or rte_mempool_put_bulk() is "single-producer". Otherwise, it is
"multi-producers".
• MEMPOOL_F_SC_GET: If this flag is set, the default behavior when using rte_-
mempool_get() or rte_mempool_get_bulk() is "single-consumer". Otherwise, it is
"multi-consumers".
Returns
The pointer to the new allocated mempool, on success. NULL on error with rte_errno set appropriately.
Possible rte_errno values include:
• E_RTE_NO_TAILQ - no tailq list could be got for the ring or mempool list
• EINVAL - cache size provided is too large
3.31.4.3 struct rte_mempool∗ rte mempool xmem create ( const char ∗ name, unsigned n, unsigned elt size,
unsigned cache size, unsigned private data size, rte_mempool_ctor_t ∗ mp init, void ∗ mp init arg,
rte_mempool_obj_ctor_t ∗ obj init, void ∗ obj init arg, int socket id, unsigned flags, void ∗ vaddr,
const phys_addr_t paddr[ ], uint32 t pg num, uint32 t pg shift ) [read]
Creates a new mempool named ∗name∗ in memory.

This function uses “memzone_reserve()“ to allocate memory. The pool contains n elements of elt_size. Its
size is set to n. Depending on the input parameters, mempool elements can be either allocated together
with the mempool header, or an externally provided memory buffer could be used to store mempool objects.
In later case, that external memory buffer can consist of set of disjoint phyiscal pages.
Parameters
n The number of elements in the mempool. The optimum size (in terms of memory usage)
for a mempool is when n is a power of two minus one: n = (2∧ q - 1).
cache_size If cache_size is non-zero, the rte_mempool library will try to limit the accesses to the
common lockless pool, by maintaining a per-lcore object cache. This argument must
be lower or equal to CONFIG_RTE_MEMPOOL_CACHE_MAX_SIZE. It is advised to
choose cache_size to have "n modulo cache_size == 0": if this is not the case, some
elements will always stay in the pool and will never be used. The access to the per-
lcore table is of course faster than the multi-producer/consumer pool. The cache can be
disabled if the cache_size argument is set to 0; it can be useful to avoid loosing objects
in cache. Note that even if not used, the memory space for cache is always reserved in
a mempool structure, except if CONFIG_RTE_MEMPOOL_CACHE_MAX_SIZE is set
to 0.
private_data_- The size of the private data appended after the mempool structure. This is useful for
size storing some private data after the mempool structure, as is done for rte_mbuf_pool for
example.
mp_init A function pointer that is called for initialization of the pool, before object initialization.
The user can initialize the private data in this function if needed. This parameter can be
NULL if not needed.
mp_init_arg An opaque pointer to data that can be used in the mempool constructor function.
obj_init A function pointer that is called for each object at initialization of the pool. The user can
set some meta data in objects if needed. This parameter can be NULL if not needed.
The obj_init() function takes the mempool pointer, the init_arg, the object pointer and the
object number as parameters.
obj_init_arg An opaque pointer to data that can be used as an argument for each call to the object
constructor function.
socket_id The ∗socket_id∗ argument is the socket identifier in the case of NUMA. The value can
be ∗SOCKET_ID_ANY∗ if there is no NUMA constraint for the reserved zone.

flags The ∗flags∗ arguments is an OR of following flags:

• MEMPOOL_F_NO_SPREAD: By default, objects addresses are spread between
channels in RAM: the pool allocator will add padding between objects depending
on the hardware configuration. See Memory alignment constraints for details. If
this flag is set, the allocator will just align them to a cache line.
• MEMPOOL_F_NO_CACHE_ALIGN: By default, the returned objects are cache-
aligned. This flag removes this constraint, and no padding will be present between
objects. This flag implies MEMPOOL_F_NO_SPREAD.
• MEMPOOL_F_SP_PUT: If this flag is set, the default behavior when using rte_-
mempool_put() or rte_mempool_put_bulk() is "single-producer". Otherwise, it is
"multi-producers".
• MEMPOOL_F_SC_GET: If this flag is set, the default behavior when using rte_-
mempool_get() or rte_mempool_get_bulk() is "single-consumer". Otherwise, it is
"multi-consumers".
vaddr Virtual address of the externally allocated memory buffer. Will be used to store mempool
objects.
paddr Array of phyiscall addresses of the pages that comprises given memory buffer.
pg_num Number of elements in the paddr array.
pg_shift LOG2 of the physical pages size.
Returns
The pointer to the new allocated mempool, on success. NULL on error with rte_errno set appropriately.
• E_RTE_NO_TAILQ - no tailq list could be got for the ring or mempool list
• EINVAL - cache size provided is too large
3.31.4.4 void rte mempool dump ( const struct rte_mempool ∗ mp )
Dump the status of the mempool to the console.
Parameters
mp A pointer to the mempool structure.

3.31.4.5 static void rte mempool mp put bulk ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗const ∗ obj table, unsigned n )
[static]
Put several objects back in the mempool (multi-producers safe).
Parameters
obj_table A pointer to a table of void ∗ pointers (objects).
n The number of objects to add in the mempool from the obj_table.
3.31.4.6 static void rte mempool sp put bulk ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗const ∗ obj table, unsigned n )
[static]
Put several objects back in the mempool (NOT multi-producers safe).
Parameters
n The number of objects to add in the mempool from obj_table.
3.31.4.7 static void rte mempool put bulk ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗const ∗ obj table, unsigned n )
[static]
Put several objects back in the mempool.

This function calls the multi-producer or the single-producer version depending on the default behavior that
was specified at mempool creation time (see flags).
Parameters
n The number of objects to add in the mempool from obj_table.
3.31.4.8 static void rte mempool mp put ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗ obj ) [static]
Put one object in the mempool (multi-producers safe).
Parameters
obj A pointer to the object to be added.

3.31.4.9 static void rte mempool sp put ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗ obj ) [static]
Put one object back in the mempool (NOT multi-producers safe).
Parameters
3.31.4.10 static void rte mempool put ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗ obj ) [static]
Put one object back in the mempool.

was specified at mempool creation time (see flags).
Parameters
3.31.4.11 static int rte mempool mc get bulk ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗∗ obj table, unsigned n )
[static]
Get several objects from the mempool (multi-consumers safe).

If cache is enabled, objects will be retrieved first from cache, subsequently from the common pool. Note that
it can return -ENOENT when the local cache and common pool are empty, even if cache from other lcores
are full.
Parameters
obj_table A pointer to a table of void ∗ pointers (objects) that will be filled.
n The number of objects to get from mempool to obj_table.
Returns
• 0: Success; objects taken.
• -ENOENT: Not enough entries in the mempool; no object is retrieved.
3.31.4.12 static int rte mempool sc get bulk ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗∗ obj table, unsigned n )
[static]
Get several objects from the mempool (NOT multi-consumers safe).

are full.
Parameters
n The number of objects to get from the mempool to obj_table.
Returns
3.31.4.13 static int rte mempool get bulk ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗∗ obj table, unsigned n ) [static]
Get several objects from the mempool.

This function calls the multi-consumers or the single-consumer version, depending on the default behaviour
that was specified at mempool creation time (see flags).
are full.
Parameters
n The number of objects to get from the mempool to obj_table.
Returns
• 0: Success; objects taken
3.31.4.14 static int rte mempool mc get ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗∗ obj p ) [static]
Get one object from the mempool (multi-consumers safe).

are full.
Parameters
obj_p A pointer to a void ∗ pointer (object) that will be filled.

Returns
3.31.4.15 static int rte mempool sc get ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗∗ obj p ) [static]
Get one object from the mempool (NOT multi-consumers safe).

are full.
Parameters
Returns
3.31.4.16 static int rte mempool get ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, void ∗∗ obj p ) [static]
Get one object from the mempool.

This function calls the multi-consumers or the single-consumer version, depending on the default behavior
that was specified at mempool creation (see flags).
are full.
Parameters
Returns
3.31.4.17 unsigned rte mempool count ( const struct rte_mempool ∗ mp )
Return the number of entries in the mempool.

When cache is enabled, this function has to browse the length of all lcores, so it should not be used in a
data path, but only for debug purposes.
Parameters
Returns
The number of entries in the mempool.
3.31.4.18 static unsigned rte mempool free count ( const struct rte_mempool ∗ mp ) [static]
Return the number of free entries in the mempool ring. i.e. how many entries can be freed back to the
mempool.
NOTE: This corresponds to the number of elements ∗allocated∗ from the memory pool, not the number of
elements in the pool itself. To count the number elements currently available in the pool, use "rte_mempool-
_count"
Parameters
Returns
The number of free entries in the mempool.
3.31.4.19 static int rte mempool full ( const struct rte_mempool ∗ mp ) [static]
Test if the mempool is full.

Parameters
Returns
• 1: The mempool is full.
• 0: The mempool is not full.

3.31.4.20 static int rte mempool empty ( const struct rte_mempool ∗ mp ) [static]
Test if the mempool is empty.

Parameters
Returns
• 1: The mempool is empty.
• 0: The mempool is not empty.
3.31.4.21 static phys_addr_t rte mempool virt2phy ( const struct rte_mempool ∗ mp, const void ∗ elt )
[static]
Return the physical address of elt, which is an element of the pool mp.
Parameters
elt A pointer (virtual address) to the element of the pool.
Returns
The physical address of the elt element.
3.31.4.22 void rte mempool audit ( const struct rte_mempool ∗ mp )
Check the consistency of mempool objects.

Verify the coherency of fields in the mempool structure. Also check that the cookies of mempool objects
(even the ones that are not present in pool) have a correct value. If not, a panic will occur.
Parameters
3.31.4.23 static void∗ rte mempool get priv ( struct rte_mempool ∗ mp ) [static]
Return a pointer to the private data in an mempool structure.

Parameters
Returns
A pointer to the private data.
3.31.4.24 void rte mempool list dump ( void )
Dump the status of all mempools on the console
3.31.4.25 struct rte_mempool∗ rte mempool lookup ( const char ∗ name ) [read]
Search a mempool from its name
Parameters
Returns
The pointer to the mempool matching the name, or NULL if not found. NULL on error with rte_errno set
appropriately. Possible rte_errno values include:
3.31.4.26 uint32 t rte mempool calc obj size ( uint32 t elt size, uint32 t flags, struct rte_mempool_objsz ∗ sz )
Given a desired size of the mempool element and mempool flags, caluclates header, trailer, body and total
sizes of the mempool object.
Parameters
flags The flags used for the mempool creation. Consult rte_mempool_create() for more
information about possible values. The size of each element.

Intel® DPDK - rte_memzone.h File Reference
Returns
Total size of the mempool object.
3.31.4.27 size t rte mempool xmem size ( uint32 t elt num, size t elt sz, uint32 t pg shift )
Calculate maximum amount of memory required to store given number of objects. Assumes that the memory
buffer will be alligned at page boundary. Note, that if object size is bigger then page size, then it assumes
that we have a subsets of physically continuous pages big enough to store at least one object.
Parameters
elt_num Number of elements.
elt_sz The size of each element.
Returns
Required memory size aligned at page boundary.
3.31.4.28 ssize t rte mempool xmem usage ( void ∗ vaddr, uint32 t elt num, size t elt sz, const phys_addr_t
paddr[ ], uint32 t pg num, uint32 t pg shift )
Calculate how much memory would be actually required with the given memory footprint to store required
number of objects.
Parameters
vaddr Virtual address of the externally allocated memory buffer. Will be used to store mempool
objects.
elt_num Number of elements.
elt_sz The size of each element.
paddr Array of phyiscall addresses of the pages that comprises given memory buffer.
pg_num Number of elements in the paddr array.
Returns
Number of bytes needed to store given number of objects, aligned to the given page size. If provided
memory buffer is not big enough: (-1) ∗ actual number of elemnts that can be stored in that buffer.
3.32 rte memzone.h File Reference

rte_memzone.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Data Structures
• struct rte_memzone
Defines
• #define RTE_MEMZONE_2MB
• #define RTE_MEMZONE_1GB
• #define RTE_MEMZONE_SIZE_HINT_ONLY
• #define RTE_MEMZONE_NAMESIZE
Functions
• struct rte_memzone ∗ rte_memzone_reserve (const char ∗name, size_t len, int socket_id, unsigned
flags)
• struct rte_memzone ∗ rte_memzone_reserve_aligned (const char ∗name, size_t len, int socket_id,
unsigned flags, unsigned align)
• struct rte_memzone ∗ rte_memzone_reserve_bounded (const char ∗name, size_t len, int socket_id,
unsigned flags, unsigned align, unsigned bound)
• struct rte_memzone ∗ rte_memzone_lookup (const char ∗name)
• void rte_memzone_dump (void)
RTE Memzone
The goal of the memzone allocator is to reserve contiguous portions of physical memory. These zones are
identified by a name.
The memzone descriptors are shared by all partitions and are located in a known place of physical memory.
This zone is accessed using rte_eal_get_configuration(). The lookup (by name) of a memory zone can be
done in any partition and returns the same physical address.
A reserved memory zone cannot be unreserved. The reservation shall be done at initialization time only.
3.32.2.1 #define RTE MEMZONE 2MB
Use 2MB pages.
3.32.2.2 #define RTE MEMZONE 1GB
Use 1GB pages.

3.32.2.3 #define RTE MEMZONE SIZE HINT ONLY
Use available page size
3.32.2.4 #define RTE MEMZONE NAMESIZE
Maximum length of memory zone name.
3.32.3.1 struct rte_memzone∗ rte memzone reserve ( const char ∗ name, size t len, int socket id, unsigned flags
) [read]
Reserve a portion of physical memory.

This function reserves some memory and returns a pointer to a correctly filled memzone descriptor. If the
allocation cannot be done, return NULL. Note: A reserved zone cannot be freed.
Parameters
name The name of the memzone. If it already exists, the function will fail and return NULL.
len The size of the memory to be reserved. If it is 0, the biggest contiguous zone will be
reserved.
socket_id The socket identifier in the case of NUMA. The value can be SOCKET_ID_ANY if there
is no NUMA constraint for the reserved zone.
flags The flags parameter is used to request memzones to be taken from 1GB or 2MB
hugepages.
• RTE_MEMZONE_2MB - Reserve from 2MB pages
• RTE_MEMZONE_1GB - Reserve from 1GB pages
• RTE_MEMZONE_SIZE_HINT_ONLY - Allow alternative page size to be used if
the requested page size is unavailable. If this flag is not set, the function will return
error on an unavailable size request.
Returns
A pointer to a correctly-filled read-only memzone descriptor, or NULL on error. On error case, rte_errno
will be set appropriately:
• EINVAL - invalid parameters

rte_memzone.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.32.3.2 struct rte_memzone∗ rte memzone reserve aligned ( const char ∗ name, size t len, int socket id,
unsigned flags, unsigned align ) [read]
Reserve a portion of physical memory with alignment on a specified boundary.

This function reserves some memory with alignment on a specified boundary, and returns a pointer to a
correctly filled memzone descriptor. If the allocation cannot be done or if the alignment is not a power of 2,
returns NULL. Note: A reserved zone cannot be freed.
Parameters
reserved.
hugepages.
align Alignment for resulting memzone. Must be a power of 2.
Returns
3.32.3.3 struct rte_memzone∗ rte memzone reserve bounded ( const char ∗ name, size t len, int socket id,
unsigned flags, unsigned align, unsigned bound ) [read]
Reserve a portion of physical memory with specified alignment and boundary.

This function reserves some memory with specified alignment and boundary, and returns a pointer to a
correctly filled memzone descriptor. If the allocation cannot be done or if the alignment or boundary are not
a power of 2, returns NULL. Memory buffer is reserved in a way, that it wouldn’t cross specified boundary.
That implies that requested length should be less or equal then boundary. Note: A reserved zone cannot be
freed.

Parameters
reserved.
hugepages.
align Alignment for resulting memzone. Must be a power of 2.

bound Boundary for resulting memzone. Must be a power of 2 or zero. Zero value implies no
boundary condition.
Returns
3.32.3.4 struct rte_memzone∗ rte memzone lookup ( const char ∗ name ) [read]
Lookup for a memzone.

Get a pointer to a descriptor of an already reserved memory zone identified by the name given as an
argument.
Parameters
name The name of the memzone.
Returns
A pointer to a read-only memzone descriptor.

rte_meter.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.32.3.5 void rte memzone dump ( void )
Dump all reserved memzones to the console.
3.33 rte meter.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_meter_srtcm_params
• struct rte_meter_trtcm_params
• struct rte_meter_srtcm
• struct rte_meter_trtcm
Enumerations
• enum rte_meter_color { e_RTE_METER_GREEN, e_RTE_METER_YELLOW, e_RTE_METER_RE-
D, e_RTE_METER_COLORS }
Functions
• int rte_meter_srtcm_config (struct rte_meter_srtcm ∗m, struct rte_meter_srtcm_params ∗params)
• int rte_meter_trtcm_config (struct rte_meter_trtcm ∗m, struct rte_meter_trtcm_params ∗params)
• static enum rte_meter_color rte_meter_srtcm_color_blind_check (struct rte_meter_srtcm ∗m, uint64_t
time, uint32_t pkt_len)
• static enum rte_meter_color rte_meter_srtcm_color_aware_check (struct rte_meter_srtcm ∗m, uint64-
_t time, uint32_t pkt_len, enum rte_meter_color pkt_color)
• static enum rte_meter_color rte_meter_trtcm_color_blind_check (struct rte_meter_trtcm ∗m, uint64_t
time, uint32_t pkt_len)
• static enum rte_meter_color rte_meter_trtcm_color_aware_check (struct rte_meter_trtcm ∗m, uint64-
_t time, uint32_t pkt_len, enum rte_meter_color pkt_color)
RTE Traffic Metering

Traffic metering algorithms: 1. Single Rate Three Color Marker (srTCM): defined by IETF RFC 2697 2. Two
Rate Three Color Marker (trTCM): defined by IETF RFC 2698
3.33.2.1 enum rte_meter_color
Packet Color Set

Intel® DPDK - rte_meter.h File Reference
Enumerator:
e_RTE_METER_GREEN Green
e_RTE_METER_YELLOW Yellow
e_RTE_METER_RED Red
e_RTE_METER_COLORS Number of available colors
3.33.3.1 int rte meter srtcm config ( struct rte_meter_srtcm ∗ m, struct rte_meter_srtcm_params ∗ params )
srTCM configuration per metered traffic flow
Parameters
m Pointer to pre-allocated srTCM data structure
params User parameters per srTCM metered traffic flow
Returns
0 upon success, error code otherwise
3.33.3.2 int rte meter trtcm config ( struct rte_meter_trtcm ∗ m, struct rte_meter_trtcm_params ∗ params )
trTCM configuration per metered traffic flow
Parameters
m Pointer to pre-allocated trTCM data structure
params User parameters per trTCM metered traffic flow
Returns
3.33.3.3 static enum rte_meter_color rte meter srtcm color blind check ( struct rte_meter_srtcm ∗ m, uint64 t
time, uint32 t pkt len ) [static]
srTCM color blind traffic metering
Parameters
m Handle to srTCM instance
time Current CPU time stamp (measured in CPU cycles)
pkt_length Length of the current IP packet (measured in bytes)

rte_meter.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Returns
Color assigned to the current IP packet
3.33.3.4 static enum rte_meter_color rte meter srtcm color aware check ( struct rte_meter_srtcm ∗ m, uint64 t
time, uint32 t pkt len, enum rte_meter_color pkt color ) [static]
srTCM color aware traffic metering
Parameters
m Handle to srTCM instance
pkt_color Input color of the current IP packet
Returns
3.33.3.5 static enum rte_meter_color rte meter trtcm color blind check ( struct rte_meter_trtcm ∗ m, uint64 t
time, uint32 t pkt len ) [static]
trTCM color blind traffic metering
Parameters
m Handle to trTCM instance
Returns
3.33.3.6 static enum rte_meter_color rte meter trtcm color aware check ( struct rte_meter_trtcm ∗ m, uint64 t
time, uint32 t pkt len, enum rte_meter_color pkt color ) [static]
trTCM color aware traffic metering
Parameters
m Handle to trTCM instance
pkt_color Input color of the current IP packet

Intel® DPDK - rte_pci.h File Reference
Returns
3.34 rte pci.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_pci_resource
• struct rte_pci_id
• struct rte_pci_addr
• struct rte_pci_device
• struct rte_pci_driver
Defines
• #define SYSFS_PCI_DEVICES
• #define PCI_PRI_FMT
• #define PCI_SHORT_PRI_FMT
• #define PCI_FMT_NVAL
• #define PCI_RESOURCE_FMT_NVAL
• #define PCI_MAX_RESOURCE
• #define PCI_ANY_ID
• #define RTE_PCI_DEVICE(vend, dev)
• #define RTE_PCI_DRV_MULTIPLE
Typedefs
• typedef int( pci_devinit_t )(struct rte_pci_driver ∗, struct rte_pci_device ∗)
Functions
• TAILQ_HEAD (pci_device_list, rte_pci_device)

• TAILQ_HEAD (pci_driver_list, rte_pci_driver)
• static int eal_parse_pci_BDF (const char ∗input, struct rte_pci_addr ∗dev_addr)
• static int eal_parse_pci_DomBDF (const char ∗input, struct rte_pci_addr ∗dev_addr)
• int rte_eal_pci_probe (void)
• void rte_eal_pci_dump (void)
• void rte_eal_pci_register (struct rte_pci_driver ∗driver)
• void rte_eal_pci_unregister (struct rte_pci_driver ∗driver)
• void rte_eal_pci_set_blacklist (struct rte_pci_addr ∗blacklist, unsigned size)

rte_pci.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Variables
• struct pci_driver_list driver_list

• struct pci_device_list device_list
RTE PCI Interface
3.34.2.1 #define SYSFS PCI DEVICES
Pathname of PCI devices directory.
3.34.2.2 #define PCI PRI FMT
Formatting string for PCI device identifier: Ex: 0000:00:01.0
3.34.2.3 #define PCI SHORT PRI FMT
Short formatting string, without domain, for PCI device: Ex: 00:01.0
3.34.2.4 #define PCI FMT NVAL
Nb. of values in PCI device identifier format string.
3.34.2.5 #define PCI RESOURCE FMT NVAL
Nb. of values in PCI resource format.
3.34.2.6 #define PCI MAX RESOURCE
Maximum number of PCI resources.
3.34.2.7 #define PCI ANY ID
Any PCI device identifier (vendor, device, ...)

Intel® DPDK - rte_pci.h File Reference
3.34.2.8 #define RTE PCI DEVICE( vend, dev )
Macro used to help building up tables of device IDs
3.34.2.9 #define RTE PCI DRV MULTIPLE
Device driver must be registered several times until failure Internal use only - Macro used by pci addr parsing
functions
3.34.3.1 typedef int( pci_devinit_t)(struct rte_pci_driver ∗, struct rte_pci_device ∗)
Initialisation function for the driver called during PCI probing.
3.34.4.1 TAILQ HEAD ( pci device list , rte_pci_device )
PCI devices in D-linked Q.
3.34.4.2 TAILQ HEAD ( pci driver list , rte_pci_driver )
PCI drivers in D-linked Q.
3.34.4.3 static int eal parse pci BDF ( const char ∗ input, struct rte_pci_addr ∗ dev addr ) [static]
Utility function to produce a PCI Bus-Device-Function value given a string representation. Assumes that the
BDF is provided without a domain prefix (i.e. domain returned is always 0)
Parameters
input The input string to be parsed. Should have the format XX:XX.X
dev_addr The PCI Bus-Device-Function address to be returned. Domain will always be returned
as 0

rte_pci.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Returns
0 on success, negative on error.
3.34.4.4 static int eal parse pci DomBDF ( const char ∗ input, struct rte_pci_addr ∗ dev addr ) [static]
Utility function to produce a PCI Bus-Device-Function value given a string representation. Assumes that the
BDF is provided including a domain prefix.
Parameters
input The input string to be parsed. Should have the format XXXX:XX:XX.X
dev_addr The PCI Bus-Device-Function address to be returned
Returns
0 on success, negative on error.
3.34.4.5 int rte eal pci probe ( void )
Probe the PCI bus for registered drivers.

Scan the content of the PCI bus, and call the probe() function for all registered drivers that have a matching
entry in its id_table for discovered devices.
Returns
• 0 on success.
3.34.4.6 void rte eal pci dump ( void )
Dump the content of the PCI bus.
3.34.4.7 void rte eal pci register ( struct rte_pci_driver ∗ driver )
Register a PCI driver.
Parameters
driver A pointer to a rte_pci_driver structure describing the driver to be registered.

Intel® DPDK - rte_pci_dev_ids.h File Reference
3.34.4.8 void rte eal pci unregister ( struct rte_pci_driver ∗ driver )
Unregister a PCI driver.
Parameters
driver A pointer to a rte_pci_driver structure describing the driver to be unregistered.
3.34.4.9 void rte eal pci set blacklist ( struct rte_pci_addr ∗ blacklist, unsigned size )
Register a list of PCI locations that will be blacklisted (not used by DPDK).
Parameters
blacklist List of PCI device addresses that will not be used by DPDK.
size Number of items in the list.
3.34.5.1 struct pci driver list driver_list
Global list of PCI drivers.
3.34.5.2 struct pci device list device_list
Global list of PCI devices.
3.35 rte pci dev ids.h File Reference
Defines
• #define PCI_VENDOR_ID_INTEL
• #define PCI_VENDOR_ID_QUMRANET
• #define PCI_VENDOR_ID_VMWARE
This file contains a list of the PCI device IDs recognised by DPDK, which can be used to fill out an array of
structures describing the devices.
Currently four families of devices are recognised: those supported by the IGB driver, by EM driver, those
supported by the IXGBE driver, and by virtio driver which is a para virtualization driver running in guest

rte_per_lcore.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
virtual machine. The inclusion of these in an array built using this file depends on the definition of RTE_-
PCI_DEV_ID_DECL_EM RTE_PCI_DEV_ID_DECL_IGB RTE_PCI_DEV_ID_DECL_IGBVF RTE_PCI_D-
EV_ID_DECL_IXGBE RTE_PCI_DEV_ID_DECL_IXGBEVF RTE_PCI_DEV_ID_DECL_VIRTIO at the time
when this file is included.
In order to populate an array, the user of this file must define this macro: RTE_PCI_DEV_ID_DECL_IXGB-
E(vendorID, deviceID). For example:
struct device {
int vend;
int dev;
};
struct device devices[] = {

#define RTE_PCI_DEV_ID_DECL_IXGBE(vendorID, deviceID) {vend, dev},
#include <rte_pci_dev_ids.h>
};
Note that this file can be included multiple times within the same file.
3.35.2.1 #define PCI VENDOR ID INTEL
Vendor ID used by Intel devices
3.35.2.2 #define PCI VENDOR ID QUMRANET
Vendor ID used by virtio devices
3.35.2.3 #define PCI VENDOR ID VMWARE
Vendor ID used by VMware devices
3.36 rte per lcore.h File Reference
Defines
• #define RTE_DEFINE_PER_LCORE(type, name)

• #define RTE_DECLARE_PER_LCORE(type, name)
• #define RTE_PER_LCORE(name)

Intel® DPDK - rte_power.h File Reference
Per-lcore variables in RTE

This file defines an API for instantiating per-lcore "global variables" that are environment-specific. Note that
in all environments, a "shared variable" is the default when you use a global variable.
Parts of this are execution environment specific.
3.36.2.1 #define RTE DEFINE PER LCORE( type, name )
Macro to define a per lcore variable "var" of type "type", don’t use keywords like "static" or "volatile" in type,
just prefix the whole macro.
3.36.2.2 #define RTE DECLARE PER LCORE( type, name )
Macro to declare an extern per lcore variable "var" of type "type"
3.36.2.3 #define RTE PER LCORE( name )
Read/write the per-lcore variable value
3.37 rte power.h File Reference
Functions
• int rte_power_init (unsigned lcore_id)

• int rte_power_exit (unsigned lcore_id)
• uint32_t rte_power_freqs (unsigned lcore_id, uint32_t ∗freqs, uint32_t num)
• uint32_t rte_power_get_freq (unsigned lcore_id)
• int rte_power_set_freq (unsigned lcore_id, uint32_t index)
• int rte_power_freq_up (unsigned lcore_id)
• int rte_power_freq_down (unsigned lcore_id)
• int rte_power_freq_max (unsigned lcore_id)
• int rte_power_freq_min (unsigned lcore_id)
RTE Power Management

rte_power.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.37.2.1 int rte power init ( unsigned lcore id )
Initialize power management for a specific lcore. It will check and set the governor to userspace for the lcore,
get the available frequencies, and prepare to set new lcore frequency.
Parameters
lcore_id lcore id.
Returns
• 0 on success.
3.37.2.2 int rte power exit ( unsigned lcore id )
Exit power management on a specific lcore. It will set the governor to which is before initialized.
Parameters
lcore_id lcore id.
Returns
• 0 on success.
3.37.2.3 uint32 t rte power freqs ( unsigned lcore id, uint32 t ∗ freqs, uint32 t num )
Get the available frequencies of a specific lcore. The return value will be the minimal one of the total number
of available frequencies and the number of buffer. The index of available frequencies used in other interfaces
should be in the range of 0 to this return value. It should be protected outside of this function for threadsafe.
Parameters
lcore_id lcore id.
freqs The buffer array to save the frequencies.
num The number of frequencies to get.
Returns
The number of available frequencies.

Intel® DPDK - rte_power.h File Reference
3.37.2.4 uint32 t rte power get freq ( unsigned lcore id )
Return the current index of available frequencies of a specific lcore. It will return ’RTE_POWER_INVALID-
_FREQ_INDEX = (∼0)’ if error. It should be protected outside of this function for threadsafe.
Parameters
lcore_id lcore id.
Returns
The current index of available frequencies.
3.37.2.5 int rte power set freq ( unsigned lcore id, uint32 t index )
Set the new frequency for a specific lcore by indicating the index of available frequencies. It should be
protected outside of this function for threadsafe.
Parameters
lcore_id lcore id.
index The index of available frequencies.
Returns
• 1 on success with frequency changed.
• 0 on success without frequency chnaged.
3.37.2.6 int rte power freq up ( unsigned lcore id )
Scale up the frequency of a specific lcore according to the available frequencies. It should be protected
outside of this function for threadsafe.
Parameters
lcore_id lcore id.
Returns

rte_power.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.37.2.7 int rte power freq down ( unsigned lcore id )
Scale down the frequency of a specific lcore according to the available frequencies. It should be protected
outside of this function for threadsafe.
Parameters
lcore_id lcore id.
Returns
3.37.2.8 int rte power freq max ( unsigned lcore id )
Scale up the frequency of a specific lcore to the highest according to the available frequencies. It should be
protected outside of this function for threadsafe.
Parameters
lcore_id lcore id.
Returns
3.37.2.9 int rte power freq min ( unsigned lcore id )
Scale down the frequency of a specific lcore to the lowest according to the available frequencies. It should
be protected outside of this function for threadsafe.
Parameters
lcore_id lcore id.
Returns

Intel® DPDK - rte_prefetch.h File Reference
3.38 rte prefetch.h File Reference
Functions
• static void rte_prefetch0 (volatile void ∗p)
Prefetch operations.
This file defines an API for prefetch macros / inline-functions, which are architecture-dependent. Prefetching
occurs when a processor requests an instruction or data from memory to cache before it is actually needed,
potentially speeding up the execution of the program.
3.38.2.1 static void rte prefetch0 ( volatile void ∗ p ) [static]
Prefetch a cache line into all cache levels.
Parameters
p Address to prefetch
Prefetch a cache line into all cache levels except the 0th cache level.
Parameters
Prefetch a cache line into all cache levels except the 0th and 1th cache levels.
Parameters

rte_red.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.39 rte random.h File Reference
Functions
• static void rte_srand (uint64_t seedval)
• static uint64_t rte_rand (void)
Pseudo-random Generators in RTE
3.39.2.1 static void rte srand ( uint64 t seedval ) [static]
Seed the pseudo-random generator.

The generator is automatically seeded by the EAL init with a timer value. It may need to be re-seeded by
the user with a real random value.
Parameters
seedval The value of the seed.
3.39.2.2 static uint64 t rte rand ( void ) [static]
Get a pseudo-random value.

This function generates pseudo-random numbers using the linear congruential algorithm and 48-bit integer
arithmetic, called twice to generate a 64-bit value.
Returns
A pseudo-random value between 0 and (1<<64)-1.
3.40 rte red.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_red_params
• struct rte_red_config
• struct rte_red

Intel® DPDK - rte_red.h File Reference
Defines
• #define RTE_RED_SCALING
• #define RTE_RED_S
• #define RTE_RED_MAX_TH_MAX
• #define RTE_RED_WQ_LOG2_MIN
• #define RTE_RED_WQ_LOG2_MAX
• #define RTE_RED_MAXP_INV_MIN
• #define RTE_RED_MAXP_INV_MAX
• #define RTE_RED_2POW16
Functions
• int rte_red_rt_data_init (struct rte_red ∗red)
• int rte_red_config_init (struct rte_red_config ∗red_cfg, const uint16_t wq_log2, const uint16_t min_th,
const uint16_t max_th, const uint16_t maxp_inv)
• static uint32_t rte_fast_rand (void)
• static uint16_t __rte_red_calc_qempty_factor (uint8_t wq_log2, uint16_t m)
• static int rte_red_enqueue_empty (const struct rte_red_config ∗red_cfg, struct rte_red ∗red, const
uint64_t time)
• static int __rte_red_drop (const struct rte_red_config ∗red_cfg, struct rte_red ∗red)
• static int rte_red_enqueue_nonempty (const struct rte_red_config ∗red_cfg, struct rte_red ∗red, const
unsigned q)
• static int rte_red_enqueue (const struct rte_red_config ∗red_cfg, struct rte_red ∗red, const unsigned
q, const uint64_t time)
• static void rte_red_mark_queue_empty (struct rte_red ∗red, const uint64_t time)
Variables
• uint32_t rte_red_rand_val
RTE Random Early Detection (RED)
3.40.2.1 #define RTE RED SCALING
Fraction size for fixed-point
3.40.2.2 #define RTE RED S
Packet size multiplied by number of leaf queues

3.40.2.3 #define RTE RED MAX TH MAX
Max threshold limit in fixed point format
3.40.2.4 #define RTE RED WQ LOG2 MIN
Min inverse filter weight value
3.40.2.5 #define RTE RED WQ LOG2 MAX
Max inverse filter weight value
3.40.2.6 #define RTE RED MAXP INV MIN
Min inverse mark probability value
3.40.2.7 #define RTE RED MAXP INV MAX
Max inverse mark probability value
3.40.2.8 #define RTE RED 2POW16
2 power 16
3.40.3.1 int rte red rt data init ( struct rte_red ∗ red )
Initialises run-time data.
Parameters
in,out data pointer to RED runtime data
Returns
Operation status
Return values
0 success
!0 error

3.40.3.2 int rte red config init ( struct rte_red_config ∗ red cfg, const uint16 t wq log2, const uint16 t min th,
const uint16 t max th, const uint16 t maxp inv )
Configures a single RED configuration parameter structure.
Parameters
in,out config pointer to a RED configuration parameter structure
in wq_log2 log2 of the filter weight, valid range is: RTE_RED_WQ_LOG2_MIN <=
wq_log2 <= RTE_RED_WQ_LOG2_MAX
in min_th queue minimum threshold in number of packets
in max_th queue maximum threshold in number of packets
in maxp_inv inverse maximum mark probability
Returns
Operation status
Return values
0 success
!0 error
3.40.3.3 static uint32 t rte fast rand ( void ) [static]
Generate random number for RED.

Implemenetation based on: http://software.intel.com/en-us/articles/fast-random-number-generator-o
10 bit shift has been found through empirical tests (was 16).
Returns
Random number between 0 and (2∧ 22 - 1)
3.40.3.4 static uint16 t rte red calc qempty factor ( uint8 t wq log2, uint16 t m ) [static]
calculate factor to scale average queue size when queue becomes empty
Parameters
in wq_log2,where EWMA filter weight wq = 1/(2 ∧ wq_log2)
in m exponent in the computed value (1 - wq) ∧ m

Returns
computed value
Return values
((1 - wq) ∧ m) scaled in fixed-point format
Basic math tells us that: a∧ b = 2∧ (b ∗ log2(a) )

in our case: a = (1-Wq) b = m Wq = 1/ (2∧ log2n)
So we are computing this equation: factor = 2 ∧ ( m ∗ log2(1-Wq))
First we are computing: n = m ∗ log2(1-Wq)
To avoid dealing with signed numbers log2 values are positive but they should be negative because (1-Wq)
is always < 1. Contents of log2 table values are also scaled for precision.
The tricky part is computing 2∧ n, for this I split n into integer part and fraction part. f - is fraction part of n n -
is integer part of original n
Now using basic math we compute 2∧ n: 2∧ (f+n) = 2∧ f ∗ 2∧ n 2∧ f - we use lookup table 2∧ n - can be replaced
with bit shift right oeprations
3.40.3.5 static int rte red enqueue empty ( const struct rte_red_config ∗ red cfg, struct rte_red ∗ red, const
uint64 t time ) [static]
Updates queue average in condition when queue is empty.

Note: packet is never dropped in this particular case.
Parameters
in config pointer to a RED configuration parameter structure
in time current time stamp
Returns
Operation status
Return values
0 enqueue the packet
1 drop the packet based on max threshold criterion
2 drop the packet based on mark probability criterion
We compute avg but we don’t compare avg against min_th or max_th, nor calculate drop probability
m is the number of packets that might have arrived while the queue was empty. In this case we have time
stamps provided by scheduler in byte units (bytes transmitted on network port). Such time stamp translates

into time units as port speed is fixed but such approach simplifies the code.
Check that m will fit into 16-bit unsigned integer
3.40.3.6 static int rte red drop ( const struct rte_red_config ∗ red cfg, struct rte_red ∗ red ) [static]
make a decision to drop or enqueue a packet based on mark probability criteria

Drop probability (Sally Floyd and Van Jacobson):
pb = (1 / maxp_inv) ∗ (avg - min_th) / (max_th - min_th) pa = pb / (2 - count ∗ pb)
(1 / maxp_inv) ∗ (avg - min_th) --------------------------------- max_th - min_th pa = -------------------------------------
---------- count ∗ (1 / maxp_inv) ∗ (avg - min_th) 2 - ----------------------------------------- max_th - min_th
avg - min_th pa = ----------------------------------------------------------- 2 ∗ (max_th - min_th) ∗ maxp_inv - count ∗
(avg - min_th)
We define pa_const as: pa_const = 2 ∗ (max_th - min_th) ∗ maxp_inv. Then:
avg - min_th pa = ----------------------------------- pa_const - count ∗ (avg - min_th)
Parameters
in config pointer to structure defining RED parameters
Returns
operation status
Return values
1 drop the packet
3.40.3.7 static int rte red enqueue nonempty ( const struct rte_red_config ∗ red cfg, struct rte_red ∗ red, const
unsigned q ) [static]
Decides if new packet should be enqeued or dropped in queue non-empty case.
Parameters
in q current queue size (measured in packets)

Returns
Operation status
Return values
1 drop the packet based on max threshold criterion
2 drop the packet based on mark probability criterion
EWMA filter (Sally Floyd and Van Jacobson): avg = (1 - wq) ∗ avg + wq ∗ q avg = avg + q ∗ wq - avg ∗ wq
We select: wq = 2∧ (-n). Let scaled version of avg be: avg_s = avg ∗ 2∧ (N+n). We get: avg_s = avg_s + q ∗
2∧ N - avg_s ∗ 2∧ (-n)
By using shift left/right operations, we get: avg_s = avg_s + (q << N) - (avg_s >> n) avg_s += (q << N) -
(avg_s >> n)
3.40.3.8 static int rte red enqueue ( const struct rte_red_config ∗ red cfg, struct rte_red ∗ red, const unsigned q,
const uint64 t time ) [static]
Decides if new packet should be enqeued or dropped Updates run time data based on new queue size
value. Based on new queue average and RED configuration parameters gives verdict whether to enqueue
or drop the packet.
Parameters
in q updated queue size in packets
Returns
Operation status
Return values
1 drop the packet based on max threshold criteria
2 drop the packet based on mark probability criteria
3.40.3.9 static void rte red mark queue empty ( struct rte_red ∗ red, const uint64 t time ) [static]
Callback to records time that queue became empty.

Intel® DPDK - rte_ring.h File Reference
Parameters
3.40.4.1 uint32 t rte_red_rand_val
Externs
3.41 rte ring.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_ring
• struct rte_ring::prod
• struct rte_ring::cons
Defines
• #define RTE_RING_NAMESIZE
• #define RING_F_SP_ENQ
• #define RING_F_SC_DEQ
• #define RTE_RING_QUOT_EXCEED
• #define RTE_RING_SZ_MASK
Functions
• struct rte_ring ∗ rte_ring_create (const char ∗name, unsigned count, int socket_id, unsigned flags)
• int rte_ring_set_water_mark (struct rte_ring ∗r, unsigned count)
• void rte_ring_dump (const struct rte_ring ∗r)
• static int rte_ring_mp_enqueue_bulk (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗const ∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static int rte_ring_sp_enqueue_bulk (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗const ∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static int rte_ring_enqueue_bulk (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗const ∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static int rte_ring_mp_enqueue (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗obj)
• static int rte_ring_sp_enqueue (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗obj)
• static int rte_ring_enqueue (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗obj)
• static int rte_ring_mc_dequeue_bulk (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static int rte_ring_sc_dequeue_bulk (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static int rte_ring_dequeue_bulk (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static int rte_ring_mc_dequeue (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗∗obj_p)
• static int rte_ring_sc_dequeue (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗∗obj_p)

rte_ring.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
• static int rte_ring_dequeue (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗∗obj_p)

• static int rte_ring_full (const struct rte_ring ∗r)
• static int rte_ring_empty (const struct rte_ring ∗r)
• static unsigned rte_ring_count (const struct rte_ring ∗r)
• static unsigned rte_ring_free_count (const struct rte_ring ∗r)
• void rte_ring_list_dump (void)
• struct rte_ring ∗ rte_ring_lookup (const char ∗name)
• static int rte_ring_mp_enqueue_burst (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗const ∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static int rte_ring_sp_enqueue_burst (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗const ∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static int rte_ring_enqueue_burst (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗const ∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static int rte_ring_mc_dequeue_burst (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static int rte_ring_sc_dequeue_burst (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗∗obj_table, unsigned n)
• static int rte_ring_dequeue_burst (struct rte_ring ∗r, void ∗∗obj_table, unsigned n)
RTE Ring
The Ring Manager is a fixed-size queue, implemented as a table of pointers. Head and tail pointers are
modified atomically, allowing concurrent access to it. It has the following features:
• FIFO (First In First Out)
• Maximum size is fixed; the pointers are stored in a table.
• Lockless implementation.
• Multi- or single-consumer dequeue.
• Multi- or single-producer enqueue.
• Bulk dequeue.
• Bulk enqueue.
Note: the ring implementation is not preemptable. A lcore must not be interrupted by another task that uses
the same ring.
3.41.2.1 #define RTE RING NAMESIZE
The maximum length of a ring name.
3.41.2.2 #define RING F SP ENQ
The default enqueue is "single-producer".

3.41.2.3 #define RING F SC DEQ
The default dequeue is "single-consumer".
3.41.2.4 #define RTE RING QUOT EXCEED
Quota exceed for burst ops
3.41.2.5 #define RTE RING SZ MASK
Ring size mask
3.41.3.1 struct rte_ring∗ rte ring create ( const char ∗ name, unsigned count, int socket id, unsigned flags )
[read]
Create a new ring named ∗name∗ in memory.

This function uses “memzone_reserve()“ to allocate memory. Its size is set to ∗count∗, which must be a
power of two. Water marking is disabled by default. Note that the real usable ring size is ∗count-1∗ instead
of ∗count∗.
Parameters
name The name of the ring.
count The size of the ring (must be a power of 2).
socket_id The ∗socket_id∗ argument is the socket identifier in case of NUMA. The value can be
∗SOCKET_ID_ANY∗ if there is no NUMA constraint for the reserved zone.
flags An OR of the following:
• RING_F_SP_ENQ: If this flag is set, the default behavior when using “rte_ring-
_enqueue()“ or “rte_ring_enqueue_bulk()“ is "single-producer". Otherwise, it is
"multi-producers".
• RING_F_SC_DEQ: If this flag is set, the default behavior when using “rte_ring-
_dequeue()“ or “rte_ring_dequeue_bulk()“ is "single-consumer". Otherwise, it is
"multi-consumers".
Returns
On success, the pointer to the new allocated ring. NULL on error with rte_errno set appropriately.
Possible errno values include:
• E_RTE_NO_TAILQ - no tailq list could be got for the ring list

• EINVAL - count provided is not a power of 2

3.41.3.2 int rte ring set water mark ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, unsigned count )
Change the high water mark.

If ∗count∗ is 0, water marking is disabled. Otherwise, it is set to the ∗count∗ value. The ∗count∗ value must
be greater than 0 and less than the ring size.
This function can be called at any time (not necessarily at initialization).
Parameters
r A pointer to the ring structure.
count The new water mark value.
Returns
• 0: Success; water mark changed.
• -EINVAL: Invalid water mark value.
3.41.3.3 void rte ring dump ( const struct rte_ring ∗ r )
Dump the status of the ring to the console.
Parameters
3.41.3.4 static int rte ring mp enqueue bulk ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗const ∗ obj table, unsigned n ) [static]
Enqueue several objects on the ring (multi-producers safe).

This function uses a "compare and set" instruction to move the producer index atomically.
Parameters
n The number of objects to add in the ring from the obj_table.

Returns
• 0: Success; objects enqueue.
• -EDQUOT: Quota exceeded. The objects have been enqueued, but the high water mark is
exceeded.
• -ENOBUFS: Not enough room in the ring to enqueue, no object is enqueued.
3.41.3.5 static int rte ring sp enqueue bulk ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗const ∗ obj table, unsigned n ) [static]
Enqueue several objects on a ring (NOT multi-producers safe).
Parameters
Returns
• 0: Success; objects enqueued.
exceeded.
• -ENOBUFS: Not enough room in the ring to enqueue; no object is enqueued.
3.41.3.6 static int rte ring enqueue bulk ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗const ∗ obj table, unsigned n ) [static]
Enqueue several objects on a ring.

was specified at ring creation time (see flags).
Parameters
Returns
exceeded.

3.41.3.7 static int rte ring mp enqueue ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗ obj ) [static]
Enqueue one object on a ring (multi-producers safe).

Parameters
Returns
exceeded.
3.41.3.8 static int rte ring sp enqueue ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗ obj ) [static]
Enqueue one object on a ring (NOT multi-producers safe).
Parameters
Returns
exceeded.
3.41.3.9 static int rte ring enqueue ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗ obj ) [static]
Enqueue one object on a ring.

This function calls the multi-producer or the single-producer version, depending on the default behaviour
that was specified at ring creation time (see flags).
Parameters

Returns
exceeded.
3.41.3.10 static int rte ring mc dequeue bulk ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗∗ obj table, unsigned n ) [static]
Dequeue several objects from a ring (multi-consumers safe).

This function uses a "compare and set" instruction to move the consumer index atomically.
Parameters
n The number of objects to dequeue from the ring to the obj_table.
Returns
• 0: Success; objects dequeued.
• -ENOENT: Not enough entries in the ring to dequeue; no object is dequeued.
3.41.3.11 static int rte ring sc dequeue bulk ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗∗ obj table, unsigned n ) [static]
Dequeue several objects from a ring (NOT multi-consumers safe).
Parameters
n The number of objects to dequeue from the ring to the obj_table, must be strictly positive.
Returns
3.41.3.12 static int rte ring dequeue bulk ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗∗ obj table, unsigned n ) [static]
Dequeue several objects from a ring.


Parameters
Returns
• -ENOENT: Not enough entries in the ring to dequeue, no object is dequeued.
3.41.3.13 static int rte ring mc dequeue ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗∗ obj p ) [static]
Dequeue one object from a ring (multi-consumers safe).

Parameters
Returns
3.41.3.14 static int rte ring sc dequeue ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗∗ obj p ) [static]
Dequeue one object from a ring (NOT multi-consumers safe).
Parameters
Returns
3.41.3.15 static int rte ring dequeue ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗∗ obj p ) [static]
Dequeue one object from a ring.

This function calls the multi-consumers or the single-consumer version depending on the default behaviour
Parameters
Returns
• 0: Success, objects dequeued.
3.41.3.16 static int rte ring full ( const struct rte_ring ∗ r ) [static]
Test if a ring is full.
Parameters
Returns
• 1: The ring is full.
• 0: The ring is not full.
3.41.3.17 static int rte ring empty ( const struct rte_ring ∗ r ) [static]
Test if a ring is empty.
Parameters
Returns
• 1: The ring is empty.
• 0: The ring is not empty.
3.41.3.18 static unsigned rte ring count ( const struct rte_ring ∗ r ) [static]
Return the number of entries in a ring.

Parameters
Returns
The number of entries in the ring.
3.41.3.19 static unsigned rte ring free count ( const struct rte_ring ∗ r ) [static]
Return the number of free entries in a ring.
Parameters
Returns
The number of free entries in the ring.
3.41.3.20 void rte ring list dump ( void )
Dump the status of all rings on the console
3.41.3.21 struct rte_ring∗ rte ring lookup ( const char ∗ name ) [read]
Search a ring from its name
Parameters
name The name of the ring.
Returns
The pointer to the ring matching the name, or NULL if not found, with rte_errno set appropriately. -
3.41.3.22 static int rte ring mp enqueue burst ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗const ∗ obj table, unsigned n )
[static]
Enqueue several objects on the ring (multi-producers safe).


Parameters
Returns
• n: Actual number of objects enqueued.
3.41.3.23 static int rte ring sp enqueue burst ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗const ∗ obj table, unsigned n )
[static]
Enqueue several objects on a ring (NOT multi-producers safe).
Parameters
Returns
3.41.3.24 static int rte ring enqueue burst ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗const ∗ obj table, unsigned n ) [static]
Enqueue several objects on a ring.

was specified at ring creation time (see flags).
Parameters
Returns
3.41.3.25 static int rte ring mc dequeue burst ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗∗ obj table, unsigned n ) [static]
Dequeue several objects from a ring (multi-consumers safe). When the request objects are more than the
available objects, only dequeue the actual number of objects

Parameters
Returns
• n: Actual number of objects dequeued, 0 if ring is empty
3.41.3.26 static int rte ring sc dequeue burst ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗∗ obj table, unsigned n ) [static]
Dequeue several objects from a ring (NOT multi-consumers safe).When the request objects are more than
the available objects, only dequeue the actual number of objects
Parameters
Returns
• n: Actual number of objects dequeued, 0 if ring is empty
3.41.3.27 static int rte ring dequeue burst ( struct rte_ring ∗ r, void ∗∗ obj table, unsigned n ) [static]
Dequeue multiple objects from a ring up to a maximum number.

Parameters

Intel® DPDK - rte_rwlock.h File Reference
Returns
• Number of objects dequeued, or a negative error code on error
3.42 rte rwlock.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_rwlock_t
Defines
• #define RTE_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
Functions
• static void rte_rwlock_init (rte_rwlock_t ∗rwl)

• static void rte_rwlock_read_lock (rte_rwlock_t ∗rwl)
• static void rte_rwlock_read_unlock (rte_rwlock_t ∗rwl)
• static void rte_rwlock_write_lock (rte_rwlock_t ∗rwl)
• static void rte_rwlock_write_unlock (rte_rwlock_t ∗rwl)
RTE Read-Write Locks

This file defines an API for read-write locks. The lock is used to protect data that allows multiple readers in
parallel, but only one writer. All readers are blocked until the writer is finished writing.
3.42.2.1 #define RTE RWLOCK INITIALIZER
A static rwlock initializer.
3.42.3.1 static void rte rwlock init ( rte_rwlock_t ∗ rwl ) [static]
Initialize the rwlock to an unlocked state.

rte_sched.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Parameters
rwl A pointer to the rwlock structure.
3.42.3.2 static void rte rwlock read lock ( rte_rwlock_t ∗ rwl ) [static]
Take a read lock. Loop until the lock is held.
Parameters
rwl A pointer to a rwlock structure.
3.42.3.3 static void rte rwlock read unlock ( rte_rwlock_t ∗ rwl ) [static]
Release a read lock.
Parameters
rwl A pointer to the rwlock structure.
3.42.3.4 static void rte rwlock write lock ( rte_rwlock_t ∗ rwl ) [static]
Take a write lock. Loop until the lock is held.
Parameters
3.42.3.5 static void rte rwlock write unlock ( rte_rwlock_t ∗ rwl ) [static]
Release a write lock.
Parameters
3.43 rte sched.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_sched_subport_params
• struct rte_sched_subport_stats

Intel® DPDK - rte_sched.h File Reference
• struct rte_sched_pipe_params
• struct rte_sched_queue_stats
• struct rte_sched_port_params
• struct rte_sched_port_hierarchy
Defines
• #define RTE_SCHED_TRAFFIC_CLASSES_PER_PIPE
• #define RTE_SCHED_QUEUES_PER_TRAFFIC_CLASS
• #define RTE_SCHED_QUEUES_PER_PIPE
• #define RTE_SCHED_PIPE_PROFILES_PER_PORT
• #define RTE_SCHED_FRAME_OVERHEAD_DEFAULT
Functions
• struct rte_sched_port ∗ rte_sched_port_config (struct rte_sched_port_params ∗params)
• void rte_sched_port_free (struct rte_sched_port ∗port)
• int rte_sched_subport_config (struct rte_sched_port ∗port, uint32_t subport_id, struct rte_sched_-
subport_params ∗params)
• int rte_sched_pipe_config (struct rte_sched_port ∗port, uint32_t subport_id, uint32_t pipe_id, int32_t
pipe_profile)
• uint32_t rte_sched_port_get_memory_footprint (struct rte_sched_port_params ∗params)
• int rte_sched_subport_read_stats (struct rte_sched_port ∗port, uint32_t subport_id, struct rte_sched-
_subport_stats ∗stats, uint32_t ∗tc_ov)
• int rte_sched_queue_read_stats (struct rte_sched_port ∗port, uint32_t queue_id, struct rte_sched_-
queue_stats ∗stats, uint16_t ∗qlen)
• static void rte_sched_port_pkt_write (struct rte_mbuf ∗pkt, uint32_t subport, uint32_t pipe, uint32_t
traffic_class, uint32_t queue, enum rte_meter_color color)
• static void rte_sched_port_pkt_read_tree_path (struct rte_mbuf ∗pkt, uint32_t ∗subport, uint32_-
t ∗pipe, uint32_t ∗traffic_class, uint32_t ∗queue)
• int rte_sched_port_enqueue (struct rte_sched_port ∗port, struct rte_mbuf ∗∗pkts, uint32_t n_pkts)
• int rte_sched_port_dequeue (struct rte_sched_port ∗port, struct rte_mbuf ∗∗pkts, uint32_t n_pkts)
RTE Hierarchical Scheduler

The hierarchical scheduler prioritizes the transmission of packets from different users and traffic classes
according to the Service Level Agreements (SLAs) defined for the current network node.
The scheduler supports thousands of packet queues grouped under a 5-level hierarchy: 1. Port:
• Typical usage: output Ethernet port;

• Multiple ports are scheduled in round robin order with equal priority; 2. Subport:
• Typical usage: group of users;

• Traffic shaping using the token bucket algorithm (one bucket per subport);
• Upper limit enforced per traffic class at subport level;
• Lower priority traffic classes able to reuse subport bandwidth currently unused by higher priority traffic
classes of the same subport;
• When any subport traffic class is oversubscribed (configuration time event), the usage of subport
member pipes with high demand for that traffic class pipes is truncated to a dynamically adjusted
value with no impact to low demand pipes; 3. Pipe:
• Typical usage: individual user/subscriber;
• Traffic shaping using the token bucket algorithm (one bucket per pipe); 4. Traffic class:
• Traffic classes of the same pipe handled in strict priority order;
• Upper limit enforced per traffic class at the pipe level;
• Lower priority traffic classes able to reuse pipe bandwidth currently unused by higher priority traffic
classes of the same pipe; 5. Queue:
• Typical usage: queue hosting packets from one or multiple connections of same traffic class belonging
to the same user;
• Weighted Round Robin (WRR) is used to service the queues within same pipe traffic class.
3.43.2.1 #define RTE SCHED TRAFFIC CLASSES PER PIPE
Random Early Detection (RED) Number of traffic classes per pipe (as well as subport). Cannot be changed.
3.43.2.2 #define RTE SCHED QUEUES PER TRAFFIC CLASS
Number of queues per pipe traffic class. Cannot be changed.
3.43.2.3 #define RTE SCHED QUEUES PER PIPE
Number of queues per pipe.
3.43.2.4 #define RTE SCHED PIPE PROFILES PER PORT
Maximum number of pipe profiles that can be defined per port. Compile-time configurable.

3.43.2.5 #define RTE SCHED FRAME OVERHEAD DEFAULT
Ethernet framing overhead. Overhead fields per Ethernet frame: 1. Preamble: 7 bytes; 2. Start of Frame
Delimiter (SFD): 1 byte; 3. Frame Check Sequence (FCS): 4 bytes; 4. Inter Frame Gap (IFG): 12 bytes. The
FCS is considered overhead only if not included in the packet length (field pkt.pkt_len of struct rte_mbuf).
3.43.3.1 struct rte sched port∗ rte sched port config ( struct rte_sched_port_params ∗ params ) [read]
Hierarchical scheduler port configuration
Parameters
params Port scheduler configuration parameter structure
Returns
Handle to port scheduler instance upon success or NULL otherwise.
3.43.3.2 void rte sched port free ( struct rte sched port ∗ port )
Hierarchical scheduler port free
Parameters
port Handle to port scheduler instance
3.43.3.3 int rte sched subport config ( struct rte sched port ∗ port, uint32 t subport id, struct
rte_sched_subport_params ∗ params )
Hierarchical scheduler subport configuration
Parameters
subport_id Subport ID
params Subport configuration parameters
Returns

3.43.3.4 int rte sched pipe config ( struct rte sched port ∗ port, uint32 t subport id, uint32 t pipe id, int32 t
pipe profile )
Hierarchical scheduler pipe configuration
Parameters
pipe_id Pipe ID within subport
pipe_profile ID of port-level pre-configured pipe profile
Returns
3.43.3.5 uint32 t rte sched port get memory footprint ( struct rte_sched_port_params ∗ params )
Hierarchical scheduler memory footprint size per port
Parameters
params Port scheduler configuration parameter structure
Returns
Memory footprint size in bytes upon success, 0 otherwise
3.43.3.6 int rte sched subport read stats ( struct rte sched port ∗ port, uint32 t subport id, struct
rte_sched_subport_stats ∗ stats, uint32 t ∗ tc ov )
Hierarchical scheduler subport statistics read
Parameters
stats Pointer to pre-allocated subport statistics structure where the statistics counters should
be stored
tc_ov Pointer to pre-allocated 4-entry array where the oversubscription status for each of the
4 subport traffic classes should be stored.
Returns

3.43.3.7 int rte sched queue read stats ( struct rte sched port ∗ port, uint32 t queue id, struct
rte_sched_queue_stats ∗ stats, uint16 t ∗ qlen )
Hierarchical scheduler queue statistics read
Parameters
queue_id Queue ID within port scheduler
stats Pointer to pre-allocated subport statistics structure where the statistics counters should
be stored
qlen Pointer to pre-allocated variable where the current queue length should be stored.
Returns
3.43.3.8 static void rte sched port pkt write ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ pkt, uint32 t subport, uint32 t pipe, uint32 t
traffic class, uint32 t queue, enum rte_meter_color color ) [static]
Scheduler hierarchy path write to packet descriptor. Typically called by the packet classification stage.
Parameters
pkt Packet descriptor handle
subport Subport ID
pipe Pipe ID within subport
traffic_class Traffic class ID within pipe (0 .. 3)
queue Queue ID within pipe traffic class (0 .. 3)
3.43.3.9 static void rte sched port pkt read tree path ( struct rte_mbuf ∗ pkt, uint32 t ∗ subport, uint32 t ∗ pipe,
uint32 t ∗ traffic class, uint32 t ∗ queue ) [static]
Scheduler hierarchy path read from packet descriptor (struct rte_mbuf). Typically called as part of the
hierarchical scheduler enqueue operation. The subport, pipe, traffic class and queue parameters need to
be pre-allocated by the caller.
Parameters
pkt Packet descriptor handle
subport Subport ID
pipe Pipe ID within subport
traffic_class Traffic class ID within pipe (0 .. 3)
queue Queue ID within pipe traffic class (0 .. 3)

rte_sctp.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.43.3.10 int rte sched port enqueue ( struct rte sched port ∗ port, struct rte_mbuf ∗∗ pkts, uint32 t n pkts )
Hierarchical scheduler port enqueue. Writes up to n_pkts to port scheduler and returns the number of
packets actually written. For each packet, the port scheduler queue to write the packet to is identified by
reading the hierarchy path from the packet descriptor; if the queue is full or congested and the packet is not
written to the queue, then the packet is automatically dropped without any action required from the caller.
Parameters
pkts Array storing the packet descriptor handles
n_pkts Number of packets to enqueue from the pkts array into the port scheduler
Returns
Number of packets successfully enqueued
3.43.3.11 int rte sched port dequeue ( struct rte sched port ∗ port, struct rte_mbuf ∗∗ pkts, uint32 t n pkts )
Hierarchical scheduler port dequeue. Reads up to n_pkts from the port scheduler and stores them in the
pkts array and returns the number of packets actually read. The pkts array needs to be pre-allocated by the
caller with at least n_pkts entries.
Parameters
pkts Pre-allocated packet descriptor array where the packets dequeued from the port
scheduler should be stored
n_pkts Number of packets to dequeue from the port scheduler
Returns
Number of packets successfully dequeued and placed in the pkts array
3.44 rte sctp.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct sctp_hdr
SCTP-related defines

Intel® DPDK - rte_spinlock.h File Reference
3.45 rte spinlock.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_spinlock_t
• struct rte_spinlock_recursive_t
Defines
• #define RTE_SPINLOCK_INITIALIZER
• #define RTE_SPINLOCK_RECURSIVE_INITIALIZER
Functions
• static void rte_spinlock_init (rte_spinlock_t ∗sl)

• static void rte_spinlock_lock (rte_spinlock_t ∗sl)
• static void rte_spinlock_unlock (rte_spinlock_t ∗sl)
• static int rte_spinlock_trylock (rte_spinlock_t ∗sl)
• static int rte_spinlock_is_locked (rte_spinlock_t ∗sl)
• static void rte_spinlock_recursive_init (rte_spinlock_recursive_t ∗slr)
• static void rte_spinlock_recursive_lock (rte_spinlock_recursive_t ∗slr)
• static void rte_spinlock_recursive_unlock (rte_spinlock_recursive_t ∗slr)
• static int rte_spinlock_recursive_trylock (rte_spinlock_recursive_t ∗slr)
RTE Spinlocks
This file defines an API for read-write locks, which are implemented in an architecture-specific way. This
kind of lock simply waits in a loop repeatedly checking until the lock becomes available.
All locks must be initialised before use, and only initialised once.
3.45.2.1 #define RTE SPINLOCK INITIALIZER
A static spinlock initializer.
3.45.2.2 #define RTE SPINLOCK RECURSIVE INITIALIZER
A static recursive spinlock initializer.

rte_spinlock.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.45.3.1 static void rte spinlock init ( rte_spinlock_t ∗ sl ) [static]
Initialize the spinlock to an unlocked state.
Parameters
sl A pointer to the spinlock.
3.45.3.2 static void rte spinlock lock ( rte_spinlock_t ∗ sl ) [static]
Take the spinlock.
Parameters
3.45.3.3 static void rte spinlock unlock ( rte_spinlock_t ∗ sl ) [static]
Release the spinlock.
Parameters
3.45.3.4 static int rte spinlock trylock ( rte_spinlock_t ∗ sl ) [static]
Try to take the lock.
Parameters
Returns
1 if the lock is successfully taken; 0 otherwise.
3.45.3.5 static int rte spinlock is locked ( rte_spinlock_t ∗ sl ) [static]
Test if the lock is taken.

Intel® DPDK - rte_spinlock.h File Reference
Parameters
Returns
1 if the lock is currently taken; 0 otherwise.
3.45.3.6 static void rte spinlock recursive init ( rte_spinlock_recursive_t ∗ slr ) [static]
Initialize the recursive spinlock to an unlocked state.
Parameters
slr A pointer to the recursive spinlock.
3.45.3.7 static void rte spinlock recursive lock ( rte_spinlock_recursive_t ∗ slr ) [static]
Take the recursive spinlock.
Parameters
3.45.3.8 static void rte spinlock recursive unlock ( rte_spinlock_recursive_t ∗ slr ) [static]
Release the recursive spinlock.
Parameters
3.45.3.9 static int rte spinlock recursive trylock ( rte_spinlock_recursive_t ∗ slr ) [static]
Try to take the recursive lock.
Parameters
Returns
1 if the lock is successfully taken; 0 otherwise.

rte_string_fns.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.46 rte string fns.h File Reference
Functions
• static int rte_snprintf (char ∗buffer, int buflen, const char ∗format,...)
• static int rte_strsplit (char ∗string, int stringlen, char ∗∗tokens, int maxtokens, char delim)
Definitions of warnings for use of various insecure functions
3.46.2.1 static int rte snprintf ( char ∗ buffer, int buflen, const char ∗ format, ... ) [static]
Safer version of snprintf that writes up to buflen characters to the output buffer and ensures that the resultant
string is null-terminated, that is, it writes at most buflen-1 actual string characters to buffer. The return value
is the number of characters which should be written to the buffer, so string truncation can be detected by
the caller by checking if the return value is greater than or equal to the buflen.
Parameters
buffer The buffer into which the output is to be written
buflen The size of the output buffer
format The format string to be printed to the buffer
Returns
The number of characters written to the buffer, or if the string has been truncated, the number of
characters which would have been written had the buffer been sufficiently big.
3.46.2.2 static int rte strsplit ( char ∗ string, int stringlen, char ∗∗ tokens, int maxtokens, char delim ) [static]
Takes string "string" parameter and splits it at character "delim" up to maxtokens-1 times - to give
"maxtokens" resulting tokens. Like strtok or strsep functions, this modifies its input string, by replacing
instances of "delim" with ’\0’. All resultant tokens are returned in the "tokens" array which must have enough
entries to hold "maxtokens".
Parameters
stringThe input string to be split into tokens
stringlen The max length of the input buffer
tokens The array to hold the pointers to the tokens in the string
maxtokens The number of elements in the tokens array. At most, maxtokens-1 splits of the string
will be done.
delim The character on which the split of the data will be done

Intel® DPDK - rte_tailq.h File Reference
Returns
The number of tokens in the tokens array.
3.47 rte tailq.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct rte_dummy
• struct rte_tailq_head
Defines
• #define RTE_TAILQ_RESERVE(name, struct_name)
• #define RTE_TAILQ_RESERVE_BY_IDX(idx, struct_name)
• #define RTE_TAILQ_LOOKUP(name, struct_name)
• #define RTE_TAILQ_LOOKUP_BY_IDX(idx, struct_name)
Functions
• TAILQ_HEAD (rte_dummy_head, rte_dummy)
• struct rte_tailq_head ∗ rte_eal_tailq_reserve (const char ∗name)
• struct rte_tailq_head ∗ rte_eal_tailq_reserve_by_idx (const unsigned idx)
• void rte_dump_tailq (void)
• struct rte_tailq_head ∗ rte_eal_tailq_lookup (const char ∗name)
• struct rte_tailq_head ∗ rte_eal_tailq_lookup_by_idx (const unsigned idx)
Here defines rte_tailq APIs for only internal use
3.47.2.1 #define RTE TAILQ RESERVE( name, struct name )
Utility macro to make reserving a tailqueue for a particular struct easier.
Parameters
name The name to be given to the tailq - used by lookup to find it later
struct_name The name of the list type we are using. (Generally this is the same as the first parameter
passed to TAILQ_HEAD macro)

rte_tailq.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Returns
The return value from rte_eal_tailq_reserve, typecast to the appropriate structure pointer type. NULL
on error, since the tailq_head is the first element in the rte_tailq_head structure.
3.47.2.2 #define RTE TAILQ RESERVE BY IDX( idx, struct name )
Utility macro to make reserving a tailqueue for a particular struct easier.
Parameters
idx The tailq idx defined in rte_tail_t to be given to the tail queue.
• used by lookup to find it later
Returns
The return value from rte_eal_tailq_reserve, typecast to the appropriate structure pointer type. NULL
on error, since the tailq_head is the first element in the rte_tailq_head structure.
3.47.2.3 #define RTE TAILQ LOOKUP( name, struct name )
Utility macro to make looking up a tailqueue for a particular struct easier.
Parameters
name The name of tailq
Returns
The return value from rte_eal_tailq_lookup, typecast to the appropriate structure pointer type. NULL on
error, since the tailq_head is the first element in the rte_tailq_head structure.
3.47.2.4 #define RTE TAILQ LOOKUP BY IDX( idx, struct name )
Utility macro to make looking up a tailqueue for a particular struct easier.
Parameters

Intel® DPDK - rte_tailq.h File Reference
Returns
The return value from rte_eal_tailq_lookup, typecast to the appropriate structure pointer type. NULL on
error, since the tailq_head is the first element in the rte_tailq_head structure.
3.47.3.1 TAILQ HEAD ( rte dummy head , rte_dummy )
dummy
3.47.3.2 struct rte_tailq_head∗ rte eal tailq reserve ( const char ∗ name ) [read]
Reserve a slot in the tailq list for a particular tailq header Note: this function, along with rte_tailq_lookup, is
not multi-thread safe, and both these functions should only be called from a single thread at a time
Parameters
name The name to be given to the tail queue.
Returns
A pointer to the newly reserved tailq entry
3.47.3.3 struct rte_tailq_head∗ rte eal tailq reserve by idx ( const unsigned idx ) [read]
Reserve a slot in the tailq list for a particular tailq header Note: this function, along with rte_tailq_lookup, is
not multi-thread safe, and both these functions should only be called from a single thread at a time
Parameters
Returns
A pointer to the newly reserved tailq entry
3.47.3.4 void rte dump tailq ( void )
Dump tail queues to the console.
3.47.3.5 struct rte_tailq_head∗ rte eal tailq lookup ( const char ∗ name ) [read]
Lookup for a tail queue.

rte_tailq_elem.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Get a pointer to a tail queue header of an already reserved tail queue identified by the name given as an
argument. Note: this function, along with rte_tailq_reserve, is not multi-thread safe, and both these functions
should only be called from a single thread at a time
Parameters
name The name of the queue.
Returns
A pointer to the tail queue head structure.
3.47.3.6 struct rte_tailq_head∗ rte eal tailq lookup by idx ( const unsigned idx ) [read]
Lookup for a tail queue.

Get a pointer to a tail queue header of an already reserved tail queue identified by the name given as an
argument. Note: this function, along with rte_tailq_reserve, is not multi-thread safe, and both these functions
should only be called from a single thread at a time
Parameters
Returns
A pointer to the tail queue head structure.
3.48 rte tailq elem.h File Reference
This file contains the type of the tailq elem recognised by DPDK, which can be used to fill out an array of
structures describing the tailq.
In order to populate an array, the user of this file must define this macro: rte_tailq_elem(idx, name). For
example:
enum rte_tailq_t {
#define rte_tailq_elem(idx, name) idx,
#define rte_tailq_end(idx) idx
#include <rte_tailq_elem.h>
};
const char* rte_tailq_names[RTE_MAX_TAILQ] = {

#define rte_tailq_elem(idx, name) name,
#include <rte_tailq_elem.h>
};

Intel® DPDK - rte_tcp.h File Reference
Note that this file can be included multiple times within the same file.
3.49 rte tcp.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct tcp_hdr
TCP-related defines
3.50 rte timer.h File Reference
Data Structures
• union rte_timer_status
• struct rte_timer
Defines
• #define RTE_TIMER_STOP
• #define RTE_TIMER_PENDING
• #define RTE_TIMER_RUNNING
• #define RTE_TIMER_CONFIG
• #define RTE_TIMER_NO_OWNER
• #define RTE_TIMER_INITIALIZER
Typedefs
• typedef void( rte_timer_cb_t )(struct rte_timer ∗, void ∗)
Enumerations
• enum rte_timer_type

rte_timer.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
Functions
• void rte_timer_subsystem_init (void)

• void rte_timer_init (struct rte_timer ∗tim)
• int rte_timer_reset (struct rte_timer ∗tim, uint64_t ticks, enum rte_timer_type type, unsigned tim_lcore,
rte_timer_cb_t fct, void ∗arg)
• void rte_timer_reset_sync (struct rte_timer ∗tim, uint64_t ticks, enum rte_timer_type type, unsigned
tim_lcore, rte_timer_cb_t fct, void ∗arg)
• int rte_timer_stop (struct rte_timer ∗tim)
• void rte_timer_stop_sync (struct rte_timer ∗tim)
• int rte_timer_pending (struct rte_timer ∗tim)
• void rte_timer_manage (void)
• void rte_timer_dump_stats (void)
RTE Timer
This library provides a timer service to RTE Data Plane execution units that allows the execution of callback
functions asynchronously.
• Timers can be periodic or single (one-shot).
• The timers can be loaded from one core and executed on another. This has to be specified in the call
to rte_timer_reset().
• High precision is possible. NOTE: this depends on the call frequency to rte_timer_manage() that check
the timer expiration for the local core.
• If not used in an application, for improved performance, it can be disabled at compilation time by not
calling the rte_timer_manage() to improve performance.
The timer library uses the rte_get_hpet_cycles() function that uses the HPET, when available, to provide a
reliable time reference. [HPET routines are provided by EAL, which falls back to using the chip TSC (time-
stamp counter) as fallback when HPET is not available]
This library provides an interface to add, delete and restart a timer. The API is based on the BSD callout(9)
API with a few differences.
See the RTE architecture documentation for more information about the design of this library.
3.50.2.1 #define RTE TIMER STOP
State: timer is stopped.

Intel® DPDK - rte_timer.h File Reference
3.50.2.2 #define RTE TIMER PENDING
State: timer is scheduled.
3.50.2.3 #define RTE TIMER RUNNING
State: timer function is running.
3.50.2.4 #define RTE TIMER CONFIG
State: timer is being configured.
3.50.2.5 #define RTE TIMER NO OWNER
Timer has no owner.
3.50.2.6 #define RTE TIMER INITIALIZER
A static initializer for a timer structure.
3.50.3.1 typedef void( rte_timer_cb_t)(struct rte_timer ∗, void ∗)
Callback function type for timer expiry.
3.50.4.1 enum rte_timer_type
Timer type: Periodic or single (one-shot).
3.50.5.1 void rte timer subsystem init ( void )
Initialize the timer library.

Initializes internal variables (list, locks and so on) for the RTE timer library.

rte_timer.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.50.5.2 void rte timer init ( struct rte_timer ∗ tim )
Initialize a timer handle.

The rte_timer_init() function initializes the timer handle ∗tim∗ for use. No operations can be performed on a
timer before it is initialized.
Parameters
tim The timer to initialize.
3.50.5.3 int rte timer reset ( struct rte_timer ∗ tim, uint64 t ticks, enum rte_timer_type type, unsigned tim lcore,
rte_timer_cb_t fct, void ∗ arg )
Reset and start the timer associated with the timer handle.
The rte_timer_reset() function resets and starts the timer associated with the timer handle ∗tim∗. When the
timer expires after ∗ticks∗ HPET cycles, the function specified by ∗fct∗ will be called with the argument ∗arg∗
on core ∗tim_lcore∗.
If the timer associated with the timer handle is already running (in the RUNNING state), the function will
fail. The user has to check the return value of the function to see if there is a chance that the timer is in the
RUNNING state.
If the timer is being configured on another core (the CONFIG state), it will also fail.
If the timer is pending or stopped, it will be rescheduled with the new parameters.
Parameters
tim The timer handle.
ticks The number of cycles (see rte_get_hpet_hz()) before the callback function is called.
type The type can be either:
• PERIODICAL: The timer is automatically reloaded after execution (returns to the
PENDING state)
• SINGLE: The timer is one-shot, that is, the timer goes to a STOPPED state after
execution.
tim_lcore The ID of the lcore where the timer callback function has to be executed. If tim_lcore is
LCORE_ID_ANY, the timer library will launch it on a different core for each call (round-
robin).
fct The callback function of the timer.
arg The user argument of the callback function.
Returns
• 0: Success; the timer is scheduled.
• (-1): Timer is in the RUNNING or CONFIG state.

Intel® DPDK - rte_timer.h File Reference
3.50.5.4 void rte timer reset sync ( struct rte_timer ∗ tim, uint64 t ticks, enum rte_timer_type type, unsigned
tim lcore, rte_timer_cb_t fct, void ∗ arg )
Loop until rte_timer_reset() succeeds.

Reset and start the timer associated with the timer handle. Always succeed. See rte_timer_reset() for
details.
Parameters
ticks The number of cycles (see rte_get_hpet_hz()) before the callback function is called.
type The type can be either:
• PERIODICAL: The timer is automatically reloaded after execution (returns to the
PENDING state)
• SINGLE: The timer is one-shot, that is, the timer goes to a STOPPED state after
execution.
tim_lcore The ID of the lcore where the timer callback function has to be executed. If tim_lcore is
LCORE_ID_ANY, the timer library will launch it on a different core for each call (round-
robin).
fct The callback function of the timer.
arg The user argument of the callback function.
3.50.5.5 int rte timer stop ( struct rte_timer ∗ tim )
Stop a timer.
The rte_timer_stop() function stops the timer associated with the timer handle ∗tim∗. It may fail if the timer
is currently running or being configured.
If the timer is pending or stopped (for instance, already expired), the function will succeed. The timer handle
tim must have been initialized using rte_timer_init(), otherwise, undefined behavior will occur.
This function can be called safely from a timer callback. If it succeeds, the timer is not referenced anymore
by the timer library and the timer structure can be freed (even in the callback function).
Parameters
Returns
• 0: Success; the timer is stopped.
• (-1): The timer is in the RUNNING or CONFIG state.

rte_udp.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.50.5.6 void rte timer stop sync ( struct rte_timer ∗ tim )
Loop until rte_timer_stop() succeeds.

After a call to this function, the timer identified by ∗tim∗ is stopped. See rte_timer_stop() for details.
Parameters
3.50.5.7 int rte timer pending ( struct rte_timer ∗ tim )
Test if a timer is pending.

The rte_timer_pending() function tests the PENDING status of the timer handle ∗tim∗. A PENDING timer is
one that has been scheduled and whose function has not yet been called.
Parameters
Returns
• 0: The timer is not pending.
• 1: The timer is pending.
3.50.5.8 void rte timer manage ( void )
Manage the timer list and execute callback functions.

This function must be called periodically from all cores main_loop(). It browses the list of pending timers
and runs all timers that are expired.
The precision of the timer depends on the call frequency of this function. However, the more often the
function is called, the more CPU resources it will use.
3.50.5.9 void rte timer dump stats ( void )
Dump statistics about timers.
3.51 rte udp.h File Reference
Data Structures
• struct udp_hdr

Intel® DPDK - rte_version.h File Reference
UDP-related defines
3.52 rte version.h File Reference
Defines
• #define RTE_VER_PREFIX
• #define RTE_VER_MAJOR
• #define RTE_VER_MINOR
• #define RTE_VER_PATCH_LEVEL
• #define RTE_VER_SUFFIX
Functions
• static const char ∗ rte_version (void)
Definitions of Intel(R) DPDK version numbers
3.52.2.1 #define RTE VER PREFIX
String that appears before the version number
3.52.2.2 #define RTE VER MAJOR
Major version number i.e. the x in x.y.z
3.52.2.3 #define RTE VER MINOR
Minor version number i.e. the y in x.y.z
3.52.2.4 #define RTE VER PATCH LEVEL
Patch level number i.e. the z in x.y.z

rte_warnings.h File Reference - Intel® DPDK
3.52.2.5 #define RTE VER SUFFIX
Extra string to be appended to version number, for example: pre1, EAR, final etc.
3.52.3.1 static const char∗ rte version ( void ) [static]
Function returning string of version number: "RTE x.y.z"
Returns
string
3.53 rte warnings.h File Reference
Definitions of warnings for use of various insecure functions


Intel DPDK Api Reference PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Intel DPDK Api Reference PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Intel DPDK Api Reference PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Intel® Data Plane Development Kit

Reference Number: 326004-006

Copyright © 2014, Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved.

Intel® Data Plane Development Kit (Intel® DPDK)

2 Data Structure Documentation 9

Intel® Data Plane Development Kit (Intel® DPDK)

2.23 rte_eth_fc_conf Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Intel® Data Plane Development Kit (Intel® DPDK)

2.57 rte_lpm_rule Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Intel® Data Plane Development Kit (Intel® DPDK)

2.91 rte_spinlock_recursive_t Struct Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

3 File Documentation 104

Intel® Data Plane Development Kit (Intel® DPDK)

3.23 rte_lcore.h File Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Intel® Data Plane Development Kit (Intel® DPDK)

Intel® Data Plane Development Kit (Intel® DPDK)

Data Structure Documentation

2.1 rte ring::cons Struct Reference

2.1.1 Detailed Description

Ring consumer status.

2.1.2 Field Documentation

2.1.2.1 uint32 t rte_ring::cons::sc_dequeue

True, if single consumer.

2.1.2.2 uint32 t rte_ring::cons::size

Size of the ring.

2.1.2.3 uint32 t rte_ring::cons::mask

Mask (size-1) of ring.

Intel® Data Plane Development Kit (Intel® DPDK)

2.1.2.4 volatile uint32 t rte_ring::cons::head

2.1.2.5 volatile uint32 t rte_ring::cons::tail

2.2 eth dev ops Struct Reference

Intel® Data Plane Development Kit (Intel® DPDK)

2.2.1 Field Documentation

2.2.1.1 eth dev configure t eth_dev_ops::dev_configure

2.2.1.2 eth dev start t eth_dev_ops::dev_start

2.2.1.3 eth dev stop t eth_dev_ops::dev_stop

2.2.1.4 eth dev close t eth_dev_ops::dev_close

2.2.1.5 eth promiscuous enable t eth_dev_ops::promiscuous_enable

2.2.1.6 eth promiscuous disable t eth_dev_ops::promiscuous_disable

Intel® Data Plane Development Kit (Intel® DPDK)

2.2.1.7 eth allmulticast enable t eth_dev_ops::allmulticast_enable

2.2.1.8 eth allmulticast disable t eth_dev_ops::allmulticast_disable

2.2.1.9 eth link update t eth_dev_ops::link_update

Get device link state.

2.2.1.10 eth stats get t eth_dev_ops::stats_get

Get device statistics.

2.2.1.11 eth stats reset t eth_dev_ops::stats_reset

Reset device statistics.

2.2.1.12 eth queue stats mapping set t eth_dev_ops::queue_stats_mapping_set

Configure per queue stat counter mapping.

2.2.1.13 eth dev infos get t eth_dev_ops::dev_infos_get

Get device info.

2.2.1.14 vlan filter set t eth_dev_ops::vlan_filter_set

Filter VLAN Setup.

2.2.1.15 vlan tpid set t eth_dev_ops::vlan_tpid_set

Outer VLAN TPID Setup.

2.2.1.16 vlan strip queue set t eth_dev_ops::vlan_strip_queue_set

VLAN Stripping on queue.

Intel® Data Plane Development Kit (Intel® DPDK)